.learning anb Ifabor. LIBRARY OF THE University of Illinois. CLASS. BOOK. VOLUME. Y18.? f\vtU IS93 CLASSICS Accession No. CLASSICS Return this book on or before the Latest Date stamped below. HEN RY’S FIRST LATIN BOOK REVISED BY C. G. GEPP Crown 8vo. 3 s. 6d. A LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY FOR JUNIOR AND MIDDLE FORMS OF SCHOOLS. By the Rev. C. G. Gepp, M.A., formerly Assistant Master at Bradfield College, and A. F. Haigh, M.A., late Fellow of Hertford College, Oxford ; Lecturer of Corpus Christi and Wadham Colleges. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES IN LATIN ELEGIAC VERSE. By the Rev. C. G. Gepp, M.A., formerly Assistant Master at Bradfield College. New and Revised Edition. Crown 8vo. 5 s. ARNOLD’S PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. By G. Granville Bradley, D.D., Dean of Westminster, late Master of University College, Oxford, and formerly Master of Marlborough College. New and Revised Edition . Crown 8vo. 35 . 6d. ARNOLD’S FIRST GREEK BOOK. By the Rev. Francis David Morice, M.A., Assistant Master at Rugby School, and Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford. New and Revised Edition . Crown 8vo. 3 ^. 6d. ARNOLD’S PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. By Evelyn Abbott, M.A., LL.D., Fellow and Tutor of Balliol College, Oxford. LONDON AND NEW YORK LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. H E N RY’S FIRST LATIN BOOK BY THE REV. THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M.A. LATE RECTOR OF LYNDON, AND FORMERLY FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE NEW EDITION, EDITED AND REVISED BY C. G. GEPP, M. A. FORMERLY ASSISTANT MASTER AT BRADFIELD COLLEGE ; LATE JUNIOR STUDENT OF CHRIST CHURCH, OXFORD Hon&ort LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. AND SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, & CO., LIMITED 1893 478. V fir G h Cfc |8r ,, 0 in home. >> 0 ,, ,, 0 in body. ,, u ,, ,, u in rale. » u „ „ u in sadden. (j8) Diphthongs. Latin ee like English ai in aisle. „ an „ „ ow in power, or ou in hoase. ,, ce „ ,, oi in jom. (7) Consonants. Latin c ,, oh .. S 1 2 » J , always ,, q followed by u like English c in cat. ,, „ ch in catechism. „ „ g ingot. ,, „ V in j/ard. qu in queen. s in sit. t in ca£, native. 1 g followed by 11 (as in sanguis) is pronounced like gw. So q followed by u (as in guartus) is pronounced like kw. 2 Latin s between two vowels, as rosa, is sometimes like the English s in rose. ' ' . HENRY'S FIRST LATIN BOOK. [Revised Edition by C. G. GEPP.] 1. The Vocabularies at the head of each Exercise are arranged in Alphabetical Order , and are intended to be learnt by heart. 2. English words enclosed in brackets ( ) in an Exercise are to be omitted in the Latin. 3. The Capital Letters L. P. stand for the 6 ‘ Public School Latin Primer ,” to which reference is made throughout. 4. Phrases in Italics (as, much good) should be looked for in the Table of Differences of Idiom, to which the numerals above the line refer. 5. Single words in Italics are emphatic, or need special notice. LESSON 1. Gases in Latin and English. 1. The meaning of a Noun Substantive in Latin varies with its ending : as ‘ mensA,’ a table ; mensZE, of a table ; and so on. 2. The change which a Noun undergoes for the purpose of varying its meaning is called Flexion or Inflexion. (Z. P. § 11 (i>.) 3. A word so altered is called a Case of a Noun. Thus mensJE is called the genitive case of ‘ mensa ; ’ and so on. 4. There are six (so-called) cases in Latin, — the Nominative, the Vocative, the Accusative, the Geni- tive, the Dative, and the Ablative. 5. The Nominative (which is not strictly a case) y is the unaltered form, and is sometimes called the Direct Case. The others, except the Vocative, are called the Oblique Cases . H. L. B. G.] A. 2 Cases in Latin and English. [ 6-8 6. The English Language was anciently much more inflected than it is now. In Modern English the use of case-endings, or Inflexion, has been to a great extent replaced by the use of Prepositions (derived from praz-pono , ‘ 1 place before ’). In English there are now only three cases, the Nomina- tive, the Objective, and the Possessive. In Nouns the Nom. and Obj. cases are alike. In some of the Pronouns all three cases are different, e.g .: Nom. and ) ^ , 7 T > lather, John. Obj. J Poss. Father's , John's. Nom. Who. Obj. Whom. Poss. Whose. 7 . From these observations it will easily be seen that the Latin Language is able, by means of case- endings, to express variations of meaning which in English can be expressed tions. Thus*, Singular. Nom. DigitUS, a finger. Voc. Digit E, 0 finger. Acc. DigitUM, a finger. Gen. Digitl, OF a finger. Dat. DigitO, TO or FOR a finger. Abl. DigitO, BY or WITH a finger. There is no Article ( a , 4 digitus ’ may mean either a may mean care , a care, or th only by the aid of Preposi- Plural. Digitl, fingers. Digitl, 0 fingers. DigitOS, fingers. DigitORUM, OF fingers. DigitlS, TO or FOR fingers. Digitl S, BY or WITH fingers. an, the) in Latin. Thus finger, or the finger : ‘cura' care. 8. The part of a word which remains when the Inflexions are removed is called the Stem.* The Stem of a Noun, therefore, is that part on which the Flexional changes (2) are based. (Z. P. § 11, a) The last letter of the Stem is called the Character. It is shown in this book by a Capital letter ; as, mensArum, lapiDum. Called in some Grammars the * Crude Form,' 9-13] Cases in Latin and English, 3 9. There are five different kinds of Inflexion of Substantives in Latin, which are called the Five Declensions. 10. The Five Declensions of Substantives are dis- tinguished by the endings of their Genitive cases. Thus, 1 st Decl. ! 2 nd Decl. j 3 rd Decl. | 4 th Decl. 5 th Decl. Gen. Sing, -se I- -is j -us -ei Gen. Pl. -arum -orum -um, or -ium* j -uum -erum 11. All Declensions have the following points in common : — The Nominative and Vocative are alike ; except in Singular Nouns of the second Declension, ending in -us. The Dative and Ablative Plural are alike. 12. There are three Genders— the Masculine, the Feminine, and the Neuter. In Neuter Nouns , the Norn., Voe., and Acc. are alike; and these cases in the Plural always end in -a. 13. Table of the Declensions. Nouns of 2nd Decl. Nouns of 3 rd Decl. Nouns of 4 th Decl. Nouns of 5 th Decl. i Gen. Sing. g -a ; • 3d \ ‘ US i I < -er -i ( -um ' , a, 1, t j i -is o, r, n \ J-us j i -us j-u 1 -es -li Gen. PL -arum -um, or-ium -uum -erum * The Gen. PL of most Imparisyllabic nouns ends in -um. Parisylldbic nouns have for the most part Gen. Pl. in -ium. For exceptions, see Appendix, V. Parisylldbic nouns are those which have the same number of syllables in the Oblique cases as in the Nominative. Imparisyllabic nouns are those which have more syllables in the Oblique cases than in the Nominative. 4 On Forming the Accusative Case. [14—17 LESSON 2. On Forming the Accusative Case. 14. The following are the Accusative endings of the five Declensions in the Singular Number: — i. ii. iy. hi. y. -am -um -em 15. To form the Accusative Singular in the first, second, fourth, and fifth declensions, add the ending to the Stem of the Noun, without the Character (8). In the third declension, add the ending to the Stem ; except in the case of I-nouns, when the ending must be added to the Stem without the Character. I-nouns are nouns whose stems end in i ( L . P. § 20). 16. The Stem is found by throwing away -rum from the Genitive Plural in the first, second, and fifth declensions; and by throwing away -um from the Genitive Plural in the third and fourth declensions. (Z. P § 11, d.) Exercise 1. (Refer to 10, 12, and 13.) 17. Name the Declension, and write down the Accusative Singular of each word in the Vocabulary. Vocabulary 1. Nom. sedes, temple, Gen. Plural. sedlum. amnis, river. amnlum. animus, aquila, mind, animOrum. eagle, aquilArum. ars, art, reed, artlum. arundo. arundiNum. 18—20] On the Gender of Substantives . o Vocabulary 1 — continued. Norn. astrum, constellation , Gen. Plural. astrOrum. avis, bird , day, avium. dies, diErum. ensis, fluctus, sword , enslum. wave. fluctUum. fluvius, river. fluviOrum. folium, leaf. foliOrum. gener, son-in-law, generOrum. incus, anvil, booik , incuDum. liber, librOrum. miles, soldier , miliTum. res, thing, rErum. rupes, roclc, ruplum. LESSON 3. On the Gender of Substantives. (Adjectives in - us , - er .) 18. Every Noun Substantive is Masculine, Femi- nine, or Neuter (12). 19. The Gender of Substantives is determined (a) by their Form, or (6) by their Meaning. (A. P. § 26.) 20. General Rules, (For exceptions see Appendix, X.) (1) Masculine. All names of males, months, mountains, peoples, rivers, and winds. (2) Feminine. Females, islands, and most names of cities, countries, towns, and trees. (3) Neuter. All indeclinable nouns, and the Yerb-noun Infinitive. When a noun can be both masculine and feminine, it is called Common. Such are names denoting an occupa- tion or quality belonging to either a man or a woman ; e.g. parens , a parent; conjux , a husband, or wife. 6 On the Gender of Substantives. [21—23 21. Table of Genders. General Rules. 1st Decl $ ^ em - ( excer pt a few names and designations ( of men) / Masc. -o (when not - do , - go , -io). -er, -or, -os. -es, increasing in the genitive. Fern, -do, -go, -io. -as, -aus, -is. -es, not increasing in the genitive . -s, after a consonant. -x. Neut. -1, a, n, c, e, t, -ar, -ur, -us. 5th Decl I ^ em * (P™ 8 Common in Sing., Masc. 22. Adjectives ending in -us, - er , have a Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter Form. In the Masculine and Neuter they follow the Second Declension, and in the Feminine they follow the First. (L. P. § 32, and Appendix, XI.) The Masc. ends in -us, or -er, like dominus , puer, or magister. The Fern, ends in -a, like mensa. The Neut. „ -um, like helium. 23. As Adjectives have Inflexions to mark the differ- ences of gender, number, and case, so every Adjective must be of the same gender , number , and case as the Sub- stantive to which it refers. The same rule applies to Participles and Pronouns . 24, 25] On the Gender of Substantives . 7 24. Adjectives, etc., so inflected are said to be in Agreement with their Substantives. The Adjective generally follows its Substantive. Obs. When there are several Substantives of the same gender, the Adjective takes that gender, and is, of course, put in the Plural number. But when the Substantives are of different gender, and living beings , the Masculine Plural is generally used. Exercise 2. (Refer to 13, 15, 20, and 21.) 25. Write down the Accusative Singular of the fol- lowing Substantives and Adjectives in Agreement Vocabulary 2. Substantives. Gen. Plural. Adjectives. amnis, river, author. amnlum. rapidus, rapid. auctor, auct5Rum. clarus, illustrious. caper, classis, lie-goat, caprOrum. barbatus, bearded. fleet, classlum. magnns. great. lilium, lily, liliOrum. albus, white. magister, master. magistrOrum. tuus, thy, your . mare, sea, marlum. asper. rough. mons, mountain, montlum. altns, lofty. nubes, cloud, nublum. densns, thick. puer, boy, puerOrum. carus, durus, dear. quercus, oak-tree, quercUum. hard. res, thing, rErum. ineptns, silly. rosa, urbs, rose, city, rosArum. ruber* (rubr-). red. urblum. pulcer* (pulcr-), beautiful. ventus, wind. ventOrum. secundus, favourable. via, road, viArum. longus, long. vir, man, virOrnm. bonus, good. vox, vultus, voice, voCnm. acutus, shrill. countenance , vultUum. ljetus, joyful. Like magister (L. P. § 32, and Appendix, XI). 8 The Genitive and Dative Singular. [26—28 Exercise 3. (Refer to 7, 13, 20, 21.) 26. Vocabulary 3. Substantives. Gen. Plural. Adjectives. avenger , ultor, ultoRum. balmy, odorus. bed , cubile, cubillum. bright, clarus. bee , apis, aplum. broad, latus. breeze , aura, aurArum. busy. sedulus. chariot , currus, oculus, currUum. cruel, asper. eye, oculOrum. cunning, vafer* (vafr-). father , pater, patRum. deep , ' profundus. fox , vulpes, vulplum. flowery , floreus. hawk, accipiter, accipitRum. good, bonus. judge, judex, judiCum. iron, just, ferreus. knife, culter, cultrOrum. justus. letter, epistola, epistolArum. long, longus. lion, leo, leoNum. piercing, acutus. meadow, pratum, pratOrum. rapid, rapidus. 'plain, campus, campOrum. severe, severus. root, sheep, radix, radlCum. sick, seger* (segr-), ovis, ovlum. small, timid, parvus. spear-point, cuspis, cuspiDum. timidus. 27. Give the Latin for — a severe avenger ; the small bed ; the busy bee ( acc .) ; a balmy breeze ; a rapid chariot ( acc .) ; a piercing eye ; the good father (acc.) ; a cunning fox ; the cruel hawk (acc.) ; a just judge (acc.) ; a long letter; an iron knife (acc.) ; a sick lion (acc.); a flowery, meadow ; the broad plain ; a deep root (acc.) ; the timid sheep ; an iron spear-point (acc.) ; a bright eye (acc.). LESSON 4. The Genitive and Dative Singular. 28. The following are the Genitive and Dative endings of the five Number. declensions in the Sini I. II. III. IV. Y. Gen. -S3 -i -is -us -ei Dat. -se -o -i -ui -ei * Like magister ( L . P. § 32, and Appendix, XI). 29—32] The Genitive and Dative Singular, 9 29. To form the Genitive and Dative Singular in the first , second, fourth, and fifth declensions, add the ending to the Stem of the Noun, without the Character (8, and 16). In the third declension, add the ending to the Stem ; except in the case of I-nouns, when the ending must be added to the Stem without the Character (16). 30. In turning Latin into English, or English into Latin, we must remember that the Latin Genitive is commonly represented either by the preposition of, or by the possessive inflexion s with an apostrophe before it (thus ’$).* E.g., We say in English, either “M y father's house/’ or “ The house of my father.” 31. The dependent Genitive usually stands first; e.g,, Urbis porta, the gate of -the- city. An Adjective qualifying a Substantive with dependent Genitive stands first, the Genitive next, the Substantive last. Thus, Yera animi magnitudo, true — of mind — great- ness, i.e. true greatness of mind. 32. The English preposition to, which is the sign of the Dative, must not be confounded with to when it implies motion to. This latter must be translated by the Latin prepositions ad, or in, with the Accusa- tive, and sometimes by the Accusative alone. E.g., I gave the book to the boy (dative). I am going to the city (ad with acc.). I came to Borne (acc. alone). * Other signs of the Genitive will be noticed hereafter* 10 The Genitive and Dative Singular. [33, 34 Exercise 4. (Refer to 7, 13, 21, and 24.) 33. Vocabulary 4. course cursus, Gen. PI. cursUum. daughter , filia, agricola. filiArum. farmer , agricolArum fault , vitium, vitiOrum. friend , amicus, puella, amicOrum. girl, puellArum. grief ', pain, dolor, doloRum. law, leaf, lex, leGum. folium, foliOrum. love, amor, amoRum. mother, mater, matRum. my, meus, a, um. nest, nidus, nidOrum. net. rete, retlum. our , noster, nostra, nostrum. river. flumen, flumiNum. siclc, seger, segra, segrum. sister, soror, soroRum. slave, servus, servOrum. son, filius, filiOrum. thy, your* tuus, tua, tuum. tooth, wife, dens, dentlum. conjux, conjuGum. wisdom, sapientia, Gen. Sing, sapientise. your, vester, vestra, vestrum. [Order: Adj. — Gen. — SuhsL] 34. The gate ( ace .) of the city. To the sick slave’s son. The eagle’s nest ( ace .). For the good girl. Wisdom’s law {ace.). My father’s mother ( acc .). For the farmer’s wife. For a fault. To the cunning fox. Of a net. Our sister’s love. A lion’s tooth ( acc .). For a dear wife. The leaf of a lily. To a bearded he-goat. To our friend. Of great grief. The river’s course. To the gate of the city (32). Of a dear head. Of our battle-array. * Tuus is used when one person is addressed ; vester when more than one is addressed. 35 - 37 ] The Ablative Singular. 11 Exercise 4 — continued. Amici mei filio. Filiae tuse. Magno conjugis dolori. Eapido fluminis cursui. Eei ineptae. Diei claro. J udici justo. Quercus durae. Currus rapidi. Servi vestri. Urbi nostrae. Ad urbem nostram. iEgrae judicis filiae. LESSON 5, The Ablative Singular. 35. The following are the Ablative endings of the five declensions in the Singular Number. I. II. III. IY. V. -a -6 -e(-i) -u -e Nouns which make Acc. in -im 9 and neuter nouns ending in e, al , ar, have Ablative in -i. For list of nouns and exceptions, see Appendix, IY. The Ablative is formed in each declension by add- ing the endings according to the rule given in 15, 16, and 29. 36. The most common signs of the Latin Ablative case are by, with , from. There are, however, many other signs, e.g ., at , in, for, of, than , upon, which will be noticed hereafter. 37. The following Prepositions, governing the Ablative, are used with Substantives which signify persons or living beings ; viz., a (or ab before a vowel), meaning by; cum, meaning vnth (= together with); and a (ab), e (or ex before a vowel), meaning from (Appendix, XXIII, B). 4 By ’ is the proper sign of the Ablative of the Agent * or 4 doer / whether a person or a living being. The Agent is never put in the Ablative loithout the Prep, a or ab. 4 With 1 is the proper sign of the Ablative of the Instru- ment, or 4 thing by means of which ? anything is done. The Ablative of the Instrument is put without a Preposition. Derived from ago, ‘ I do. 12 The Plural Number. [38-401 Exercise 5. Vocabulary 5. Gen. Pl. brother, frater, fratRum. exile. exsul, exsuLum. labour, labor, laboRum. leaf, frons, frondlum. man, peacock, proud, sad, homo, homiNum. pavo, superbus, a, um. msestus, a, um. pavoNum. 39. With, my brother. Ey a sad exile. With great labour. With a leaf. With a proud man. By a peacock. From a dear friend. To a deep river. With a tooth. Ey the rapid river. Ey your master. With a lion. Out of the meadow. With a thick cloud. By a favourable wind. Ey a cunning fox. Ab auctore claro. Ex urbe pulcra. Cum viro bono. Voce acuta. Yultu laeto. Re inepta. Dolore acuto. A judice justo. Ab accipitre. A leone. Cum milite. Carmine. Arundine. Ense acuto. Agmine denso. LESSON 6. The Plural Number, (Adjectives in -is.) 40. Plural endings of the five declensions : — I. II. III. IV. Nom. -se -i (a, neut.) -es (-a, -ia, neut.) -us Acc. -as -os (-a, neut.) -es (-a, -la, neut.) -us Dat. and j Abl. ! h -Is -lbus [ -lbus* ) ( ubus j| * The following have mostly Dat., Abl. Plur. in -ubus, viz., words of two syllables ending in -cus, as quercus , with artus (pi.), partus , portus, tribus , and veru. (See Appendix, VI. Obs. 2). 41 - 44 ] The Plural Number . 13 41. These cases of the Plural are found by the rule given in 15, 16. For the endings of the Genitive Plural see 10, and note. 42. Adjectives in -is are declined like I- nouns in the third declension. 1. The Masculine and Feminine ending in -is, the Neuter in -e, are like igms, mare, and are similarly declined. 2. The ablative singular ahvays ends in -i. Thus, Singular. Plural. M. F. N. M. F. Vo“' | trist& > triste. Nom. ] Voc. > tristes. i Acc. trist em 9 triste. Acc. ; i Gen. tristas. Gen. tristmm. am; i tristi - Dat. ) Abl. j • trist ibus. Exercise 6. 00 Vocabulary 6. Gen. PI. ancient , antiquus, a, um. army , exercitus, exercitbum. burden, garden , onus, hortus, oneRum. hortOrum. heavy , gravis, e. mild , mitis, e. slender , gracilis, e. N. tristta. (See Vocabularies 2, 3, 4.) 44. (a) Decline in the Singular and Plural : a slender boy ; a heavy burden ; my garden ; our army ; a long road ; a bright constellation ; a rough sea ; a sharp tooth. (b) Decline in the Plural only : a small bed; a just judge; a deep root; a foolish thing; a sick lion ; a hard oak ; a mild father. 14 Tenses in First Conjugation. [45, 46 Exercise 6 — continued. Cum patris tui filio. Flumina rapida. Fluminibus rapidis. Ex urbe nostra. Yultuum hetorum. Yiris bonis. Classes magnas. A montibus altis. Ovium timidarum. Cuspide ferrea. Magistro miti. Magistris mitibus. A magistris mitibus. Puellarum gracilium. Cum exercitibus vestris. E nube densa. Yulnera gravia. Judicis justi vultus. Sideribus Claris. Yulnerum. LESSON 7. On Forming Three Tenses in First Conjugation.* (A-verbs.) 45. The Latin Finite^ Yerb has six Tenses, J Each tense has two Numbers (singular and plural) ; and three Persons (first, second, and third) in each Number. 46. The Persons of the Latin Verb are distinguished by their endings. In English this distinction is limited to the Singular Number. Thus, Sing. I go. Thou go -est. He go -es, or go -eth. Plur. We \ You > go. They) In Latin all the Persons have different endings; and the ending, in each instance, shows the Number and Person meant. * From Latin conjugation a grouping together ; properly denoting a number of Verbs belonging to the same class. It is now used to denote Inflexion; and we talk of conjugating a verb, but of declining a substantive. t i.e. limited by tense, mood, and person (Lat. finis , ‘a limit’). + From Lat .teinpus, ‘time.’ Tenses are those forms or inflexions of the verb which express time. 53—56] Accusative with Transitive Verb. 17 Exercise 7 — continued, 53. We ask. You were calling. We will sing. He is ploughing. Thou wast asking. They are singing. He will ask. You will call. I was ploughing. They will ask. Soror mea cantabat. Cantabo. Rogabis. Servus arabat. Miles cantat. Milites vocabunt. Sorores tuse cantant. Cantatis. Rogabatis. Vocamus. Rogabimus. Sororis mese filius cantabit. LESSON 8. Accusative with Transitive Verb. (Order of words,) 54. Transitive* Verbs take an Accusative of the Object.-f- The Object is that which is exposed to and affected by action. 55. A transitive verb is one which has no complete meaning of its own, but needs the name of a person or thing to which the action of the Verb is directed or communicated. Thus, I strike — the horse. You love — your father. He reads — the letter. Verbs which have a complete meaning of their own, and therefore require no Object, are called Intransitive (not- passing-over) or Neuter Verbs. Thus, sto , I stand, curro , I run. Such verbs express a state or an action ; but the action is not communicated (passed over) to an- other person or thing. 56. The word which stands for the person or thing to which the action of the Verb is directed is called the Object of the Verb ; and the sense is incomplete ivithout it. Thus, strike , love , reads , have no complete meaning without a noun to express what is struck or read, and who is loved. * From Lat. transeo , * I pass over ; ’ because the action described by the verb passes on to the Object. t From Lat. objicio , ‘ i expose to,’ or ‘throw in the way of.’ H. L. B. G.] B 18 Accusative with Transitive Verb. [57—59 57. In, English, owing to the want of inflexions, we are obliged to arrange words in their grammatical order ; — i.e. Nom. Verb. Acc. Thus, f A friend loves his friend/ In Latin, however, we can easily distin- guish the mutual relations of words by means of their inflexions; and the order, for the most part, is Nom. Acc. Verb. Thus, (a) Amicus amlcum amat, A friend (his ) friend loves . (b) Imperator militem bonum laudabat, The general the soldier good was-praising . In {b) the Adj. follows the Subst. by 24. 58. Remember that the position of words in Latin is one thing, the grammatical order, or construction, is another. Do not be misled by the expression “the accusative after the verb,” etc. The accusative may stand, and generally does stand, before the Verb in Latin; but in construing we must take the Verb first, because the Acc. is dependent on the Verb, or (as it is often said) is governed by the Verb. Ohs. As a rule , the principal Verb stands last in the sentence. Exercise 8. (Eefer to 7, 15, 23, 24.) Order: Nom . {adj.) — Acc. {adj.) — Verb. 59. Vocabulary 8. adorn , orno, prsesto, iratus, a, um. ornA-re. afford , angry , prsestA-re. avoid , vito, vitA-re. build, sedifico, sedificA-re. carry , porto, portA-re. liberA-re. free, hot, libero, calidus, a, am. ivy, hedera, Gen. PI. liederArum, 19 60] Accusative with Transitive Verb. Julia , pleasant, poet, praise, prepare, shade, story, stream, swallow, sweet-scented, tell, wadi, vjater (subst. ), water (verb), Vocabulary 8 — continued. a female name, 1st Decl. gratus, a, um. poeta, Gen . PL laudo, paro, umbra, „ fabula, ,, rivus, ,, hirundo, „ od5rus, a, um. narro, murus, j, aqua, irrigo, poetArum. laudA-re. parA-re. umbrArum. fabulArum. rivOrum. birun dilSTum, narrA-re. murOrum. aquArum. irrigA-re. In translating from English into Latin both the Singular and the Plural forms of the Verb should be given in Latin whenever the Pronoun ‘you’ occurs, unless the sense shows that one number only is admissible (51, note). 60. The mild master will free the good slave. You were praising the little girl. The girl will avoid the rough road. The boy was avoiding the cunning fox. The mother praises the good daughter. A slave is pre- paring hot water. Ivy adorns the ancient temple. The swallow was preparing (its) little nest. We shall build a wall. The girls were adorning (their) heads. Vulpes vafra agricolam iratum vitabit. Kivus campum latum irrigat. Puella rosam odoram portabat. Quercus umbram gratam prsestat. Julia cantat. Cantabit. Puella hortum vitat. Cantabatis* Agricolam vocabitis. Poeta fabulam narrabat. Poetam laudabunt. iEdificabitis. 20 Tenses in Second Conjugation . [61—64 LESSON 9. On Forming Three Tenses in Second Conjugation. (E-verbs.) 61. Second Conjugation. — Verbs whose Present Stem (8) ends in E. Thus, monE-re , to advise. Present Stem, monE-. Prom the Present Stem are formed the Present , Imper- fect, and Future- Simple. 62. Hence, to form the Present, the Imperfect, and the Future-Simple, we must add the several endings (as given in 51) to the Present Stem. Thus, monE- audl -am. i is long before a Consonant, short before a Yowel. Thus, audlmus, audiebam. come , Exercise 11. Vocabulary 11. venio, venl-re. cup, drain, poculum, Gen . PI. poculOrum. haurio, haurl-re. feel. sentio, sent I -re. guardj, custoaio. custodl-re. harbour, portus, a portUum. ship, navis, dormio, a navlum. sleep, dorml-re. 72. I will come. The idle boys were feeling pain. Thou art sleeping. You will sleep. Large ships were coming. The queen’s soldiers are guarding the harbour. I hear the slave’s voice. You will hear an illustrious poet. Agricolae servus poculum hauriebat. ISTavis veniet. Puer ignavus dormit. Puellae timidse dolores acutos sentiunt. Dormifcis. Venietis. Judicis irati vocem audiebatis. Oves timidse leonis dentes sentient. 24 Supplementary to foregoing Exercises . [73—75 LESSON 12. Supplementary to the foregoing Exercises. (Use of Negative. Prepositions in common use ; do, does y did; omission of man, thing.) 73. We have already seen (49) that the tense endings in Latin express the varieties of meaning which in English are expressed by means of auxiliary verbs {does, did , shall , will , etc.). Of these, do, does, did , are now used only in Nega- tive and Interrogative forms, or for the sake of emphasis. Thus : I do not love. He does not hear. Did you hear ? You do amaze me. The auxiliary verb must always stand before the not. Thus, ‘ does not/ ‘ will not/ 6 can not/ 74. The Imperfect Tense is used to express (1) Action going on in time past ; as, amabam, I was loving (at such and such a time), or, I did love. Sometimes, I loved. (2) Action customary or repeated; as, ridebat, he used to laugh, or he went on laughing. (3) Action begun or intended, but not complete; as, dormiebant, they began to sleep, or, they were for sleeping. 75. In English all things are Neuter : but in Latin the names of things are some masculine , some feminine , some neuter. 76, 77] Supplementary to foregoing Exercises . 25 The Substantive is often omitted in Latin when men , women * or things are meant. If men are meant, the Adjective will of course be masculine ; if women are meant, the Adjective will be feminine; if things , the Adjective will be neuter . Thus: bon/, good men, persons , or people ; ‘the good/ bonce, good women. bona, good things. The same rule applies to Participles and Pronouns. Adjectives, etc., so used are said to be used Substantively. 76 . The form of the Adjective often leaves it doubtful whether man or thing is meant. Thus, boni might mean ‘ of a good man ’ or ‘ of a good thing : 9 multorum , ‘ of many men 9 or ‘ of many things .’ In such cases ‘ thing 9 should be translated by a case of ‘ res 9 (fern.), and this res must never be omitted. Thus, ‘ good things 9 is generally ‘ bona ’ ; it might be 4 res bonse/ but it can never be ‘ bonae ’ alone. 77 . Prepositions are used to define the relations of words to each other more precisely than could be effected by means of case-endings. The following are among the most common : — With Accusative. ad, of motion to. ante, before. in, of motion into. per, of motion through. post, after. sub,+ of motion under. With Ablative. a, ab, of motion from. cum, with (together with), e, ex, of motion out of. in, of rest in. sine, without. sub, of rest under. * The omission of the substantive is less common in the case of women. t Sub, with Acc. often denotes nearness; as, sub noctem, at nightfall, towards night. 26 Supplementary to foregoing Exercises . [ 78 , 79 Exercise 12. 78 . Vocabulary 12 . abuse , vitupero, vituperA-re. and , et ; -que, enclitic f baffle, eludo, eluD-ere. branching, ramosus, a, um. dog, canis, Gen. PI. caNum. entangle. impedio, impedl-re. excessive, fleet (adj.), nimius, a, um. levis, e. fly , fugio,t fuG-ere. frightened, terntus, a, um. his own , suus, a, um. leg, crus, ,, cruRum. not , slenderness. non. tenuitas, (tenuitaT-). stag. cervus, ,, cervOrum. stand, sto, stA-re. tear, then, lacero, turn. lacerA-re. there, ibi. while, whilst. dum. 79 . The slaves used to come out of the city. The fleet will not come into the harbour. The queen’s soldiers were standing before the iron gates of the city. The slaves will sleep after (their) J great labour. The sad exiles did not sing in the city. You were not playing. I shall not put on the garland. After sleep come cares. They will not play without your brother. I used to come out of the city through the garden. He did not praise the poet’s story. The farmer does not plough without great labour. He used to come under the shade of the ancient oak. He will come to the city. He will sit with (his) sisters under the ancient oak. They-began-to-write a letter. I am not sleeping. I did not call. I do not feel sharp pain. The good praise good (things). I will come before night. * i.e. throwing back its accent on the preceding word, as domi- ng- que. + See 66. L. P. § 63. $ Possessive Pronouns are seldom expressed, unless their omis- sion would cause ambiguity. 80 - 82 ] The Passive Voice. 27 Exercise 12 — continued '. Cervus ad* rivum stabat, et in aqua effigiem suam videbat. Ibi cornua ramosa laudat et nimiam crurum tenuitatem vituperat. Mox hominum canum-que vocibus territus per campum fugit, et cursu levi canes eludit. Turn silva cornua impedit. Ibi canes cervum dentibus lacerant. LESSON 13. The Passive Voice. (A-verbs and E-verbs.) 80. Verbs have two Voices, the Active (from ago, ‘ I do ’) and the Passive f (from patiov, ‘ I suffer ’). The Active denotes that the Subject (47) is or does something; as, frigeo, I am cold ; curro, I run ; amo puerum, I love the boy. The Passive denotes that the Subject has something done to it ; as, amor, I am loved , or, I am being loved. 81. Transitive Verbs only are conjugated fully in the Passive Voice. 82. First and Second Conjugations. — Verbs whose Present Stem ends in A or E (50, 61). The endings of the Present, Imperfect, and Future- Simple Indicative Passive, are as follows : — Singular. 12 a Present Tense, - or - ris(e ) -tur Imperfect ,, -bar - bdris[e ) -btitur Fut. -Simple ,, -bor -beris(e) -bitur Plural. 12 3 -mur - mini -ntur -bdmur -bdmini -bantur -bimur -biminl -buntur These endings must be added to the Present Stem in each case to form the Tense required. Thus, * Translate by, or near. t The word ‘ Passive' simply means bearing the effect of the action described by the Verb. Suffering, in the sense of enduring jpain, is not necessarily implied. 28 The Passive Voice. [83-85 am-or, I am loved; monE-bor, I shall be advised (51, note ; 62). Obs. The (e) after the 2nd Pers. Sing, means that the ending is -ris or -re. Thus, amaba ris or amabare. But -re for -ris is rare in the Present Indicative, % except in the case of Deponents (156). 83. The Present Indicative Passive must be ren- dered in English according to the sense. Thus, amor, I am being loved, or I am loved. Similarly, the Imperfect, amabar, may be rendered, I was being loved , or occasionally, I was loved (74). The Euture-Simple takes the sign ‘ shall 9 or ‘ will 9 as in the Active Voice. Thus, amabor, I shall be loved ; monebitur, he will be advised (49). 84. Either the Active or the Passive Voice of a Transitive Verb may be used to describe one and the same action. Thus, we may say either ‘ I praise the boy 9 or ‘ The boy is praised by me 9 85. In changing an Active into a Passive Sen- tence remember three things — 1. The Object (acc.) of the Active Verb becomes the Subject (nom.) of the Passive Verb. 2. The Subject of the Active Verb (if a person or liv- ing being) is put in the Ablative with the Preposition a or ab (37). Example. — Magister laudat puerum (the master praises the boy), becomes, Puer a magistro laudatur ( the boy is praised by the master). 3. But if the Subject of the Active Verb is a thing without life, the Ablative of the Instrument , without a Preposition , must be used (37). Thus, Pax paritur bello, Peace is produced by war. * Because of its resemblance to the Infinitive Active and the Imperative Passive. 86, 87] The Passive Voice. 29 Exercise 13. (Refer to 37, 47, 83, 85.) 86. Vocabulary 13. cavalry, equitatus, (equitatU-). enemy , hostis, Gen. PI. hostlum. finger , digitus, digitOrura. horse , equus, ?> equOrum. needle , acus, J 9 acUum. put-to-flight, fugo, fugA-re. restrain, cohibeo, cohibE-re. spur, calcar, ?J> calcarlum. urge, urgeo. urgE-re. weapon. telum, ?> telOrum. weight, pondus, >> pondeRum. wound (verb), vulnero, vulnerA-re. 87. I am being praised. He was being frightened. You are feared. We shall be praised. You will be seen. We are praised. You were being wounded. The girls will be frightened. Slaves, you shall be freed. Boys, you are being called. Hot water is being prepared. Heavy burdens were being carried. Temples are being built. Heavy weights will be carried. The cavalry will not be put to flight. I shall be wounded with weapons. Horses are urged with spurs. Dogs are restrained with chains. Masters are feared by boys. The enemy {pi.) will be put to flight by our cavalry. [Turn the following sentences into the Passive Construction, 84, 85.] Horses carry burdens. All animals fear the lion’s voice. The hawk was frightening the swallow. The masters will not free the slaves. Ivy used to adorn the ancient wall. The dogs are tearing the stag. The poet will tell a story. The enemy (pi) will put our cavalry to - flight. Amici ab amicis amantur. Vocabamini. Laudabere. Yitabimini. Yocabare. Amamini. A regina videbamur. Pueri ignavi a magistro non laudabuntur. Muri a servis sedificabantur. Puella3 digitus acu vulnerabitur. Puella digitum acu vulnerabit. Pueri leonis voce terrebuntur. 30 The Passive Voice. [88 Exercise 13 — continued. Milites, ab imperatore vocamini. Frater meus hostium telis vulnerabatur. Milites nostri ab hostium equitatu fugabantur. [Turn into the Passive Construction.] Boni bona laudant. Servus mensam portabat. Milites equos calcaribus urgebant. Deus malos non amat. Agricola canem catena cohibebit. Accipitris rostrum hirundinem lacerat. Fratris mei filius vulpem vafram videbat. Puer puellse digitum acu vulnerat. LESSON 14. The Passive Voice — continued . (Consonant and U-verbs. I-verbs.) 88. Third Conjugation. — Verbs whose Present Stem ends in a Consonant, or the semi-vowel U (65). Fourth Conjugation. — Verbs whose Present Stem ends in I (69). The endings of the Present, Imperfect, and Future- Simple Indicative Passive, are as follows : — Singular . 12 3 3 Conj. Present, - or - eris(e ) - itur 4 Conj. ,, - or - ris[e ) -tur 3 & 4 ) Imperfect, -ebar - ebaris (% ) -ebatur Conj. ) Fut.-Sim. -ar - eris(e ) -etur Plural. 12 3 -imur -imini - untur -mur -mini - untur - ebamur -ebdminl - ebantur -emur -eminl -entur These endings must be added to the Present Stem in each case to form the Tense required. Thus, reg-or, acu-or ; audi -ebar (70, 82, Obs.). For the Passive of Verbs of the 3rd Conjugation in -io, see Appendix, NXI. 31 89, 90] The Passive Voice. Exercise 14. (Eefer to 84, 85.) 00 CD Vocabulary 14. bend , flecto, flecT-ere. camp, castra (n. pi. ), Gen. PI. castrOrum. dig , fodio, foD-ere. flower, flos, j, floRum. lead, duco, duC-ere. legion, legio, , 5 legioNum. open, aperio, aperl-re. punish, punio, punl-re receive, accipio, acciP-ere. scatter, ) sprinkle, ) spargo, spar G -ere. surround, cingo, cinG-ere. take, capio, caP*ere. trench , fossa, ,, fossArum. 90. I am being led. You were being punished. A long letter will be written. You will be banished. They will be led. Flowers were being scattered by boys. The gate is being opened. Eeeds are bent with the wind. The idle boys will be punished. The gates of the city are being guarded by our legions. The girl’s head was being surrounded with a garland. [Turn into the Passive Construction.] The girls will scatter roses. The soldiers are surround- ing the camp with a trench. The enemy (pi.) will baffle our legions. The slaves were digging a trench. The master was punishing the idle boys. The soldier was guarding the gate of the city. The farmers are draining (their) cups. Ducimur. Urbs a militibus nostris capietur. Epistolse a pueris scribebantur. Enses acuuntur. Exsules ab im- peratore ex urbe pellentur. Castra fossa cingentur. Eegina in urbem ducebatur. Epistola accipiebatur. Puniemur. Puniebare. Eludebamini. Pellere. Pelli- mini. 32 On forming the Perfect, Pluperfect , and [91, 92 Exercise 14 — continued. [Turn into tlie Passive Construction.] Ventus arundhiem fiectebat. Servus portam aperiet. Legiones nostoe fossam fodient. Corona caput puellee cingit. Agricola cultrum acuit. Puer epistolam accipiet. Imperator milites ducebat. Soror mea dolorem acutum sentiet. LESSON 15. On forming the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Active. (Adjectives in -x, -ns, - rs .) 91. The Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect* Active, are formed from the Perfect Stem ( L . P. § 47). The following Table shows the Perfect Stem of the Model Verbs, amo, moneo, rego, acuo, audio: — 1st Conj. A -Verbs, 2nd Conj. E- Verbs, j n \ Cons. -Verbs. 3rd Conj. j u . VerbSi 4 th Conj. I -Verbs, am-o Perfect Stem, amaV- mone-o ,, monU- reg-o ,, rex ( = regs). acu-o ,, acU- audi-o , , audiV All Perfects are not formed alike. Exceptions will be found, L. P. § 81, pp. 66-72. 92. The Endings of the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect Indicative Active, in all four Conjuga- tions, are as follows : — Singular. 12 3 Perfect, -i -isti -it Pluperfect, - eram -eras -erat Fut.-Perf., -Zro -eris -erit Plural. 12 3 -imus -istis -erunt or ere -erdmus -Gratis -8rant -erlmus -Zritis -erint * The Future- Perfect is not a tense of the Subjunctive, as stated in some Grammars. 93 , 94 ] Future- Perfect Indicative Active . 33 These endings must be added to the Perfect Stem in each case to form the tense required. Thus, amaV-i, I have loved ; monU-eram, I had advised; audlV-ero, I shall have heard. 93. The Latin Language has no separate form for the Present-Perfect (Perfect-Definite) and the Simple Perfect , or Aorist * (Past Indefinite). Thus, amavi may mean either ‘ I have loved', or f I loved * according to the sense (94). ‘Have’ (hast, has) is the sign of the Present-Perfect. Some English Verbs, however, form their Perfect with ‘am,’ and their Pluperfect with ‘was.’ Thus, ‘I am come ’ — I have come. ‘ I ivas come ’ = I had come. So, He is fallen. They are fled (155). 94. The Present-Perfect, or Perfect-Definite, implies that the action is complete at the time of speaking (i.e. the present time), and that the effects of the action continue. The Simple-Perfect, or Aorist, denotes a single or momentary action in time past, without reference to any other action. It is the Tense of narratives. Thus we say — p p r f I have (now) written a letter, res.- ei . | j have seen my brother (to-day). But — Simple-Perf., f I ivrote two letters (yesterday), or Aorist \ I saw my brother (six years ago). The Pluperfect denotes action complete in time past. Thus, amaveram, I had loved. Obs. The Aorist must be carefully distinguished from the Imperfect, which implies contemporaneous action, i.e. that something else was going on at the time referred to. Our English idiom is frequently misleading. Thus, I often met him when I was in town (i.e. used to meet him) (74). * i.e. Indefinite. Derived from the Greek a-opLcrros (a-oristos), without boundaries , indefinite. H. L. B. G.] c 34 On forming the Perfect , Pluperfect , and [95—97 95. Adjectives ending in -x (as audax ), and in - ns , rs (as ingens , iners), follow I-nonns of the Third De- clension (X. P. § 33). The Neuter Accusative Singular is the same as the Nominative. The Ablative Singular ends in -I ; less commonly in -e. The Neuter Nom. Voc. Acc. Plural end in -ia; Gen. in -ium. The same rules apply to Participles ending in - ans , -ens; as, amans , monens , etc. Obs. With Participles the Ablative Singular in -e is more common in prose. The Ablative Absolute always ends in -e (Appendix, XI, B, 3). Exercise 15. 96. Vocabulary 1 5. [In this Exercise, and those following, the Stems only will be given, with the characters in Capital letters where necessary.] absent , absens. absent- deceitful , fallax, fallac- forward (adj.), petulans, petulant- fresh , recens, recent- happy. felix, fellc- inactive , mers, inert- innocent , insons, insont- mad , demens, dement- skilful , sollers, sollert- swift . velox, loqnax, hodie. veloc- talkative , to-day , loquac- wise , yesterday (adv.), sapiens, herl. sapient- 97. You will have heard the skilful poet’s story. The swift dogs had torn the stag. The stag was being torn by the swift dogs. The soldiers were banishing the good (75) and wise from the city (77). The slaves w T ill have prepared hot water. Hot water will be prepared by the slaves. I have called the absent boys. The judge had not praised the talkative poet. I avoided the mad poets. 97 ] Future- Perfect Indicative Active . 35 Exercise 15 — continued. The master has punished the idle hoys. My brother will have avoided the forward girls. The soldiers of the enemy (pi.) will have put our soldiers to fight. The in- active ( 75 ) have avoided labour. Labours will he avoided by the inactive. The swift horse had carried a heavy weight. A heavy weight was being carried by the swift horse. You will have slept. The legions will have guarded the gates of the city. The wise masters freed (their) slaves yesterday. They will have sung. I have wounded (my) finger with a knife. We had avoided the wives of the talkative. I have taught deceitful boys. You had not warned the innocent. We have sharpened the knives to-day. You have led legions. They have guarded the city. I love the smell of fresh flowers. [When there is nothing to show whether the Aorist or the Present-Perfect is the tense meant, both translations should be given. ] Soror mea rosas recentes ex horto portaverat. Inson- tium sorores ad reginam sapientem veniebant. Puerorum fallacium amicos non laudavero. Exsulem msestum hodie terruistis. Puella coronam non induerit. Telum fratrem meum vulneravit. Frater tuus telo vulnerabatur. Fabula longa a servo loquaci narrabitur. Urbis porta a servis fallacibus aperltur. Canem catena cohibuisti. Yulpem vafram terrueratis. Yox leonis animalia terruerit. Im- perator milites in castra duxerat. Amicorum absentium epistolas amamus. Amici absentes ab amicis laudantur. Epistolam longam ab amico absenti hodie accipiemus. Dominus iratus a servo inerti vitatur. J udex, ab insontibus amaris. A pueris petulantibus non laudabere. Puerorum felicium sorores in horto ludebant. Culter ferreus ab agricola acuitur. Flores aqua spargebantur. Hostium equitatus ab imperatore sollerti eludetur. 36 The Comparative and [ 98-100 LESSON 16. The Comparative and Superlative of Adjectives. (Acer. Unus .) 98. Besides having Inflexions to denote differences of Gender, etc. (23), most Adjectives have also in- flexions to denote differences or degrees of Quality. These Degrees are three in number, and are called the Positive , the Comparative , and the Superlative. 99. The Positive is the simple form; as, durus, hard. The Comparative denotes a higher degree of the quality, when two persons or things are compared ; as, durior, harder , or more hard* The Superlative denotes the highest degree, when more than two persons or things are compared ; as, durissimus, hardest , or most hard.-\ 100. The Comparative is usually formed by adding - or to the first case of the Positive which ends in -i. Thus, durus; Gen. Sing., dur i. Comparative, durior; neut. durms. The Superlative is usually formed by adding -ssimus to the first case of the Positive which ends in -i. Thus, durus ; Gen, Sing., dun. Superlative, duriss?m^s, a, um. [A more accurate method is to add -lor (masc. and fern.) to the Stem without the character, for the Comparative ; and - issimus , a , um, for the Superlative. Thus, from Stem dur-, Com- parative, dur-^or ; Superlative, dur-mtmws. ] * Sometimes, ‘rather hard/ or ‘too hard/ when ‘too* is not emphatic. + Sometimes, c very hard. * 101—105] Superlative of A djectives. 37 101. Adjectives ending in - er form the Superlative by adding - rxmus , a, um, to the Positive. Thus, tener, tender; tenerior, tener -rimus; acer, keen ; acrior, acei-rimus. 102. Facilis, easy , with five other Adjectives ending in -lis y * forms the Superlative in -Vtmus. Thus, facil-Z^mws. [For Irregular Comparison see L. P., § 36.] 103. Comparatives ending in - or (neut. - us ) are declined like Consonant Nouns of the Third Declen- sion; as, amor , corpus ( L . P. § 21). Obs. The pemdt (last syllable but one) of Comparatives is always long in the Oblique cases. Thus, melioris. 104. ‘ Acer/ Jceen, and twelve other Adjectives, are declined like tristis (42), except that they have Masc. in -er ; Pern, in -ris ; Neut. in -re. Thus, acer, ac ris, ac re (Appendix XI, B, 4). But ‘ celer/ swift, keeps e throughout ; thus, celer, celeris, celere (Z. P. § 33, C). 105. JJnus, a, um, one, forms the Genitive Singu- lar in -ms (all genders), and the Dative in -% (all genders). In all other cases it follows the 1st and 2nd De clensions. Decline like unus, alius, nullus, Also solus, totus, ullus. Obs. Alter , neuter , and uter , with its compounds, have Gen. Sing, in -ius, and Dat. in 4 (Appendix, XI, A). * Difficilis, dissimilis, gracilis, humilis, similis. t Alius makes Neuter Nom. Acc. aliud; and Gen. Sing, alius (all genders), for ali4us. 38 The Comparative and Superlative . [ 106 , 107 106 . Exercise 16. (Refer to 73 , 74 .) Vocabulary 16. alert , alacer, cris, ere, alacr- alone , solus, a, um, Gen . solius. any , ullus, a, um, ,, ulllus. black , niger, a, um, sepelio, sepeliv- nigr-_ bury , sepell-re. difficult, difficilis, e. easy , facilis, e. nave. habeo, habii- habEre. lowly, hiimilis, e. no, none. nullus, a, um, Gen . nullius. short. brevis, e. *show. monstro, monstrav- monstrAre. [swift, celer, ris, re. tree, arbor, arboR- whole, totus,* a, um, Gen. totius. 107 . The talkative poet will have told the whole story. The queen will see (her) soldiers alert and joyful. The easiest road will be shown by the lowly slave. The slave will show the shortest road. We were sitting under a very lofty tree. The swiftest stag has very slender legs. You will not have carried a heavier chain. He used-to- have a blacker slave. No daughter has had a milder father. Whilst you are asking the way, I shall have come into the city. Ivy was adorning the walls of the whole city. No farmers will have keener dogs. Reeds afford no shade. The lion fears the voice of no animal. The voice of no animal is feared by the lion. We have not buried a more illustrious man. You shall have the heaviest burden. They had not seen a loftier tree. The care of many things ( 76 ) will banish sleep. Sleep will be banished by the care of many things. They had avoided the roughest road. All (men) praised my brother’s most beautiful daughter. I have heard a more talkative man. * Totus generally precedes the Substantive with which it is in agreement ( 24 , 211 ). 108] The Infinitive. 39 Exercise 16 — continued. Sapientes somnum nimium vitabunt. Sedulos lauda- mus. Oves nigerrimae non laudantur. Puer gracillimus cum regina ante portam stabat. Km prata irngant. Prata rivorum aquis irrigantur. iEdem celeberrimam in urbe aedificavistis. Agricolae unius oves non vitupera- vero. Milites acerrimi totius urbis portas custodiverint. Hostes fossam altam foderant. Milites nostri fossa altiore castra cinxerunt. Puellae timidissimae dolores acutissimos sentiunt. Ad hortum pulcriorem yeniemus. Boni bonos non vituperabunt. Boni a bonis non vituperabuntur. TJrbem salubriorem non videbitis. Iratorum vocem timueritis. Audaces vulnera nulla timent. Vulnera nulla ab audacibus timentur. Yiam difficillimam vita- vimus. Pavonis superbissimi vocem non laudo. Puer- orum inertissimorum vitia punlmus. Servos alacriores non vidisti. Arborum altissimarum umbram amamus. LESSON 17. The Infinitive. 108. The Verb Infinite* consists of two parts : — {a) The Infinitive (improperly called a Mood), which is a Neuter Noun Substantive , with the Gerunds' f* and Supines \ for its cases (20(b)). (b) The Participles, || which are Verbal Adjectives. (Z.P.§45.) The Infinitive expresses action or condition gene- rally, without any limitation of Person or Number. * i.e. not limited by Number and Person (45, note). + From gero, ‘ I perform,’ or 4 carry on.’ J From the Adj. supinus, ‘bent backward.’ The name is mean- ingless. || Fromjpars, ‘apart,’ and capio, ‘I take.’ Participles take part of the properties of Verbs, and part of the properties of Adjectives , in that they govern cases, and have inflexions for case and gender. 40 The Infinitive. [ 109-112 109. The Verb-Nouninfinitive resembles the Finite Yerb in having Tenses, and in governing the same case as the Yerb to which it belongs. 110. The Verb-Noun Infinitive has two tense- forms proper. (1) The Present and Imperfect Infinitive Active are formed in 1st, 2nd, and 4th Conjuga- tions by adding -re to the Present Stem. Thus, ama-re, m one -re, audl-re. In the 3rd Conjugation -ere must be added to the Present Stem. Thus, reg-ere, acu-ere. (2) The Perfect and Pluperfect Active are formed by adding - isse to the Perfect Stem. Thus, amav-isse, rex-isse. Obs. The Future Infinitive Active, and the Perfect and Future in the Passive, are Compound Tenses, and will be noticed hereafter (150). 111. For the Present and Imperfect Infinitive Pas- sive the ending -ri must be added to the Present Stem, in the 1st, 2nd, and 4th Conjugations ; and -i in the 3rd Conjugation. Thus, ama-ri, to be loved ; reg-i, to be ruled , etc. 112. The Verb-Noun Infinitive may be thus de- dined Nom. amare, loving , love , or to love . Acc. < (A) amare, (B) amandum, loving , or love . ( Gen. (C) amatum, amandi, of loving , or of love. Dat. amando, for loving , or for love. Abl. (a) amando, by, with , or from loving ; or by, with , or '(/3) amatu, from love. in respect of loving , or in respect of love. 113] The Infinitive . 41 (A) Acc. after Verbs* expressing beginning custom , desire , power, wish, etc. Also after Verbs of perceiving , declaring, thinking, knowing, etc. (B) Acc. after Prepositions (ad, inter, ob). (C) Acc. after Verbs of Motion . (a) Abl. of Instrument , Cause, or Manner ; and also after Pre- positions (a, ab, de, ex, in).f ((3) Abl. of Respect, with certain Adjectives. Obs. The Perfect (and Pluperfect) Form, amavisse, to have loved , may also stand as Nom. or as Acc. (A). But the tense-forms of the Infinitive are not used as Genitive, Dative, or Ablative cases. 113. The Verb-Noun amare may be variously translated, ‘ loving / 4 love / ‘ to love / or ‘ to be loving / It really means ‘ the act of loving;' and so differs from c amor/ the feeling or passion of love, and ‘ amans/ the person loving , i.e., ‘ one who loves/ the lover/ [The Preposition ‘ to, 3 though a very common sign of the English Infinitive, is not a part of the Infinitive, nor is it by any means always used. Thus, we say ‘Bid me despair, 3 ‘I can run 3 ‘I could write 3 ‘I dare go. 3 Here the Verbs in Italics are in the Infinitive : consequently, the Verb that follows such words as bid, can, could, dare, etc. must be in the Infinitive in Latin.] * Very rarely after Prepositions, f Barely with pro ; never with sine . 42 The Infinitive . [114—116 Exercise 17 . 114. Vocabulary 17. cover, tego, tex- teg-ere. err, everything, falsehood, erro, omnia (n. pi. mendacium, errav- omnis, all). erra-re. mendacio- know. scio, sciv- sci-re. learn, disco, didic- disc-ere. sin, pecco, peccav- pecca-re. suppose, puto, putav- puta-re. [Endings of the Infinitive. 1 stConj. 2ndConj. drdConj. 4th Conj. Pres, and Imperf. are ere ere ire [Ad.) ,, ,, ,, ari eri i Iri (Pass.) Perf. and Pluperf. isse isse isse isse(^c^)] 115. To praise. To have praised. To be praised. To have feared. To be frightened. To shut. To guard the gate. To have led an army. To be restrained. To have covered faults with falsehood. Sinning (113). To have known everything. To be supposed. To be shut. To have learnt. Fugere. Fugisse. Digitum acu vulneravisse. Servum liberare. Onera portare. Bonos sapientesque ex urbe pellere. Scribi. Hauriri. Fugare. Spargi floribus. Yidisse. Accipi. Discere omnia. Fugavisse. Decline like amare (112) the Infinitive of aro, paro, orno, sedifico. LESSON 18. The Infinitive — continued. Sum. Possum. Yolo. {The Prolative Infinitive.) 116. The Verb-Noun Infinitive may be, (1) The Nominative, or Subject (47) of another Verb. (2) The Accusative, or Object (54) after another Verb. 117] The Infinitive. 43 (3) It may carry on and complete the meaning and construction of another Verb. When thus used it is called Prolative * (P. P. § 140, 4, and 1ST. S. vii. p. 140). The Prolative Infinitive is used with such Verbs as begin , continue , cease , wish , am able , am thought , am said , seem , etc. etc. Examples. (1) Ludere est jucundum, Playing , play, or to play, is pleasant; or, It is pleasant to play, t (2) Amo ludere, I love playing, or to play. (3) Possum currere, I can run. Putor er- rare, I am supposed to err, or to be erring. 117. The Auxiliary Verb ‘sum/ I am, and the Verbs ‘ possum/ I am able, or I can, c volo/ I wish, or am willing, form their Present Indicative as fol- lows : — i JL 3 Sing, sum es est ,, possum potes potest . , volo vis vult 12 3 Plur. sumus estis sunt , , possumus potestis possunt ,, volumus vultis volunt The Verb ‘sum’ takes the same case after it as before it. The Adjective which follows sum must agree with the Substantive to which it refers. Thus, puer est bonus, the boy is good (23). [For the remaining tenses, see Appendix, XVIII, XX, and L. P. § 50, 80.] * From pro-ferre, ‘to carryforward,’ ‘extend.’ Th q Protective Infinitive is also joined to Participles, and sometimes, by the poets, to Adjectives. t The Pronoun ‘ it ’ is only a sort of peg on which to hang what follows. It stands as the representative of the coming sentence. 44 The Infinitive. [ 118, 119 Exercise 18. (Eefer to 23, 108, 113, 116.) 118. Vocabulary 18. am able , ) can, j possum, potii- posse. cannot, disgraceful, learned, natural-to-man, never, often, safety, non possum. turpis, e. doctus, a, um. humanus, a, um. nunquam. ssepe. salus, salut- say. dico, dix- dic-ere. seel, well (adv.), wish, peto, . petiv- pet-ere. bene. volo, volii- velle. [Kemember to leave out the 4 it ’ in such sentences as 4 It is plea- sant to play/ See note, p. 43.] 119. Sinning is disgraceful. I love to hear the poet’s stories. It is natural-to-man to err. It is not easy to sing well.* The hoy wishes to he learned. I cannot praise idle hoys. The citizens are preparing to seek safety hy flight. They love sleeping. The farmer’s daughters used to learn singing. The slaves are husy. My brother’s son is very slender. Loving is natural-to-man. To write a letter well is difficult. It will he very easy to frighten timid girls. It is pleasant to have loved. The oak is very hard. All falsehoods are most disgraceful. The general is said to have led the army. We wish to know every- thing. We cannot carry burdens. Lions cannot he re- strained with chains. They were wishing to avoid the rough road. You will have been able to see the queen. You wish to put on a crown. Julia is said to he loved hy (her) friends. The hoy will he said to have covered his fault with a falsehood. The farmers were supposed to he ploughing. * 4 Bene cantare.’ Adverbs generally stand immediately before the word which they qualify. 219] The Infinitive. 45 Exercise 18 — continued. Onmia bene discere non possumus. In horto sedisse jucundum fuerit. Turpe est pugnare. Eugere est turpis- simum. Pueri saepe sunt petulantiores (99 ? note). Bene arare 22 est difficillimum. Pueri, magistrum eludere non poteritis. Dicitur ignavos nunquam laudavisse. Epis- tolam scribere non poteram. Ignavi esse non volumus. Yis castra videre. Doctus fuisse dicetur. Docti esse dicebantur. Pater meus sub arbore sedere amabat. Ser- vus portam claudere non potuerit. Non omnes milites sunt fortes. Saepe canes saltare docentur. Non omnes homines amare possumus. Lycurgus leges ab Apolline didicisse putabatur. Demosthenis pater cultros vendidisse creditur. Ex equo pugnare Thessali invenerunt. Cornix sitiens urnam reperit. Sed urna erat profunda, nec aqua a cornice contingi poterat. Turn lapillos ex arena legit, et in urnam dejicit. Sic aqua levatur, et cornix bibere potest. Ranae regem a Jove petivisse dicuntur. Jupiter trabem ingentem in lacum dejecit. Eanae primum refugerunt ; deinde in trabe sederunt, alium-que regem petiverunt. Turn Jupiter hydrum misit. At hydrus plurimas statim devoravit. 46 The Infinitive . [ 120—122 LESSON 19. The Infinitive — continued . Gerunds. (. Personal and Demonstrative Pronouns.) 120. The Gerunds (108) are cases of a Neuter Verb-Noun of the 2nd Declension. They answer to the English Verbals in - ing ; as, loving , seeing , hearing; i.e. the act of loving, etc. etc. (113). 121. The Gerunds are formed from the Present Stem by adding the following endings : — A- verbs and E- verbs, 1st j and 2nd Conj.. Cons, and U-verbs ; I-verbs jf 3rd and 4th Conj. . . ) Thus, ama-ndum, mone-ndi, reg-endo, audi-endo. Acc. Gen. Dal. Abl. -ndum -ndi -ndo ■endum -endi -endo 122. (1) The Accusative Gerund is used after Pre- positions, chiefly, ad , inter , ob (Appendix, XXIII, A). (2) The Genitive Gerund is used with many Substantives and Adjectives, especially those which signify desire , knowledge , recollection , skill , or their opposites (. L . P. § 132, 1). (3) The Dative Gerund is less frequent. It is used with Verbs and phrases express- ing purpose, and with Adjectives ex- pressing fitness , and the like. (4) The Ablative Gerund is an Ablative of Instrument , Cause, or Manner, and is also used after certain Prepositions which govern an Abl. case, chiefly, a, ab, de , ex, in: rarely with pro; with sine, never (Appendix, XXIII, B ; L . P. § 111-113). 123 - 125 ] The Infinitive . 47 Examples. (1) Inter ludendum, whilst or during play- ing ; ad discendum, for learning; or, to learn (after Adjectives ex- pressing fitness , inclination, etc., and Verbs of Motion). (2) Amor discendi, the love of learning. (3) Dat operam discendo, he pays attention to learning ; ntilis bibendo, good for drinking. % (4) Docendo discimns, we learn ley teach- ing ; in judicando severus, stern in judging. Obs. The Acc. and Gen. are often found with a qualify- ing Adverb ; as, ad bene vivendum, for living well ; beate vivendi, of living happily. 123. Gerunds govern the same cases as the Verbs from which they come. Thus, studium obtemperandi legibus {dat.), the desire of obeying the laves. Transitive Gerunds, however, seldom take an Accusative of the Object, unless the Object is a Pronoun or a Neuter Adjective. Thus, studium aliguid agendi, plura habendi, the desire of doing something, of having more. 124. Demonstrative Pronouns*)* are Adjectival, and follow the rule given for Adjectives (23). They are also often used Substantively (75), i.e. without the Substantives being expressed with which they agree. Thus, hi, these men ; haec, these things, etc. 125. The Preposition ‘cum 9 is written after the Ablative of Personal Pronouns, and forms one word with them.J Thus, mecum, vobiscum, etc. ; not cum me, cum vobis, etc. [For the Inflexion of the Personal Pronouns, ego, 7, tu, thou , or you , see Appendix, XVI, and L. P. § 38.] * But utilis, aptus, idoneus, etc. , are more commonly found with Prep, ad and the Accusative. + Derived from Prep, pro , ‘instead of,’ and nomen , ‘a noun;’ because they are used as substitutes for Nouns. Demonstrative Pronouns (from demonstro , ‘ I point out ’) point to some defined ob- ject ; Personal Pronouns denote the speaker or the person spoken to. $ The same rule applies to the Relative Pronoun qui. Thus, quocum , quacum , quibuscum , not cum quo , etc. ( 165 ). 48 The Infinitive. [126, 127 Exercise 19. 126. Vocabulary 19. act , born , desirous , draw out , drink , good ( 2 . 0 . serviceable ), ignorant , live, opinion, pleasure, pupil, question, skilled, skilful in, tired, understand, ago, eg- natus, a, um. ciipidus, a, um ( with Gen.). elicio, elicu- bibo, bib- utilis, e. ignarus, a, um. vivo, vix- opinio, voluptas, discipulus, interrogo, interrogav- peritus, a, um {with Gen. ). fessus, a, um. intelligo, intellex, ag-ere. elic-ere. bib*ere. viv-ere. opinion- voluptat- discipulo- interroga-re. intellig-ere. Demonstrative Pronouns (Appendix, XYI ; L. P. § 38). (A) Unemphatic. is, ea, id, ) ‘ that ’ (used of persons or things already Gen. ejus ) mentioned). (B) Emphatic. v'&xsbJr-. ^ 1 t^ ud : | ‘ that ’ ( near y° u ) > ‘ that °fy ° urs •’ <3) il L ill mius Ud : I ‘^’(nearhim); •yonder.' Is, ea, id, are often used, as Weak Demonstratives, for the English Pronouns, lie, she, it, etc. Ille, on the con- trary, is always a strong and emphatic Pronoun. Thus, ille, that person yonder, ‘he;’ illi, ‘they,’ etc. (75). [Pronouns in Italics (as we) are emphatic, and are to be trans- lated (48).] 127. We blame this* hoy’s love of playing. This hoy’s love of playing is blamed by us. The water of * Be careful to make the Demonstrative agree with the right substantive. 1273 The Infinitive. 49 Exercise 19 — continued. yonder river is good for drinking. Socrates used to draw out the opinions of his pupils by questioning. The opinions of (his) pupils used to be drawn out by Socrates by questioning. We are born for under- standing and acting (122, 1). Soldiers often shout while drinking} We shall avoid the enemy by flying : you are preparing to defend the city. That slave of yours is tired with standing. That * boy's father had a blacker slave. This farmer’s son is very ignorant of ploughing. That road is very rough ; we will avoid it. I wish to show (to) you a very short road ; we will walk through yonder meadow. We are very desirous of coming with you to your city. Those boys of yours were coming through the city at nightfall . Yonder soldier was guarding this gate. Hist shadow frightened them. While flying 1 they began to call you. I cannot love the poet; I shall be able to praise his book. We are desirous of many things (76). We are desirous of learning many things (123). We were wishing to seek safety by flying. Safety was being sought by us. Yoluptatem ex discendo sentimus. Pueri legendo, audiendo, interrogando discunt. Horum poetarum filiae cupidissimae sunt discendi; inter ludendum magistrum saepe interrogant. Tu librum de bene beate-que vivendo scribebas. Liber de bene beate-que vivendo a te scribe- batur. Illi exsules maestissimi sunt : filii eorum ludendi sunt cupidiores; ego eos monebo (99). Hon vivere bonum est, sed bene vivere. Puellae, multa interrogandi 5 cupidae estis. Illi Socratem et discipulos ejus vitupera- verint. Socrates et discipuli ejus ab illis vituperabuntur. Reginae nostrae milites peritissimi sunt pugnandi. Facile est haec bona vituperare ; bene vivere est difflcillimum. Milites ad pugnandum nati sunt. Filia nostra cupidissima fuit vobiscum ludendi; caput ejus corona florea ornavi- * Be careful to make the Demonstrative agree with the right substantive. + i.e. ‘ of him' ( 30 ). The English Possessive cases, his f her f its , their , have often to be translated by the Genitives of 4 is , 5 or 4 ille i 9 ejus, eorum ; illius, illorum, etc. Compare 173 . H. L. B. G.] X) 50 The Gerundive. [ 128-130 Exercise 19 — continued. mus. Hsec facilia sunt : illud erit difficilius. Matrem tuam amamus ; ea nobiscum ssepe ludit. Sine nobis venire non poteritis. Tecum cantare volui. Filii mei sub hac arbore mecum sedere amabant. Hujus arboris umbra a filiis meis amabatur. Alitur vitium vivit-que tegendo. LESSON 20. The Gerundive. Gerundive Attraction. (. Dative of the Agent.) 128 . The Gerundive (often called e the Participle in -dus ’) is a Verbal Adjective, declined like bonus. Like the Gerund, it is formed from the Present Stem. Thus, ama-ndus, ama-nda, ama-ndum ( 121 ). 129 . The Gerundive is used to express duty, meetness, or necessity ; what must or should be done , what is to be or ought to be done. It must be care- fully distinguished from the Present Infinitive Passive ( 111 ). 130 . The Gerundive is variously constructed as follows : — (1) Its Neuter Nominative forms an Impersonal Verb with est. This construction is limited to (a) Intransitive Verbs. (i b ) Transitive Verbs used Intransitively* (< c ) Verbs which govern Gen. Bat. or Abl. (2) It is used as an Adjective in agreement with its Substantive ; because the Neuter Nomi- native of a Transitive Gerund is not found Impersonally governing an Accusative.! * i.e. without an Acc. of the Object expressed. An Object may be implied, though it need not always be expressed. Tlius, aliquiil edis, you eat something (Trans.); but, edendum est, one must eat (Intrans.). t Except in old writers, 130 - 131 ] The Gerundive . 51 (3) It is used in Attraction* instead of Oblique Cases of the Transitive Gerund ( 5 ). That is to say, the Substantive, instead of being in the Accusative , is drawn into the case in which the Gerund would have stood, if used ; while the Gerundive is made to agree with the Substantive in Gender and Number. Examples. (1) Pugnandum est, one must fight ; (b) bibendum est, one must drink ; ( c ) miserendum est pauperum (gen.), one must pity the poor ; obtemperandum est legibus (dat.), one must obey the laws ; utendum est aetate (abl.), one must use one’s time. (2) Yirtus est colenda, virtue ought to be > cultivated, ( must ) y. • » . , < 7 jt > cultivate virtue. ( should j [Not, colend-im est virtutem. ] cultivate virtue. (3) Consilium epistolae scribendae, the intention of writing a letter. [Here the Gerund (if used) would be in the Genitive. But, in- stead of using the Gerund with the Acc. (scribend^ epistol&ra), we put epistolce in the Genitive by Attraction, and then make the Gerundive agree with it. ] 131 . The Gerundive Attraction is to be preferred to the use of the Gerund with the Accusative ; except in the case of Neuter Pronouns and Adjectives, when a difficulty might arise in distinguishing the Gender, ( 76 , 123 ) ; e.g. ‘ illius audiendi ’ might be either f of hearing that person’ or ‘of hearing that thing! From the Frep. ad, ‘to,’ and traho , ‘I draw.’ 52 The Gerundive. [132-135 132. The Gerundive is always to be used with Prepositions governing the Accusative or Ablative (134). 133. The Agent , or Person by whom a thing is to be done, is usually put in the Dative with the Gerun- dive. Thus, bibendum est mihi, I must drink ; virtus nobis colenda est, virtue is to be cultivated by us . But see 245. 134. Summary of 130-132. English. 1. We must cultivate virtue , or, virtue is tobe cultivated, 2. For guarding (or to guard) the gate (compare 122), 3. Desirous of waging war , 4. Suitable for waging war , 5. In waging war , Latin. virtus colenda est NOT colendwm est virtu- tem. ad custodiendam por- tam ad custodiendwm por- tam. cupidus belK gerendi aptus bello gerendo cupidus bellwm ge- rendi. aptus bell um gerendo. in bello gerendo in bellwm gerendo. Of course the same rules apply to the Plural Number, and to all Prepositions included in 122, 1, 4. 135. Exercise 20. Vocabulary 20. art , ars, artl- careless, negligens, negligent- choose , eligo, eleg- elig-ere. despise , sperno, sprev- spern-ere. discern, cerno, crev- cern-ere. establish (peace), concilio, conciliav- concilia-re. fond, studiosus, a, um r causa (with gen.) for the sake of, found , condo, condid- cond-ere. place, locus, locO- salute , saluto, salutav- saluta-re. settler, colonus, colonO- town , oppidum, oppidCb wage, ggro, gess- ger-ere. 136 ] The Gerundive. 53 Vocabulary 20 — continued. | must (or should) cultivate virtue [Yirtus est colenda, (when ‘ one ,’ * we,' means 6 everybody,' or 'people in general'). yirtus est colenda, virtue But, S Mihi, tibi , illi ) . Nobis, vobis, illis ) k one , * we , , is to be ought to be [ should be cultivated by me, you , etc., i.e. I , you , he, must (or should ) culti- vate virtue {when, particular persons are meant). In this case, the English Nominative becomes the Dative of the Agent in Latin ( 133 ).] 136. These virtues are to be cultivated. One must fly. We must cultivate those virtues. You must fly. We are very desirous of hearing that poet. This general is very skilled-in waging war. The queen is most desirous of establishing peace amongst the citizens. The settlers were choosing a place for founding a town. A place for founding a town was being chosen by the settlers. We must stand under yonder tree. Virtue is discerned in despising pleasure. The farmer’s horses will come to drink water (134, 2). We must live well. One must not always sleep. You must not play there. Those slaves of yours are not to be despised. You must write a long letter to* your father. Farmers must plough. Reading is very profitable. His pupils must learn the art of writ- ing letters. They are fond of hearing everything. Eo farmers wish to be careless in cultivating (their) meadows. In amicis eligendis saepe negligentes sumus. His exsulibus ex urbe fugiendum est. Consilium tuum. epistolae scribendae nobis laudandum est. Consilium tuum epistolae scribendae a nobis laudatur. Consilium tuum epistolae scribendae laudamus. Boni sapientesque laudandi sunt. Bene agendum est. Scribendae sunt epistolae. Equi oneribus portandis utiles sunt. Ad virtutem eolendam nati sumus. De servis liberandis ad te saepe scripsi. Docendo discimus. Huic exsuli in urbe sine filiis vivendum est : ibi beate vivere non poterit. Ex epistolis Use Prep, ad, because the sending is implied (2171 54 The Supines. [137-139 Exercise 20 — continued . legendis bene scribere discimus. Turpissimnm fuerit reginam non salutavisse. Milites aquae bibendae non sunt studiosi. Consilium tuum totius urbis videndae lauda- vero. Yiam vitandam tibi monstrabimus. Colonus ille canem metuendum babebat. Judex ille in judicando erat severissimus. Puer ille dabat operam discendo (122, 3). Pater meus librum de morte contemnenda scripsit. Milites e castris reginae salutandae causa venient. LESSON 21. The Supines. Eo. ( Ne — quidem .) 137. There are two Supines (108), the one ending in -um, the other in - u . They are sparingly used, and are important chiefly on account of the words derived from them. 138. The Supines are formed from the Supine Stem (L. P. § 48, note 2, B). The following Table shows the Supine Stems of the Model Verbs : — 1st Conj. A-verbs, amo. 2nd ,, E-verbs, moneo, 3rd ,, Cons, verbs, rego. ,, ,, U- verbs, acuo. 4th ,, I-verbs, audio. Supine Stem, a i > ? > a a a a amfiT- moniT- recT- acuT- audiT- Thus, amat-um, monit-um ; amat-u, monit-u, etc. (Z. P. § 47). But this * t 9 is often changed into S. Obs. Many Verbs have no Supine. 139. The Supine in -um is an Accusative of a Verb-Noun of the fourth Declension (L. P. § 70, B). 140 — 142 ] The Supines . 55 It is used after Verbs of Motion , to express design or purpose ; and it takes the same case as the Verb to which it belongs (109). Thus, Mittit legatos petvtum pacem, He sends ambassadors to-sue-for peace . 140. The Supine in -w* is an Ablative of a Verb- Noun of the fourth Declension. It is used as an Ablative of Respect (A. P. § 141) with certain Adjectives.*)- Thus, ! (a) That (thing) is disgraceful in (respect of) (b) Th at^s disgrace ful to be said. (c) That is disgraceful to say. Our English Idiom rather prefers ( c ). 141. ‘ Eo,’ I go (Perf ivi, Sup. Itum), follows the fourth Conjugation, with some irregularities (A. P. § 80). It forms its Present, Imperfect, and Fut.-Simple Indicative as follows : — 12 8 Present Sing, eo is it Imperfect ,, ibam Ibas ibat Fut.-Simple ,, ibo ibis ibit 1 2 Plur. imus itis ,, ibamus ibatis ,, Ibimus lbitis [For remaining Tenses see Appendix, XX, E.] 3 eunt ibant ibunt 142. ‘ Not ’ with c even ’ in a sentence is ne — quvdem. Thus, Not even a friend , ne amicus quidem. ( Not ne quidem amicus.) The word to which the ‘ even 9 belongs, i.e. 9 the emphatic word , must always stand between the ‘ ne 9 and the ‘ guidem! * Sometimes called the Passive Supine. Both Supines are, how- ever, really Active. By some the Supine in -u is referred to the Locative ( 261 ). + P.g.i difficilis, facilis, fcedus, honestus, incredibilis, jucundus, mirabilis, turpis, etc. 56 The Supines . [143, 144 Exercise 21 . 143, Vocabulary 21. increase, orator , send , augeo, aux- orator, mitto, mls- idoneus, a, um. inutilis, e. elegantia, aux- mls- augere. orator - mittere. suitable , useless , style, elegantia- Supines — dictum, say; electum, to choose ; factum, to do; gusta- tum, to taste ; hibernatum, to winter ; inventum, to find ; lusum, to play ; tactum, to touch; venatum, to hunt , or (as we say) ‘ a-hunting .’ 144. I am coming into the city to choose a wife. We are going a-hunting. The general will send the soldiers into the city to winter. The soldiers will be sent by the general into the city to winter. Those farmers had gone with (their) dogs to hunt. This is disgraceful to do (140). That poet’s son was going into the farmer’s meadow to play. These boys are skilled in writing letters. We must shut the gate of the city. We must not despise even slaves. Not even you are to be praised. In pratum lusum ibimus. Illud factu difficile est. Hoc inventu difficillimum fuit. Poetae fabula jucunda est auditu. Bonorum virtutes bonis laudandae sunt. Nihil agendo male agere discimus, Hie locus oppido con- dendo non erit idoneus. Begina oratores pacis inter cives conciliandae causa ad nos mittet. Rivi illius aqua acerba est gustatu. In silvas tecum venatum ibo. Leo tactu est asperrimus. Ne aqua quidem huic aegro bibenda est. Ne isti quidem servi onera graviora portare possunt. Regina ad imperatorem de portis custodiendis scripsit. In colen- dis virtutibus virtutem cernere possumus. In colendis virtutibus virtus cerni potest. Illud dictu incredibile fuit. Ad aliquid agendum nati sumus. Videre est credere. Dicendi* elegantiam legendis oratoribus et poetis augere volumus. Hie puer magistris interrogandis multa didicit. Milites ab imperatore ad urbem custodiendam mittentur. Ne illud quidem dictu incredibile fuerit. Discendum est si vis docere. ‘ In speaking .’ Compare the use of peritus, ‘ skilled in ’ (122). 145 - 147 ] The Participles . 57 LESSON 22. The Participles. Periphrastic Conjugation. 145 . The Participles* ( 108 ) are Verbal Adjectives. They resemble Adjectives in having Inflexions for case, gender, and number; and they resemble Verbs in retaining the notion of time, and in governing the same case as the Verb to which they belong. 146 . The Participles are formed as follows : — . , . i Present , from the Present Stem, ending in - ns (like ingens). e ive | Future, ,, Supine Stem, ,, -urus (like bonus). -p • i Perfect, from the Supine Stem, ending in -us (like bonus). assive ( Gerundive ,, Present Stem, ,, -ndus (likebonus) . Thus, ama-ns, reg-ens ; amat-urus, rect-urus (Active), amat-us, a, um ; reg-endus, a, um (Passive). Active. Present . Future . Past or Perfect. Gerundive . 1st Conj. ans urus, a, um. us, a, um. andus, a, um. 2nd ,, ens ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, endus, ,, ,, 3rd ,, ens ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, endus, ,, ,, 4th ,, iens ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, iendus, ,, ,, Ohs. There is no Perfect Participle Active ( 157 , 200 ). Passive. 147 . The Participle in -ns denotes action going on, or in progress, like the English Participle in -ing; as, amans, loving . It must be carefully distinguished from the Gerund , which is a Noun (Lesson 19). The Participle in -urus denotes action going to take place at a future time ; as, moniturus, going to advise , about to advise , intending to advise.\ The Participle in -us denotes action past and com- plete ; as, amatus, loved , or having been loved ; some- times ‘ being loved 9 (i.e. having been). * From^?ars, ‘apart,’ and capio , ‘I take;’ because they take part of the properties of Adjectives, and part of the properties of Verbs (108, note). + Sometimes, 4 ready to advise , 5 or 4 likely to advise ; ’ or, ex- pressing purpose, 4 to advised Obs. 4 Going * in such a case expresses intention only, not motion . Thus, 4 They are going ( = intending) to revolt. * 58 The Participles. [148—150 The Gerundive has already been noticed (Lesson 20 ). Obs. Many Participles are used as mere Adjectives ; as, doctus, negligens, peritus , etc. Others again are used as Substantives ; as, amans, sapiens , etc. The Participle in -urus is very rarely so used. 148. The tenses of the Verb sum (117) may be combined with any of the Participles, except the Par- ticiple in -ns. When combined with the Participle in - urus , they form a complete Active Conjugation, called the Peri- phrastic* Conjugation (L. P. § 64). Thus, ! sum, I am about to write . eram, I was about to write. ero, I shall be about to write. And so on. They may also be combined with the Gerundive , to form a Passive Periphrastic Conjugation (Lesson 20). 149 The Verb sum is not combined with the Active Present Participle unless the Participle is used either as an Adjective or as a Substantive (147, Obs.). Thus, I am loving ; I was loving , are in Latin, amo ; amabam ; not , amans sum , amans eram (51). 150. The Future Infinitive Active is made up of £ esse/ to be , and the Participle in -urus (146). The Future Infinitive Passive is made up of iri \ and the Supine in -um (Questions on Syntax, 44). The Perfect Infinitive Passive is made up of ‘ esse 9 and the Perfect Participle in -us (146). Thus, Pres . and Imp erf. Active , ama-re Passive , ama-ri Perf. a?id Pluperf amav-isse amat-us esse Future. amat-urus esse amat-um irij * From the Greek 'irepi-fppdtet.i', ‘to use circumlocution,* ‘speak circuitously.* t Scripturd , if the Nominative is Feminine. X Pres. Infin. of the Passive Impersonal itur (from eo ), ‘ there-is- a-going,’ amdtum , ‘to love* (139). The Supine may govern an Accusative ; it cannot agree with it. 151 , 152 ] The Participles . 59 Ohs. In the Future Infinitive Passive the Supine is unchanged, whatever be the Gender or Humber of the Substantive. In all other Compound Tenses the Parti- ciples must be in agreement toith their Substantives ( 24 ). Exercise 22. 151 . Vocabulary 22. [Henceforth the Infinitive only will be given, with the Perfect and Supine Stems.] bind , vincire, vinx- vinct- catch , capere, cep- capt- conquer, vincere, V1C- vict- depart , abire, abiv-* abit- fill , implere, implev- implet- fortify, munire, muniv- munit- kill, interficere, interfec- interfect- lose , \ amittere,t ( perdere, amls- perdid- amiss- perdit- ready, return, paratus, a, um. redlre, rediv-* redit- walk, ambiilare, ambulav- ambulat- wear out, deterere, detriv- detrit- 152 . Binding. About to bind. Bound. To be bound. Having been caught. About to depart. Lost. Worn out. I saw the slave carrying a heavy burden. The legions are about to depart. The soldiers were stand- ing intending to guard the gate. The enemy having been conquered are suing-for j peace. Peace is sued for by the conquered enemy. We will go to salute ( 139 ) the departing legions. Our (men) will drive the flying enemy. He is said to be intending-to-return. That soldier is said to havQ been wounded with the weapons of the enemy. My sisters are going-to-walk in the garden. They have gone into the garden for the sake of walking ( 147 ). The soldiers were fortifying the camp. The camp was being fortified by the legions. The camp is said to * The compounds of eo ( 141 ) generally drop ‘v’ in tenses formed from the Perfect Stem. Thus, redii, rediemm, for redivi, rediveram, etc. ( L . P. § 59, note), t See Synonymes. X ‘ Sue-for ’ is one word. The ‘ for * is not a sign of the Dative. For explanation see Lesson 52. 60 The Perfect and Pluperfect Passive. [153 Exercise 22 — continued . have been fortified. The soldiers were going to kill the exile.* My sons were about to catch (some) fish; but the farmer ordered them to depart. We are ready for flying (122, 1). The wounded soldiers returned into the camp. The soldiers were abusing (their) worn-out swords. The worn-out swords were being abused by the soldiers. The past 3 cannot be recalled. I heard the ambassadors suing-for peace. The boys were about to write letters. Boys are often careless in writing letters. The shepherd was seeking his lost sheep. Dormientes nihil audiunt. Boni sapientesque non sunt pellendi. Flores ab amantibus ssepe mittuntur. Puerum ilium puellas timidas terrentem vidi. Ambulandum est. Ambulandi studiosi estis. Puellas ambulantes videbimus. Puellae, ambulaturae eratis. Latro catena vinctus custodi- tur. Judices justi a sapientibus laudabuntur. Voces militum imperatorem salutantium audiri possunt. Aperi- endae sunt portae. Servus portam clausurus erit. Legiones abiturae salutandae sunt. Servos pocula implentes vidimus. Latrones inter bibendum interficientur. Gloria pugnantes vincere major erit. Puella caput corona cingere dicitur. Puella caput corona ornavisse dicebatur (83). Puellae caput corona cinctum esse dicebatur. Enses detriti reno- vari non possunt. LESSON 23. The Perfect and Pluperfect Passive. Deponents. 153. The Perfect Passive is made up of the Auxiliary Verb sitmf and the Perfect Participle Passive. Thus, amatus sum, I have been loved. The Pluperfect is formed in the same way with eram.\ Thus, amatus eram, I had been loved. The Participle must always agree in Gender and * Translate in two ways. See note, p. 57. + Sometimes, fui. J Sometimes, fueram. 154 — 156 ] The Perfect and Pluperfect Passive. 61 Number with the Subject of the Verb (23). Thus, servus liberates est ; portae clause erant ; castra munita sunt. 154 . The Aorist, or Perfect Indefinite, is formed like the Perfect. (Compare 93.) Thus, hostes victi sunt, may be either, The enemy have been conquered (Perf.), or, The enemy were conquered (Aor.). Obs. ‘ Yincebantur ’ would mean were being conquered . 155 . The English Passive often misleads begin- ners, because the Auxiliary Verb ‘ to be ’ is used with the Participle to describe (a) What is actually taking place. ( [b ) What habitually or commonly takes place. (c) What has already taken place. Rule — The Latin Present must be used for ( a ) and (b); the Perfect for (c); i.e. the Perfect must be used when ‘ is' —has been. Thus, (a) Laudor ab omnibus, I am (now being) 'praised by all. (b) Ignes aqua exstinguuntur, Fires are j ^bitually j ex ^ n ' guished with water. (c) Ignis exstinctus est, The fire is extinguished * (i.e. has been and is extinguished, once for all). Care must be taken not to confound Passive Verbs with the Perfects and Pluperfects of certain English Intransitive Verbs formed with ‘ am l 6 was ’ (93). 156 . Deponent Verbs are Passive in form , but Active in meaning. Some are Transitive, others Intransitive ; as, imitor, I imitate; vagor, I wander. Deponents are conjugated like Passives, with the addition of Gerunds, Supines, and all the four Parti- ciples. Only Transitive Deponents , hoivever , have the Gerundive and the Supine in -u (Z. P. § 62). [For Deponents of the 3rd Conj. in - ior , see Appendix, XXI. L. P. § 63.] * Or, as an Aorist, ‘ was extinguished.’ But ‘ exstinguitur * would be 6 is being extinguished (now).' 62 The Perfect and Pluperfect Passive . [157—159 Semi-Deponents have an Active Present with a Perfect of Passive Form; as, audeo, I dare. Perf. ausus sum (L. P. § 73). 157. Deponents and Semi-Deponents only have a Perfect Participle with Active sense . Thus, locutus, having spoken; ausus, having dared. But we could not say, amatus, having loved , because there is no Deponent Verb meaning ‘to love/ On the other hand, we could not say, locutus, having been spoken , because there is no active form of this Verb in use (146, Obs.). Hence, Deponents cannot and must not be used as Passives. The safest plan will be to invert the ex- pression. Thus, instead of ‘ the master is followed by his dog/ put ‘the dog follows his master' (84). Exercise 23. 158. Vocabulary 23. am accustomed , soleo, (solitus sum). deserve , mereri, merit - die , mori, (mortuus sum). endeavour , conari, conat- exhort , hortari hortat- follow , sequi, secut- imitate , imitari, imitat- lie , mentiri, mentlt- promise, polliceri, pollicit- set out , ) start , ( proficisci profect- wander. vagari, vagat- [When more than one translation of the Perfect Passive form is possible both should be giv 4 en.] 159. The slaves have been freed. The gates had been opened. The stag was torn by the dogs. Your letters have been received by us. Fishes are caught with hooks. Supper is prepared. The sheep were followed by the shepherd. Having exhorted the soldiers, the general departed. 0 Caesar, (men) about to die salute thee. We saw the general exhorting (his) soldiers. The cavalry 159 ] The Perfect and Pluperfect Passive. 63 Exercise 23 — continued, had followed the flying enemy. The judge’s daughters were frightened by the shouts of the freed slaves. All must die (130). We have heard the voices of the dying. The exiles were wandering through the city. We should imitate the good and wise. The master is going to ex- hort the boys. The soldiers will follow the general. We have followed thee. You followed the judge into the garden. We deserved better things. Lying is disgrace- ful. We have been accustomed to speak the truth (true things). The boys will be exhorted by the master. Domum sum aedificaturus. Domus aedificata est. Domus aedificata erat. Domus aedificatur. Domus aedifi- cabatur. Pisces capti sunt. Exsul a militibus interfectus est. Narrata est fabula. Scrip ta erat epistola. Urbes captae sunt. Yincor. Yictus sum. Yincar. Yictus ero. Imperator exercitum ducit. Exercitus e castris ducitur. Exercitus ad pugnam ductus est. Exercitus ab imperatore ducebatur. Milites urbem capere conati redierunt. Servi portas aperire conabantur. Cervus canes eludere solitus erat. Hi agricolae venandi sunt studiosissimi. Yenaturi sunt hodie. Vulpem eos eludere conantem videbimus. Heri profectus est. Servi catenis vincieban- tur. Servi catenis vincti sunt. Servi catenis vincti ducebantur. Hi pueri non sunt mentituri. Eorum frater multa mentitus esse 5 dicitur. Heri profectus esse dicebaris. Legiones hodie profecturae erant. Agricolae in silvas nostras venatum eunt. Hostes multa polliciti sunt, h Pollicitus meliora mentiris. Mecum in silvis imitabere Pana ca- nendo. Equitatus finem sequendi fecit. Illud polliceri non possumus. Y enator sequitur fugientia, capta relinquit. Pater ejus et mater mortui sunt (23, Obs.). Illi salutan- tium voces contemnere soliti esse dicuntur. Nonne picae hominis vocem imitantur? Yir sapiens ad moriendum semper paratus erit. Nil cupientium castra peto. Idem gloriabitur. Brutus in liberanda patria interfectus esse dicitur. 64 The Accusative and Infinitive, [160, 161 LESSON 24. The Accusative and Infinitive. 160 . The Subject of a Finite Verb stands in the Nominative ( 47 ). The Subject of an Infinitive is put in the Accusa- tive, The Infinitive may be either (1) the Subject , or (2) the Object of another Verb ( 112 , 116 ). Such sentences in English are often introduced by the Conjunction ‘ that .’ In Latin no Conjunction is expressed, but the “Accusative and Infinitive Con- struction ” is employed. Thus, (1) Manifestum est exsules fugere, (It) is dear that the exiles are flying .* (2) Audlmus exsules fugisse, We hear that + the exiles have fled. The clause ‘ exsules fugere 9 (Acc. and Inf.) is in (1) the Subject (Nom.) of the Verb est ; in (2) it is the Object (Acc.) after the Verb audimus. Obs. ‘ That 1 is not always expressed in English. Thus, He said he would come , i.e., that he would come. 161 . The Accusative and Infinitive as Subject is found with est , Impersonal Verbs, and such expres- sions as, it is agreed , it is clear , it is probable^ it is true , etc. The Accusative and Infinitive as Object follows Verbs of believing , declaring , feeling , hearing , knowing , perceiving , thinking; with Verbs of ordering and wishing. Rule. — To turn such sentences into Latin, 1. Omit f that/ 2. Turn the English Nominative into the Latin Accusative . 3. Turn the English Verb into the Latin Infini- tive of the same tense. * Literally, 4 That-the-exiles-are-flying is clear. ’ t i.e. 4 the fact that / 162 — 164 ] The Accusative and Infinitive. 65 162. ‘Shall’ and * will 9 after a past tense, become ‘ should 9 and ‘ would 9 Thus, He says that the queen will come , Dicit regin am venturam esse. He said that the queen would come , Dixit reginam venturam esse. The Future Infinitive must be used alike in each case. [The same, of course, holds good of the Passive Voice. But see L. P. § 69, B.] Exercise 24. 163. Vocabulary 24. believe , clear , credere, manifestus, a, um. credid- credit- obtain , adipisci, adept- order , probable , jubere, verisimilis, e. juss- juss- spealc , loqui. locut- existimat- think , to-morrow , true , existimare, eras. verus, a, um. existimav- [Remember that amare , amari , are both Present and Imperfect ( 110 ) ; amavisse, amatus esse , both Perfect and Pluperfect.] 164. I see that you are happy. It is clear that this general is most skilful in waging war. We know that lying is disgraceful. We heard that you had ordered the exiles to depart. We believe that Eome was founded by Eomulus. It is probable that the queen will come into the city. The general believes the soldiers will put the enemy to flight. The general believes that the enemy will be put to flight by our soldiers (150). It is true that friendship cannot exist, except between the good. I know that my daughter has been most happy. I hear you have promised these things. It was clear that he was going to speak. The legions were preparing to start. It is probable that you will catch fish in the river. The soldiers believe the city will be taken. They believed that the city would be taken. I hear that you have caught many fish to-day. I hear that many fish have been caught by you. I believe that many fish will be caught. I hope the queen will come. We hope that soldiers will be sent to guard the city (134, 2). I hope to send Q a letter. H. L. B. G.] E 66 The Relative Pronoun. [ 165, 106 Exercise 24 — continued. We hope to set out to-morrow. You have promised to do 6 this. He said that the slave would shut the gate. He said the gate would be shut by the slave. Yerum est hunc judicem in judicando severum esse. Credimus te esse doctissimum. Spero ilium locum tutum fore. Imperator nihil temere agendum existimabat. Credimus mundum Dei providentia regi. Jussus es abire. Ingenuas didicisse fideliter artes emollit mores. Filium parentes non amare 32 turpe est. Imperatorem proficisci optimum visum est. Audimus legatos, omnia adeptos, rediisse. Verisimile est eum eras locuturum esse. Spera- bamus legiones missum iri. Pollicebamini vos venturos esse. Scimus agricolas venaturos esse. Dicebatis agricolas venaturos esse. Dixisti agricolas venatum abiisse. Dixisti agricolas venatum abituros esse. Exis- timavimus servos istos liberandos esse. Dixit pastores ovibus sequendis operam dare. Ille pastor oves amissas secutus esse dicebatur. Dicit reginam mortuam esse. Dixit reginam mortuam esse. Dicit exsules eras inter- fectum iri. Hominem bene beateque vivere 32 non est facile. LESSON 25. The Relative Pronoun. Copulative Verbs. 165. The Relative Pronoun,* qui, quae, quod, who , ivhich {that, as), is put in the same Gender, Number, and Person as its Antecedent. [For the Inflexion of the Eelative see Appendix, XVI, F, and 105 .] 166. The Antecedent may be a Substantive, or a Pronoun, or a word used substantively (76). The regular Antecedent Pronoun to qui is is, ea, id. * From relatum, Sup. of re-ferre, ‘to carryback,’ ‘refer.’ The Eelative refers to some Noun or Pronoun already named, which is called the Antecedent ( the going-before noun ), from ante-cedo , ‘ I go before. ’ The use of the Eelative is to avoid the repetition of the Antecedent. 167, 168] The Relative Pronoun . 67 But it is often omitted. Thus, qui nos amant, those-ivho love us (for ii qui)* 167. The Case of the Relative depends en- tirely on the Verb (or other governing word) in its own clause. The Relative may be in the same case as its Antecedent; but the case of the Antecedent has nothing to do with the case of the Relative. 168. To find the case of the Relative, ask your- self what case the Antecedent would stand in if it were put in the Relative clause .*f* The answer will give you the case of the Relative required. Examples. (1) Ii sunt amandi qui nos amant. Those (persons) are to be loved who love us. (2) Amlsi epistolam quam ad me scripsisti. I have lost the letter (which) you wrote to me. (3) Exsules mortui sunt de quibus scripsisti. The exiles are dead about whom you wrote. In (1) qui is Nom. to amant. You would say, ii nos amant. In (2), scripsisti being a Transitive Verb, you would say ‘ scripsisti epistolam.’ In (3) the Prep, de governs the Abb, and you would say, scripsisti de exsuKZms, Obs. 1. The Relative is never omitted in Latin as in English (Example 2). Obs. 2. The Relative may be of any Person , as, (tu) qui stas, thou who standest ; (nos) qui stamus, we who stand , etc. * Sometimes 4 what' in English stands for 4 that which, 1 4 those things which . 5 Thus, 4 What they heard startled them. ’ 4 1 heard a part of what was said.’ This 4 what 1 must he carefully dis- tinguished from the Interrogative 4 whatV (187)- t 44 The clause in which the Relative stands is called the Relative clause. ” 68 The Relative Pronoun. [169-171 169 . Copulative Verbs follow the rule for the Verb sum ( 117 ). Such are I appear , am born , am called , am said , am thought , seem, etc. (Z. P. § 87, and page 176). [Verbs of becoming , being, seeming; Passives of calling , making , deeming, 1 Exercise 25 . 170 . Vocabulary 25 . am born , animal , nascor, (natus snm). animal, animalio behold , aspicere, aspex- aspect- heart , cor, cord- nobody, ) nemo,* nemm- no one, j seem , yacht , videor (see video), phaselus, pliaselo* 171 . No animals which have blood, can be without a heart. I was reading the letter which you had sent to me. Yonder yacht, which you see, is very swift. (Those) who advise these things, err. (The woman) who is sitting under yonder tree is the queen. I do not see the tree under which we used to sit. We will go into the city, the gates of which the soldiers are guarding. I who used to lead this army, am blind. The slave, to whom you showed the way, was avoiding (bis) master. We who salute thee are about to die. We cannot always praise those whom we love. No one is born wise. Many, who are called philo- sophers, are fools. You {sing.) who are thought to have erred, will seem most wise. We should endeavour to love those with whomt we must live. The citizens, whose sons have been ordered to start with the soldiers, seem very sad. No one’s daughter is thought more beautiful. * Nemo borrows from nullus, Gen. nullius and Abl. nullo . Hence the lines, ‘ From ‘ nemo ’ let me never see Neminis or nemine.’ t quibuscum (105, note). 172, 173] The Reflexive Pronouns. 69 Exercise 25 — continued. Eos laudamus quorum virtutes in vitiis vitandis aspexh mus. Pater tuus, quem nos monuimus, in eligendo phaselo negligentior fuisse videtur (99). Qui ex urbe venandi causa venturi sunt, sub noctem laeti redibunt. Urbs in qua vivimus pulcerrima est. Inter dormiendum multa dictu mirabilia videmus, quse narrare non possumus. Quse utilia sunt non semper sunt honesta. Colenda est virtus, qua sine* bene beateque vivere non possumus. Qui saepe pugnavit vulnera non metuet. Arma, quae nostri milites gerunt corporibus tegendis apta sunt. Scimus arma, quae a militibus nostris gerantur, corporibus tegendis apta esse. Credimus hanc urbem, quam aspicitis, a legioni- bus nostris captum iri. Yult consul fieri. Videmus ex- sulum bona dividi. Audimus exsulum bona divisa esse. Quae nimis apparent retia vitat avis. Solent diu cogitare, qui magna volunt agere. LESSON 26. The Reflexive Pronouns. Ipse, idem. 172. Sui, of himself ‘ of herself \ of itself , of them- selves, refers bach^ to the Subject (or Nominative) of the principal Yerb, if it is of the third person. The i -self ) is not always expressed in English (173, Examples). [For the Inflexion of sui see Appendix, XVI.] 173. When he , she , it, they , stand for the same per- son (or thing) as the Subject of the sentence, sui , sibi , se, must be used. Similarly, his, her , its, their, must be translated by suits in agreement. But if he, she, etc. stand for a different person or thing from the Subject of the sentence, a case of is or ille must be used; and his, her, etc. must be translated by ejus, illius ; eorum, illorum (p. 49, note). * i. e. , sine qua. The Relative is always placed as near its Ante- cedent as possible. t Hence called Reflexive; from re-flecto , ( I bend back.’ 70 The Reflexive Pronouns. [ 174 , 175 Examples. A. (1) Imperator dicit se venturum esse, the general says that lie will come (referring to himself). (2) Imperator dicit eum venturum esse, the general says that he (i.e. somebody else) will come. B. (1) Magister filium suum docebat, the master was teaching his (own) son. (2) Magister filium ejus docebat, the master was teaching his (somebody else’s) son. C. (1) Exsules filios suos secum* ducebant, the exiles were taking their (own) sons with them(selves). (2) Exsules eorum filios cum Us ducebant, the exiles icere taking the sons of other people aforesaid in company with the aforesaid people (126). Boughly speaking, sui, suns, may be used where ‘self’ or ‘ own 9 can be added in English. But sui and its cases can never, like ipse , agree with a Substantive (174). 174. 4 Ipse/ - self ‘ is of any Person. Thus, it is I myself \ if the Verb is in the 1st Person; you yourself * if the Verb is in the 2nd Person, and so on. Ipse may agree either with Subject or Object. Thus, Caius ipse scribit, Caius himself is writing ; Eeglnam ipsam vidi, I saw the gueen herself. {Not reginam se.) 6 Idem/ the same , is declined like is , ea , id, with the suffix -dem. 1 As / 4 that / after 4 the same ’ are translated by the Eelative qui. [For the Inflexion of these Pronouns, see Appendix, XVI.] Exercise 26 . 175. Vocabulary 26. ally , socius, both — and , et — et. by chance , casu, forte. + hand , manus, socio- manu- * Note the position of cum in se-cum ( 105 , note). + Ablatives of casus , ‘an accident,’ fors , ‘chance,* used Ad- verbially. 176 ] The Reflexive Pronouns. 71 Vocabulary 26 — continued, live ( — dwell) habitare, habitav- habitat- not yet , nondum. same, idem, eadem, idem, Gen. ejusdem. street , vicns, vico- to each other, inter se (after words implying likeness or unlikeness, etc. ). 176. The soldiers saluted both the queen and her son. The poet’s daughter is said to have written this letter with her own hand. We believe that those slaves of yours have not yet carried their burdens into the city. My boys were playing in the garden with their sisters. Our queen has promised to send Q ambassadors to her allies. By chance I had gone into the judge’s garden to see his roses. The exile himself says that he wishes to die. This boy says that he must write a letter. I myself taught him to write well. This is the same as that (174). I came, I saw, I conquered. Caesar said that he came, (and) saw, (and) conquered. We heard that he came, (and) saw, (and) conquered. The legions have been accustomed to follow their general. It is clear that the legions will follow their general, and that the enemy will be put to flight by them. We ourselves* are about to set out into the same wood. They said that they had wandered through the whole city. Their love of wandering is wonderful. The boys thought that they had baffled the master. He says he will punish them. They will endeavour to hide their fault with false- hood. I shall order my son to be punished with them. I wish him to be punished by the master. You yourself promised to come. Milites inter bibendum fabulas multas de se et de im- peratore suo narraverint. Csecus amor sui multos perdidit. Pater meus filios suos semper docebat. Imperator milites plurimos ad eandem portam custodiendam missurus est. Hi milites ex eodem poculo bibisse dicuntur. Ii non sunt amandi qui seset amant. Hoc ipsum foedum dictu est. * ‘ nos-met ipsi.’ See Appendix, XVI. t Se is often doubled into sese , especially if it refers to a Plural Nominative. 72 The Subjunctive. [177 Exercise 26 — continued. Hujus poetae films sui laudandi studiosissimus esse dicitur. Ejusdem poetse filius eum ssepe vituperat. Dixerunt eas- dem virtutes sibi colendas esse. Miles equum suum amisit. Equus a milite amissns est. Erater meus filias suas secum ducet. Fratris mei filiae cum eo venient. Eilios ejus videre nolo. Idem est qui semper fuit (174). Iidem snmus qui semper fuimus. Eadem quae antea locutus est. Eegina cum eodem filio veniet quern heri duxit. Et orator et poeta in eodem vico habitabant. Virtus et vitium inter se 7 contraria* * * § sunt. Scimus virtutem et vitium inter se contraria esse. Erater tuus ne reginam quidem ipsam salutavit. Difficilis, facilis, jucundus, acerbus es idem : t nec tecum possum vivere, nec sine te, Se ipse vulneravit. Se ipsum vulneravisse dicitur. LESSON 27. The Subjunctive. Ut and Ne expressing Purpose. (Consecution of Tenses.) 177. The Subjunctive Present and Imperfect, Active and Passive, are formed from the Present Stem. The Perfect and Pluperfect Active are formed from the Perfect Stem. The Perfect and Pluperfect Passive are made up of the Perfect Participle, with sim j (Subj. of sum ) for the Perfect, and essem § for the Pluperfect (153). Obs. Sim and essem are used with the Participle in -urus to supply the place of the Future Subjunctive Active (148). * When an Adjective refers to more than one Substantive it is usually put in the neuter gender, if the Substantives are things without life (Compare 24- ) + 4 You are at once.' Lit. 4 You the same person are.’ J Sometimes/wmVw. § Sometimes forem , or fuissem. 178] The Subjunctive. 73 178. Table of endings in the Subjunctive Mood — Active. Present 1. 1 3. 4. Imperf. 1. 2 . 4. 3. Perfect 1. 2 . 3. 4. Pluperf. 1 . 2 . 3. 4. Singular. 1 2 3 Am- em es et Mone- am as at Reg- j Acu- \ am as at Audi- Ama- ( am as at Mone- Audi- | rem res ret Reg- i Acu- | Amav- Monu- | erem I eres eret Rex- i Acu- 1 Audiv- Amav- Monu- ) [- erim t 1 J | eris erit Rex- ; Acu- 1 Audlv- j }• issem 'j isses isset Plural . 1 2 emus etis arnus atis amus atis am us atis remus retis eremus eretis erimus eritis issemus issetis Passive. Singular. Plural. 1 2 3 1 2 Present 1. Am- er eris(e) etur emur emini 2. Mone- ar aris(e) atur amur amini 3. ■ j Reg- ) j Acu- ( ar aris(e) atur amur amini 4. ' Audi- ar aris(e) atur amur arnmi Imperf. 1. Ama- ) 2. Mone > rer reris(e) retur remur remmi 4. Audi- ) 3. • j Reg- 1 j Acu- \ erer ereris(e) eretur eremur eremini Perfect 1. Amat- us, a, um\ 2. Monit- us, a, um 1 -i -i ( Rect- ) >sim, , sis sit simus sitis 3. j Acut- [ us, a, um / 4. Audit- us, a, umj Pluperf. 1. Amatus ) 2. Monitus j -i -i „ j Rectus }- essem esses esset essemus essetis * ( Acutus | 4. Auditus J 3 ent ant ant ant rent erent erint issent 3 entur antur antur antur rentur erentur -i sint -i essent 74 The Subjunctive . [ 179-181 179. The Tenses of the Subjunctive may be vari- ously rendered in English ; but the most common signs are the following : — Present, . may. Imperfect, . might , should , would . Perfect, . may have. Pluperfect, . might have , should have , would have. Thus, amem, I may love; amarer, I might be loved, etc., etc. Obs. The Latin Subjunctive will often have to be translated by corresponding Indicative tenses in English (185). 180. The Latin Subjunctive with * ut,’ that , in order that , is often used to express purpose or inten- tion, where in English we use the Infinitive, with the sign ‘ to ’ (182). The Latin Infinitive is never used to express a Purpose. When ( that ’ (=in order that) is followed by ‘ not ’ or any negative word, ne ’ (lest) must be used ; or neve, neu, if there is a ‘ nor .’ Obs . 6 Ne — quidem,’ not even , is not followed by the Subjunctive. 181. The Einal* Conjunctions ut , ne , are used with the Subjunctive after verbs of advising , ashing , commanding , endeavouring , exhorting , persuading , and striving.' f* RULE — By 1 ut 9 translate th’ Infinitive With ash, command , advise , and strive; But never be this rule forgot, — Put ‘rie 9 for ‘ ut ’ when there's a * t.e. ‘expressing 'purpose,.' From finis , an end, obj6ct, or pur- pose. t These verbs include many verbs of allowing , forbidding , and wishing. But Conor , jubeo. sino , ^ 0 , wfo, prefer an Infinitive ( 162 ). 182-184] The Subjunctive. 75 Examples. — Rogo te ut hoc facias, I ash you to do this. * Rogo te ne hoc facias, I ash you not to do this. 182 . The two chief rules for the Consecution ,t or Sequence, of Tenses are — (1) Primary Tenses follow Primary Tenses. (2) Historic Tenses follow Historic Tenses (. L . P. §48). (1) The Present The Futures X The Present-Perfect (with 4 have ’) (2) The Imperfect The Simple- Perfect (Aorist) The Pluperfect I are followed by the Present f Subjunctive. ! are followed by the Imper- fect Subjunctive. Examples. (1) Yenit Yeniet Yenerit Yenit (2) Yeniebat Yenit Yenerat ut portas claudat, ut portas clauderet, ! IIe is coming , He will come , He will have come , He (is) has come (93) ( He was coming , < He came , ( He had come , that he may shut(ortoshut) the gates. ) that he might > shut(ov to shut) ) the gates. Similarly (1) Caius abit (abibit, abierit, abiit), ne portas claudat. (2) Caius abibat (abiit, abierat), ne portas clauderet. 183 . Exercise 27. Vocabulary 27. beg , orare, country ( = fatherland ), patria, neglect , negligere, neither , nor , sell , strive , orav- orat- patria- neglex- § neglect- vendid- vendit- vendere, niti (nisus or nixus sum). 184 . That father had neglected his sons, that others might teach them. The orator was striving that the citizens might hear this. I had advised the slave not to fly. We will strive to do the same things. We must strive to increase our country’s glory. Wars must he * Literally, 6 in order that you may do this.' t From consequor , 4 1 follow.’ t See p. 32, note. § Neque is rather to be preferred before a vowel. 76 The Subjunctive. [184 Exercise 27 — continued. waged that we may live without injury in peace. We asked your friend to sell his yacht. Your friend has been asked to sell his yacht. The general has begged the soldiers to defend the city. The soldiers were being warned by the general not to seek safety in flight. The wives of these men were about to go into the city. We exhorted them not to start. I have often exhorted you to imitate the good. Many praise others that (they) them- selves may be praised by others. The exile returned to bury his son. You will warn the boy not to imitate the bad. He says these things that he may be thought wise. He said these things that he might not seem to have neglected his country. The slave has run into the wood to avoid his master. The boys will have been praised by the master, in order that they may be unwilling to imitate the bad. They said they should go into the city to see the queen. Ho one would have supposed that our army would be conquered (162). They are come to see the games. He warned * the settlers that the army was- at-hand. Many falsehoods are told by most people (157). Spectatum veniunt ; veniunt spectentur ut ipsse. Pugnandum est ut vivatis. Fugiendum est ne pugnes. Te ssepe oravi ut ad nos venires. Te ssepe oravi ut ad nos venias. Servum meum liberavissem. Servus tuus liberatus esset. Frater tuus amaretur. Luderetis. Lusis- sent. Loqueremini. Viam monstraverim. Moniti simus. Amati essetis. Mentirentur. Orandum est ut sit mens Sana in corpore sano. Hortandi sunt exsules ne in patriam redeant. Exsules hortati sumus ne in patriam redirent. Multi fugerunt ne ex urbe pellerentur. Heque hortor te nec rogo ut hoc facias. Heque hortatus eram puerum nec rogaveram ne hoc faceret. Hoc dico ne te fallere videar. Milites oravisse dicitur ut se ipsum negligerent, reginam defenderent. Manifestum est exsules rediisse ut filios suos sepeliant. Audivimus exsules rediisse ut filios suos sepelirent. Hitimini ut discatis. Milites, nitemini ut * Moneo takes Acc. and Infin. when it does not mean to advise or warn us to do or not to do something. 185 , 180 ] The Subjunctive. 77 Exercise 27 — continued . vincatis. Puellae, rogatse estis ut in hortum veniatis. Puellae rogatae erant ut in hortum venirent. Epistolae accepts essent. Res ipsa monebat finem scribendi fieri tempus esse. Dionysius, ne tonsori collum committeret, filias suas tondere docuit. Ita regiae virgmes patris barbam et capillum tondebant. Et tamen ab his ipsis postea ferrum removit; instituit-que ut candentibus juglandium puta- minibus barbam et capillum adurerent. LESSON 28. The Subjunctive — continued. Ut expressing a Consequence. (Quis, qum, quid) 185 . (1) The Latin Subjunctive is used with ‘ ut, 7 ‘ that 9 (after so, such , of such a kind l, etc.), to ex- press a consequence or a result , where we in English use the Indicative. ‘ Ut 9 used in this sense is called “ ut Consecutive. 7 ’ (2) Sometimes an English Infinitive is used to express a consequence. The Latin Infinitive is never so used. (3) In Negative Glauses ‘ ut . . . non 7 ( that — not ) is used, followed by the Subjunctive. Obs. 6 Ne ’ expresses purpose only ; never a consequence ( 180 ). Examples. (1) Puella ita timida est ut umbras metuat, The girl is so timid that she fears shadows. (2) Non sum tam durus ut hoc faciam, I am not so hard-hearted as to do this. (3) Puer est tam durus ut non fleat, The boy is so hard- hearted that he does-not weep . 186 . The rules for the Consecution of Tenses are the same as those given in 182 . 78 The Subjunctive. [187, 188 187. The Interrogative* Pronoun, Quis, quae, quid, who ? what ? is used as a Substantive . It is declined like the Eelative, except that it has Neuter Nom. and Acc. £ quid' (Appendix, XYI, G). There is an Adjectival form, qui , quce , quod , declined exactly like the Eelative. Thus, quis hoc fecit % ivho did this ? quid vides? what do you see ? But, qui vir haec laudat ? what man praises these things ? Exercise 28. 138. Vocabulary 28. as to (after ‘so,’ 6 sue barren, bear, cold, count, crops, cruel, justly, welt, perform, powerful, rich, snow, so, so great, ) such (of size), ) in such a manner, such (of such a kind character), ’), ut (with Subj.). sterilis, e. ferre, frigus, numerare, fruges (pi.), crudelis, e. jure.J ^ liquescere, efficere, potens,§ dives, nix, ita, tam, adeo. tantus, a, um. ita. r | talis, e. tul- lat- frigor- numerav- numerat- frug- lieu- effec- effect- potent- divit- nivi- [When 4 ut ’ the word for 4 that 1 would be, 4 That — not ’ may be expressed by ne ; Unless a ‘so’ or 4 such ’ preceded, For then a ‘non’ will still be needed.] * i. e. one that is used in asking questions. From interrugo, ‘ I question. ’ t Remember that 4 what ’ often = ‘ that vihich, ’ ‘ those things which.’ The two must be carefully distinguished (166). X Alb. of jus used adverbially. Properly an Abl. of Manner (249). § Appendix, XX, A. 189] The Subjunctive. 79 Exercise 28 — continued. 189. The cold is so great that the snow does not melt. That tyrant was so cruel that all (men) feared him. Who is so base as to wish to deceive others'? (185.) The multitude of the stars is so great that they cannot be counted. Who was so hard-hearted that he did not weep ? My brothers are said to be so idle that they learn nothing. No one is so hard-hearted as to do this. What field is so barren as never to bear crops. This field is said to be so barren that it never bears crops. What are you doing ? What will you do? What are you going to do? No one is so powerful as to be able to perform everything. The night is so dark that we cannot see the road. No one is so good as never to sin. Our friend is so rich that he has three yachts. Whom are you calling? What animal are you bringing with you? What master taught you singing ? What girl wrote these things ? These boys are so idle that they do not strive to become learned. That burden was so heavy that two slaves could not carry it. The letter was written in-such-a-manner that (it) could not be read by us. The letter was written in such a manner that we could not read it. The fields must be ploughed in such a manner as to bear crops. We should strive to live in such a manner that all may love us. What do you wish? We think that we are of-sucli-a- character that we are justly praised. Pica et columba pavonem convenerant ut eum saluta- rent. Dum redeunt, maledica pica ait, “ Quam* insuaves sonos pavo edit ! Cur non silet ? Cur pedes non tegit ?” At columba respondit, “Vitia ejus non observavi; corporis vero formositatem et caudae nitorem adeo mirata sum, ut satis laudare non possum” Appius auctoritatem ita tenebat, ut metuerent eum servi, vererentur liberi, carum omnes haberent. Literally, * how .’ Translate, * What unpleasant sounds,’ etc. 80 The Imperative. [190-192 LESSON 29. The Imperative. Ne in Prohibitions. 190. The Imperative * Mood is used to command , or to entreat; sometimes to forbid (194). It is formed from the Present Stem.-j*- 191. Table of endings in the Imperative Mood : — Active . Passive . Singular , Plural. Singular. Plural. AmA to to te tote nto re tor tor mini ntor MonE to to te tote nto re tor tor mini ntor PeG-e ) AcU-e \ ito ito C-h CD itote unto ere ltor itor imini untor Audi ' to to te tote unto re tor tor mini untor There is no First Person Imperative. Ohs. Dico, duco, facio, fero, drop e in the 2nd Person Sing., and make die , due , fac , fer, respectively. Scio makes Imperative scito only in the Singular. 192. The forms ending to , tote (Active), and tor (Passive), often have a Future force.J Thus, Active. 2nd Pers. Sing. Ama, . ,, ,, Amato, 3rd ,, Amato, 2nd Pers. Plur. Amate, ,, ,, Amatote, 3rd ,, Amanto, love, , love thou, thou must or shalt love, he must or shall love, love , love ye. you must or shall love, they must or shall love. Passive. 2nd Pers. Sing. Amare, ,, ,, Amator, 3rd ,, Amator, 2nd Pers. Plur. Amamini, 3rd ,, Amantor, be loved , be thou loved, thou must or shalt be loved, he must or shall be loved, be loved , be ye loved, they must or shall be loved. * From impero , I command. The Imperative includes advice , exhortations, requests , etc. t “The Stem of a Verb is shown in the Imperative Mood.” (L. P. § 11, e.) X These forms are mostly used in laws, wills , maxims, etc. 193-196] The Imperative . 81 193. The Present Subjunctive often has an Im- perative force. Thus, amem, may I love , or let me love; moneatur, let him he advised; eamus, let us go. Obs. When there is a ‘ not 1 it must be rendered by ne. Thus, ne discat, let him not learn. (Not, non discat.) 194. In Prohibitions, i.e. when you tell a Person not to do a thing, the Conjunction ne is used with the Second Person of the Perfect Subjunctive. Thus, ne dixeris, do not say ; hoc ne feceiis, do not do this. ‘ And not ,’ ‘ nor l in Prohibitions, are translated by neve or neu ; never by neque. Obs. Ne with the 2nd Person of the Present Sub- junctive is found only in general precepts , i.e. when 6 you 1 means ‘ one, 1 ‘ any person in general. 1 The Imperative with ne is confined to poetry. 195. A common way of expressing Prohibitions is by using n51i, nollto, etc. (Imperative of nolo*), with a following Infinitive. Thus, noli dicere, do not say, literally, be thou unwilling to say. Exercise 29. 196. Vocabulary 29. am unwilling , burn, go out, heir, nor (in Prohibitions), now, or, either — or, remember, nolle, n5lu- urere, uss- ust- exire, exiv- exit- heres, hered- neve, neu. nunc, aut. aut — aut. meminisse + (Perf. form with Present meaning) . [In Prohibitions ‘not ’ is ‘ ne A ‘non’ is hateful then to see.] * Appendix, XX, B. f Memini has no Present Stem forms. It has Pluperf. memV neram, Fut.-Perf. meminero, Imperat. memento, mementote, Subj. Perf. meminerim, Pluperf. meminissem. ( L . P. § 74.) h. l. b. o.] F 82 The Imperative. [197 197 . Fathers, warn your sons not to be idle ( 181 ). Mayest thou live happy. Thou shalt not bury nor burn a dead man in the city ( 192 ). My son shall be my heir. Either let him drink or let him depart. Soldiers, go into the city. Let us go out of the city ; let us go into the woods. Be (ye) happy. Do not lie ( 195 ). Imitate the good. Let us not imitate the bad. You must love if you wish to be loved. Do not praise the idle. Exhort your pupils not be always playing. If you can, come hither. Strive to conquer. Do not promise to come to- morrow. Come yourself. Eemember death ( 113 ). Let us remember that not even slaves ought to be despised. Either learn or depart {pi.). Proficiscitor. Lauda bonos. Nolite peccare. Fugia- mus. Exsul ablto. Puer cultrum acutum ne ferat. Claudite jam rivos, pueri ; sat prata biberunt. Ita vivito ut omnes te ament. Yivite felices. Audite, et spes discite vestras. Fugitote. Arma corporibus tegendis apta sunto. Nil dictu foedum visu-que haec limina tangat, intra quae puer est. Milites gladios suos acuunto. I sequere servos fugientes. Secuti estis alium ducem ; sequimini nunc Camillum. Ne mortem timueritis. Egredere ex urbe : patent portae ; proficiscere. Hie ames* * * § dici pater atque princeps, Neu sinas Medos equitare inultos. 0 ego ne possim tales sentire dolores ! Mentiantur alii; nos nunquam mentiamur. Incipe, si quid habes. Yulpes in puteum deciderat, et altiorit margine clau- debatur. Forte hircus sitiens in eundem locum venit. Eogavit anj aqua dulcis esset et copiosa. Yulpes, fraudem moliens, “ Descende,” inquit, “ amice ; tanta est aqua bonitas, ut voluptas mea satiari non possit.” Immisit se hircus. Turn vulpes, ejus cornibus nixa,§ e puteo evasit, hire unique ibi inelusum reliquit. * 6 May' st thou be content + * Too deep ’ (to admit of escape, 99). t ‘ Whether ’ (296). § * Steadying itself on . 1 From nitor. 198 — 200 ] The Indefinite Pronoun . 83 LESSON 30. The Indefinite Pronoun, Quis. Cum (Quum). [Interrogative Sentences .) 198. The Indefinite Pronoun f Quis/ any (with its compounds), is declined for the most part like the Eelative (Appendix, XYI, H. XVII). Quis, any , is used after si, if ne, lest , num ; thus, si quis, ne quis, num quis (199, 201). 199. We have seen that ut (ne) are used in Final Sentences, and ut (ut — non) in Consecutive Sentences. By the same rule translate — In Final Sentences . In Consecutive Sentences . that never. ne unquam ut nunquam that no, ne ullus ut nullus that nobody , ne quis ut nemo that nothing, ne quid ut nihil with the Subjunctive (180, 185). 200. ‘ Cum/ when , is followed by the Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect. Examples. (1) Cum hoc videret, exclamavit, when he saw this , he cried out. (2) Cum hoc vidisset, exclamavit, when he had seen this, he cried out. The difference in English would be (1) 4 seeing this / or ‘ as he saw this. 1 (2) 4 Having seen this / or ‘ on seeing this. 1 Ohs. The want of an Active Perfect Participle ( having loved , having heard) in Latin is often supplied by cum (often written quum), with the Pluperfect Subjunctive (Example 2). If, however, the Principal Verb is in a Primary Tense, the Perfect Subjunctive will be used. Thus, cum bene vixerit, beate morietur, having lived well , he will die happily (146, 157). 84 The Indefinite Pronoun . [201—203 201. Questions in Latin are often introduced by the Interrogative Particles -no and num ; except when an Interrogative Pronoun or Adverb (as quis ? ubi ?) is expressed. -Ne is enclitic .* It is always written after and forms part of a word. But if there is a ‘ not 5 in the sentence, -ne is joined to the ‘ non .’ Thus, ‘ nonne ? 1 -Ne simply asks a question for information. Num expects the answer ‘ No.’ Examples. Scribit-ne puer ? Is the boy writing ? Hum scribit puer ? Is the boy writing ? [Ho] f Honne scribit puer ? Is not the boy writing ? Ohs . The Interrogative enclitic -ne must be carefully distinguished from the Final Conjunction ne (ISO). 202 . Exercise 30 . (Refer to 187.) Vocabulary 30 . any (after si, ne, num), quis + (Indefinite). dare, audere (ausus sum). fling, praecipitare, prsecipitav- prsecipitat- fortune , fortuna, fortuna- te forth , egredi, egress- 091^ (adv.), tan turn. there, illic. [When the answer ‘Wo’ is expected, it will be added thus : [No].] 203. Will you not return with me to see my garden? Had you come into the city to salute the general. Had not the master warned the boys not to write such things ? Must we not cultivate virtue ? Is not this general skilled in waging wars? Must not fortune be conquered by endurance (by bearing)? We must eat to live. Must we not eat to live? We should not live to eat. What boy * See Vocabulary 12. + Properly, The boy is not writing, is he ? t Or, qui, quce, quod , if used in agreement. Compare 187. 203 ] The Indefinite Pronoun. 85 Exercise 30 — continued. will cover a fault with falsehood ? Is not seeing believing ? Are you so idle as to learn nothing ? [No] Is any one so hard-hearted as not to weep? The fathers warned their sons never to cover a fault with falsehood. These boys strive to learn nothing. Have I not often begged you to do nothing rashly? That judge is so hard-hearted that he is beloved by nobody ( 170 ). Who is so good as never to sin? That field is so barren that it bears no crops. Has any boy dared to do this ? [No] Cicero was so great an orator that no one after him was greater. The boy, when he had heard these things, wept. The enemy, when they saw that their own (men) were being killed, flung themselves into the river. Having written the letter with his own hand, the boy went into the woods to play. The general, having ordered the soldiers to guard the gates of the city, departed. Having put the enemy to flight, our soldiers returned. The soldiers, seeing these things (200), went-forth from the camp. As they returned they saw the boy weeping. Num quid vis ? Num me putas tarn dementem esse ut hoc faciam? Sub noctem 8 Caesar portas claudi milites-que ex oppido exire jussit, ne quam cives ab militibus injuriam acciperent. Leges positae sunt,* ne quis fur esset, neu latro, neu quis adulter ( 180 ). Talis est vir, ut nullum negotium tantum sit ac tarn difficile, quod ille non con- ficere possit. Num quid simile populus Homanus audierat aut viderat? Nonne legatos rogavi ut finem orandi facerent ? Saepe ego ne biberem volui dormire videri. Venator quidam timidus leonis vestigia quaerebat. Lig- natorem rogavit, qui quercus in silva caedebat, ut sibi vestigia monstraret. “Immo,” inquit lignator, “ipsum leonem tibi monstrabo. Illic est. Vides-ne ? ” Turn Venator territus respondit, “At ego non ipsum leonem, sed vestigia tantum leonis quaerebam.” Translate ' were enacted’ ( 181 ). From ‘ joono .’ 86 Impersonal Verbs . [204-207 LESSON 31. Impersonal Verbs. 204. Impersonal* Verbs are found only in the Third Person Singular of the Finite Verb, and in the Infinitive Mood. They are mostly of the Second Conjugation (Z. P. § 75). Active Impersonals have no Passive Voice. 205. Many Impersonals take an Infinitive Clause as Subject, with an Accusative of the Person.-f* Thus, oportet me abire, it behoves me to go away , i.e. I ought to depart (162). 206. Intransitive Verbs are not used in the Passive except Impersonally (81). If the Agent is expressed, it will be in the Ablative with the Preposition a or ab (85). Thus, ludo, I play ; luditur a me, it is played or there is playing by me, i.e. I play (Z. P. § 76). Obs. The Passives of Transitive Verbs which may be used Intransitively are sometimes similarly employed. Thus, quseritur, the question is asked (130). Exercise 31. (Refer to 160, 161.) 207. Vocabulary 31. it is agreed , constat. it becomes-not, misbeseems , dedecet. it behoves ( one ought), oportet. it beseems , decet. it delights , jurat. it irJcs, piget. it is lawful, permitted, licet. it repents, psenitet. it shames, pudet. it wearies, tsedet. [These Verbs are regularly conjugated in the 3rd Person : e.g t , psenitet, psenitebat, psenitebit, psenituit, etc.] * From in, ‘not/ persona, ‘a person.’ Impersonal Verbs do not admit a Person, i.e . a living being, as their Subject. They are more correctly termed Unipersonal . + But libet, licet, liquet, ‘it pleases,’ ‘it is lawful,’ ‘it is clear,’ take a Dative of the Person (240). 208, 209] Apposition . 87 208. It-becomes-not an orator to be angry. We ought to speak. It was announced that the fleet had come into the harbour. There is a running. (We) have walked enough. It delights (us) to go under the shade (pi.). (We) had come to the wood. There is good sleeping 9 here. There was playing. It is agreed that Rome was founded by Romulus. A-stand-is-made by us. You are ashamed to say these things ; you were not ashamed to do (them). Our soldiers fought bravely (206). It beseems men to bear pains bravely. That river is so deep that we dare not cross it. I shall ask them not to do such things. Piget nos eadem saepe audire. A militibus nostris diu resistebatur. Abire licet. Haec olim meminisse juvabit. Oportet esse ut vivas, non vivere ut edas. Sine virtute bene beate-que vivi 9 non potest. Sic itur ad astra. Legem brevem esse oportet. Tacendum est feminis. Si vis me here, dolendum est primum ipsi tibi. In eandem arcem fugiendum est. Paenitet pueros haec fecisse. Taedet nos diu ambulare. Hoc fieri oportet. Licet-ne proficisci ? LESSON 32. Apposition. Summus, Imus, etc. ( Conditional Sentences .) 209. When two or more Substantives are used to describe the same person or thing, they are said to be in Apposition .* Thus, Marius the Consul ; the river Thames. A Substantive in Apposition must be in the same case as the Substantive which it describes. It is only the same person or thing under another name. Examples. — Marius consul triumphavit, Marius the con- sul triumphed . Haec urbs est Roma, this city is Rome. Caesar creatus est consul, Ccesar was made consul. Dicunt Caesarem consulem creatum esse, they say that Ccesar teas made consul. * From apjpono, ‘I place by.’ A word in Apposition is placed beside another word as an Attribute or Epithet. Hence it is either a name , a title , or a description (L. P. p. 173). 88 Apposition . [210—213 210. Apposition is often used in Latin where we use in English as, for , of when. Thus, Ilrbs Roma, The city of Rome* Cyprus insula, The island of Cyprus. Ego te magistrum habeo, I have you as (or for) my master. Caius puer hoc fecit, Caius when a boy did this. The Apposition -Noun generally stands last in Latin. 211. Many English Substantives which describe position are translated by Latin Adjectives in agree- ment with their Substantives. Such are bottom , top; beginning , end , middle ; ivhole, rest. Thus, ima quercus, the bottom or foot of the oak : summus mons, the top of the mountain , etc. These Adjectives generally stand before their Sub- stantives. 212. After ‘if’ the English Pluperfect Indicative must be translated by the Latin Pluperfect Subjunc- tive. Thus, Si diutius vixisset , neminem habuisset parem. If longer he had lived, nobody he would have had egucd. {If he had lived longer , he would have had no equal.) Exercise 32 . 213. Vocabulary 32 . approve , probare, probav- probat- end of, extremus, a, um (in agreement), experience, usus, usu- history, historia, historia- malce a proclamation, edicere, edix- edict- 'midst of,’ | medius, a, um (in agreement). mistress , magistra, magistra- third, tertius, a, um. top of, summus, a, um (in agreement). watch, vigilia, vigilia- wealthy, opulentus, a, um. victory, victoria, victoria- * But ‘ of, ’ when it means * belonging to’ or * made of, ’ must be translated by an Adjective. Thus, ‘the- men of Athens,’ Atheni- enses; ‘a sceptre of gold,’ sceptrum aureum. 214 ] Apposition . 89 [When the Relative follows a noun in Apposition, the Apposition- noun is thrown into the Relative clause, and the Relative is put first. Thus, Rome , a city which . . . Roma, quae urbs ; not urbs quce.\ 214. We must cultivate art, the mistress of life. It is agreed that art, the mistress of life, should he cultivated. Experience, the best master, has taught me. He said that he had been taught by experience, the best master. I did the same things ichen 11 a boy. Cicero, a very great orator, was killed by the soldiers of Antonius. We believe that Cicero, a very great orator, was killed by Antonius’ sol- diers. He died before my consulship . n In* Herodotus, the father of history, there are many fables. He has gone to the end of the garden, a place which he loves. The top of the mountain was being held by the enemy. The fox fled into the middle of the wood. Antonius called his flight victory. The city of Saguntum was the most wealthy of the cities of Spain. Your sister Julia is said to be very beautiful. So great was the fear of all, that watches were kept through the whole of the city. The judge, a very good man, would have erred if he had done that. If you had sinned, you would have grieved. Ho one would have come, if you had not written this letter. It is written in the end of the third book. He promises to write about this matter in the end of the third book. Consulem, virum fortissimum, cum exercitu misimus. Consul, vir fortissimus, cum exercitu a nobis missus est. Consules amicos habemus. Hon possum id in te culpare, quod in me ipso et praetore et consule probavi. Frater meus, si oratores et poetas puer legisset, auxisset elegan- tiam dicendi. Potuisses proficisci ex urbe, si voluisses. Quid tu fecisses, si te hortatus essem ut mentireris? Mori- amur, et in media arma ruamus. Manlius, consul factus, edixit ne quis extra ordinem pugnaret. Keliqua multi- tudo puerorum mulierum-que fugere coepit, ad quos se- quendos Caesar equitatum misit. Yidisti-ne consulem, quern virum omnes laudant ? * 6 ApucT (Appendix, XXIII, A). 90 The Accusative. [215-217 LESSON 33. The Accusative. Place. Space. Time. Double Accusative. Prepositions. 215. The Accusative is the case of the Nearer Object.* An Accusative of the Object is governed by Tran- sitive Verbs (54). Many Intransitive Verbs are used Transitively; many become Transitive by being compounded with a Preposition. Comparatively few, however, are found in the Passive, except Impersonally (206). Intransitive Verbs may take an Accusative of kindred meaning usually with an Adjective in agree- ment. Thus, vivo, I live; vivere vitam longam, to live a long life. 216. Verbs of asking , concealing , and teaching , and Verbs of calling , naming , making , thinking, \ and the like, take a Double Accusative , one of the Person, the other of the Thing , in the Active Voice. The Accusative of the Thing , after Verbs of asking , concealing , and teaching , remains unchanged even when the Verb is in the Passive Voice. Thus, Tri- bunus me primum sententiam rogavit, The tribune asked me first my opinion. Cato primus sententiam rogatus est, Cato was first asked his opinion. 217. The Place to * which one comes, goes, sends, etc. is put in the Accusative with the Preposition ad or in. * The Nearer or Direct Object is so called because it is directly or immediately affected by the action of the Verb. The Remoter or Indirect Object is indirectly affected by the action of the Verb, t Often called the ‘ Cognate Accusative .’ X Verbs of malting, nooning, etc., are called Factitive Verbs; from facio, ‘ I make . 5 218 — 222 ] The Accusative . 91 But domum, home , rus, the country , foras, of doors , and names of towns or small islands , are put in the Ac- cusative without a Preposition (31). Thus, Bomam pro- fectus est, he set out for Rome . 218. Duration of Time (time how long) is put in the Accusative. Thus, tres annos Bomse vixit, he lived (for) three years at Rome. 219. The Measure of Space (distance, height , length , width) is put in the Accusative. Thus, fossa quinque pedes lata, a ditch five feet wide. 220. For a list of Prepositions governing the Ac- cusative, see Appendix, XXIII, A. Exercise 33. 221. Vocabulary 33. leg-for* (withdoublesLCC.) orare, orav- orat- oppugnare, oppugnav- oppugnat- cautus, a, um. | Ceres, Cerer- cautious , Ceres , the goddess of agriculture, dream (verb), dream (subst.), home , into the country , island , mean , opinion , thrifty , [Remember that ‘/ or somniare, somniav- somnium, somnio- domum (acc. after Verbs of motion), rus (acc. after Verbs of motion), insula, insula- sordidus, a, um. sententia, sententia- pareus, a, um. is not always a sign of the Dative.] 222. Fortune teaches the conquered the art of war. I have dreamed a pleasant dream. The coward calls himself cautious, the mean (man calls himself) thrifty. Ceres is said to have taught men the use of corn. Many states of Greece begged King Philip for assistance. The wise think experience the best , master. He hopes to live many years. I hope he will live for many years. I never asked the * ‘For/ in Verbs like ask-for , look-for, etc., is not a sign of the Dative, but a part of the Verb (308). 92 The Accusative. [222 Exercise 33 — continued, gods for riches. Romulus called the city which he founded, Rome. Fortune, we make thee a goddess. Go ye home; I will go into the country. The boy sleeps the whole night. Will the consul be asked his opinion? [No] They would have lived a happier life if they had listened- to (heard) me. We have conquered, soldiers, and have fought a great battle. He set out for Athens. He is said to have returned to the island of Cyprus. Experience, the best master, has taught me many things. All call and think you wise. You would call me wretched. Who taught you letters? You must go out of doors. We sat there the whole day. The city of Troy was besieged for ten years by the Greeks. The walls were twenty feet high. Why have they not run the same course that (they did) before ? Non possidentem multa vocaveris recte beatum. Caesar reliquas munitiones ab ea fossa pedes quadringentos re- duxit. Socrates totius mundi se civem appellabat. Philo- sophia nos quum % caeteras res omnes, turn quod est diffi- cillimum docuit, ut nosmet ipsos nosceremus. Eilium meum hortatus sum ne quid me celaret. Puerum hortatus sum ne quid patrem celaret. Feminae templum Pacis adeunt. Constat feminas templum Pacis adiisse. Taurus mons Ciliciam praeterit. Pater meus me puerum ausus est Romam portare, docendum artes. Filium heredem fecit. Doctas eat, inquit, Athenas. Rex Philippus auxilium ro- gatus est. Nuntiatum est equitatum flumen Rhenum transire. Nuntiatum est equitatum flumen Rhenum tran- siisse. Caesar socios frumentum, quod polliciti erant, flagitabat. Tres annos nobiscum vixit. Hoc idem viginti annos audio. Ite domum pastae, venit Hesperus, ite capellse. Hortum ducentos pedes latum et sexcentos pedes longum habuit. Consul consilium suum omnes celavisse dicitur. Manifestum est id omnes celatos esse. Nuntia- tum est reginam rus abituram esse. Caesar locum exercitu circumvenit. Legiones ab hostibus circumventae sunt. Consul sententiam rogatus tacuit. Domum meam venit. ‘ quum ’ — ‘ turn , ? * both ’ — ‘ and especially. , 223-226] The Genitive . 93 Exercise 33 — continued. Consulis domum venisse dicitur. Longum iter ituri estis. Tres horas a militibus nostris acriter pugnatum est. Apud amicos omnia sunt communia. Helvetii legatos Genevam ad Csesarem miserunt. Legati Genevam ad Caesarem ab Helvetiis missi sunt. Consul cum reliquo exercitu in castra proficiscitur. Vir erat ob virtutem laudandus. LESSON 34. The Genitive. (i Subjective Genitive.) 223. The Genitive is used chiefly to define or qualify the word on which it depends! The Subjective Genitive is so called because it de- notes the Subject , i.e. the person or thing possessing or doing something. Thus, Marci amor, the love of (felt by) Marcus , implies the same as Marcus am at, Marcus loves (where M. is the Subject, 47). The Subjective Genitive generally precedes the noun on which it depends ( 32 ). 224. The most common use of the Genitive, that of the Author or Possessor , has been already noticed (30). 225. The Genitive with est is used to express duty , mark, nature , office , part , etc. Thus, adolescentis est majores natu vereri, it is the duty of a young man to reverence his elders by birth. 226. With Verbs of valuing the Value is expressed by the Genitives, magni , parvi , etc., pretii being understood (A. P. § 128). [These Genitives are also used to express Price with Verbs of Selling.]* * With the exception of these words, however, Price is expressed by the Ablative (256). Some Grammarians refer these Genitives to the Locative case (261). 94 The Genitive . [ 227—230 227. The Genitive of Quality * or Description is always found with an Adjective in agreement . Thus, vir excellentis ingenii, a man of eminent genius. But you could not say, vir ingenii, a man of genius . You would have to use an Adjective. 228. A Genitive of the thing divided follows Par- titive *f* words. Thus, magna pars militum, a great part of the soldiers ; omnium doctissimus, most learned of all (Z. P. § 130.) 229. Neuter Adjectives or Pronouns expressing Quantity , and certain Adverbs (as pctrum , satis), are followed by a Genitive case. Thus, multum boni, much (of) good ; nihil novi, nothing nevj ; parum sapi- entiae, too little wisdom . [The sign of the Genitive will be omitted in English.] color' pecunia- parti- sestimat- Exercise 34. 230. Vocabulary 34. at a great (price), magni. at a little (price), brave , colour , each (of two), enough , money , sum of money , pecunia, one (of two) — the other ) alter — alter. the one — the other ) Gen . alterius ( 105 ). part, pars, too little , parum. value , sestimare, sestimaV' parvi. fortis, e. color, uterque, utraque, utrumqi Gen. utriusque ( 105 ). satis. * Quality is also expressed by the Ablative ( 249 ). The Geni- tive is generally said to denote mental qualities, the Ablative to denote physical qualities. But this rule has many exceptions. t From partior , ‘I divide.’ A list of many Partitive words is given, L. P. p. 139, N. S. vi. C. 231] The Genitive. 95 231. It is the duty of soldiers to follow their general. It is a mark of a fool to hold wisdom cheap. 13 It is the mark of a great mind to despise pleasures. The labour of learning is very great. The enemy killed a great part of our soldiers. Each of them is to he praised. Of all these (people) the Belgae are the bravest. Many of the citizens have been driven out of the city. Have you seen Caesar’s gardens? Tullus ITostilius was the third of the Roman kings. Much time has been lost by you. You have enough money, too little virtue. We have seen clouds of a red colour. He is a man of the greatest authority. A fleet of twenty ships has been sent to the island of Cyprus. The city of Syracuse is the greatest of Greek cities and the most beautiful of all. He says that his house is valued very highly 13 It is probable that a part of the third legion will be sent to Athens. Ho time has been lost. Sapientis est mortem parvi aestimare. Athenienses belli duos duces deligunt, Periclem spectatae* virtutis virum, et Sophoclem scriptorem tragcediarum. Milites exsulem, hominem maximi corporis, ad imperatorem duxe- rant. Beneficiorum maxima sunt ea quae a parentibus accipimus, dum aut nesclmus aut nolumus. Hunc dolo- rem capitis t ferre non possum. Est fons aquae dulcis, cujus ad margmem saepe sedere soliti eramus. Qua in vita est aliquid mali, ea esse beata non potest. Pueri, patrem vestrum, virum summae virtutis, imitamini. Im- perator primam et tertiam X legiones Syracusas misit. Audi- mus primam et tertiam legiones, cum magna parte equi- tatus, ab imperatore Syracusas missas esse. Reginae filii Romam ad salutandum consulem missi sunt. Puellae pa- trem hortatae erant ne judicis consilium parvi aestimaret. Servi tantum vini biberunt ut stare non possint. Malo- rum minima sunt eligenda. Rex secum in Hispaniam duxit filiam Juliam annorum decern. Quid novi nuntia- * t Tried: + ‘ In the head. ’ + Not primes, tertias. There could be only one first and one third legion. 96 The Genitive. [232, 233 Exercise 3l — contimied. fcis? Consulum alter interfectus est, alter Carthaginem fugit. Quidquid habui militum, ad urbem custodiendam misi. Scimus patriam communem omnium nostrum pa- rentem esse (App., XVI, A). Quantum voluptatis 13 habet industria ! Xon est sapientis dicere, Vivam. Vive bodie. Fuerunt olim duo pictores celeberrimi, quorum alter Zeuxis, alter Parrhasius appellatus est. LESSON 35. The Genitive — continued. (Objective Genitive . Miseret , pcenitet, etc.) 232. The Objective Genitive denotes the Object , i.e. the Person or Thing to which, or against which, some action is directed. Thus, civium amor patriae, the citizens love of (for) their country , implies ‘cives amant patriam/ Here ‘ civium ’ is an instance of the Sub- jective, 1 patriae' of the Objective Genitive (223). The Objective Genitive generally follows the noun on which it depends. 233. An Objective Genitive follows — (1) Substantives, Adjectives, and Participles,* which express care , desire , knowledge , re- collection , skill , or their opposites (122, 2). (2) Adjectives and Verbs of remembering or for- getting , and some Verbs oi pitying. \ (3) Many Adjectives and Verbs of abounding or wanting. Examples. — (1) Amor patrise, love for one's country ; avidus belli, greedy for war ; negligens officii, careless of duty. (2) Imme- mor beneficii, forgetful of a kindness ; miserere mei, pity me. (3) Vita plena metus, a life full of fear ; indigeo medicinse, I want medicine. * i.e. Participles used as Adjectives ; as, amans, diligens, negli- gens (147, Obs.). t Memmi, reminiscor, I remember , and obliviscor, I forget , take Accusative as well as Genitive. Misereor, miseresco, I pity , take the Genitive. Miseror, commiseror, take the Accusative. 234-236] The Genitive . 97 Obs. Many words expressing abundance , fulness , want, etc., take an Ablative ( L . P. § 119). 234. The Impersonate * miseret, paenitet, piget, pudet, taedet, take an Accusative of the Person who feels pity, shame, etc. ; but a Genitive of the person (or thing) who excites or causes the pity, etc. Thus, miseret me fratris tui, I pity your brother ; toedet me vitae, I am weary of life f (207). 235. The Objective Genitive will often have to be translated in English by about, against , for, from ; and sometimes by in, with . Thus, fuga malorum, an escape from evils ; cura civitatis, anxiety about the state . We must be guided by the sense. Exercise 35. (Refer to 196, 207.) 236. Vocabulary 35. confess , confidence , deny , say— not, desire (subst.), forget, forgetful , full, jest, mindful, recollect, remedy, sloth, lover. truth, fateri (fassus sum), fiducia, negare, negav- cupiditas, oblivisci (oblltus sum), immemor. plenus, a, um. jocus, amans (participle). memor. reminisci (no Perfect). remedium, ignavia, ventas, remedio* ignavia - veritat- joco- fiducia* negat- cupiditat- [After to pity, remember, forget, Bear in mind that a Genitive rightly is set.] * See 204, t In these examples the Accusative is the case of the Nearer , the Genitive the case of the Remoter Object (215). H. l. b. a.] G 98 The Genitive. [237 237. We have never been forgetful of benefits. All things which are seen are full of God. Epaminondas was such a lover of 17 truth that he did not lie even in jest . 2 He is said to have been most careless-about his friends (235). I remember, nor shall I ever forget, that night. The love of money destroys many. He denied that he had ever been desirous of waging war. The slaves begged the general to pity them. The desire for pleasure and at- tachment to virtue cannot easily exist in the same man. Caesar exhorted the soldiers to remember their former valour, and not to forget (their) wives and children (194). We pity the poor. I repent of my folly. The boys are ashamed of their idleness. Socrates was not ashamed to confess that he did not know many things. Must we not seek an escape from danger ? The general had such con- fidence in his own affairs that he was unwilling to change his plans. There is no remedy against death. We should strive to imitate Scaevola’s style in speaking. Venture memores jam nunc estote senectae. Yive me- mor nostri. Amor virtutis est laudandus. Milites finem oppidi oppugnandi fecerunt. Neuter sui tegendi corporis memor fuit. Sororis meae filius equi regendi imperitus est. Miseremini sociorum. Pudet me consilii mei. Me civitatis morum et piget et taedet. Puer equi regendi peritus fieri cupit. Spes est nulla salutis. Praecepta vivendi audire volumus. Cura rerum alienarum multum negotii tulit. Stultitiae tuae te paenitebit. Ees est sol- liciti plena timoris amor. Semper huju^ diei et loci me- minero. * Pecuniae indigere dicebatur. Mors est fuga sola laborum. Injuriarum oblivisci oportet. Dolor injuriarum non est laudandus. Luctus mortuorum fines suos habet. Si qua tui Corydonis habet te cura, venito (198). Porte oblltus eram lucernam exstinguere. i 238 - 240 ] The Dative \ 99 LESSON 36. The Dative. 238. The Dative is the case of the Recipient or Remoter (Indirect) Object (215). Trajective* words take a Dative of the Remoter Object (Z. F. § 105). Many Verbs take an Accusative of the Nearer Object as well as a Dative of the Remoter Object. Such are called Trajective-Transitive Verbs. Thus, do librum tibi, I give the hook to you. 239. Perhaps the most common use of the Dative is the Dative of the Person for -f* or to whom (Datlvus Commodi vel Incommodi, L, P. § 107). Thus, Ager vobis arabitur, the field shall he ploughed for you; molestus amlcis, troublesome to his friends. 240. General Rules. (1) A Dative follows all the compounds of sum , except possum. Ohs. Sum with the Dative has the meaning of ‘ habeo/ I have. Thus, est mihi liber, I have a hook. (2) A Dative follows many Verbs compounded with Bene, male, satis, re-, ad, ante, con, in, inter, de, ob, super, sub, with post and prm. (3) A Dative case will follow injure, spare , Believe , persuade , give , envy , show , declare , Have-leisure , please , displease , command , obey , Permit , serve, wed (of females, that’s to say), Favour , indulge , heal, pardon; to this list Add pay-attention, threaten, help , resist. J * From trajicio , ‘I throw over.’ Trajective words throve their action over to the Remoter Object. + When ‘ for' = ‘ instead of,' or * in defence off the Preposition 'pro is used with the Ablative. X But delecto , guberno , jubeo, juvo , Icedo, rego , sano, sino , take Accusative, 100 The Dative. [241, 242 Obs. Many words in Latin are followed by a Dative where we use no Preposition in English. Some words, as irascor, I am angry , take the sign * with. 9 After Compound words the sign will vary with the meaning of the Latin Preposition ( L . P> p. 136, G). 241. am angry , am serviceable , do good , am wanting , fail, command , displease , envy , injure , marry (of the woman), obey , pay attention , persuade , please , Exercise 36. Vocabidary 36. irasci, prodesse,* deesse, imperare, displicere, invidere, nocere, nubere, parere, dare operam studere, persuadere, placere, (iratus sum). profiL defu- imperav- displicu- invid- spare, parcere, threaten , mmari, [‘ is often omitted in English. ?.e. I gave the book to him.] nups- paru- ( 122 ). studu- persuas- placii- peperc- imperat- invis- nocit- nupt- persuas- placTt- J parcit- ( pars- (mmatus sum). Thus, I gave him the book ; 242. The slave gave the cup tp (his) master. The poet will have told you the whole of the story. For whom are you carrying this burden ? I neither am-wanting to you, my brother, nor will I be wanting. The consuls are said to be friendly to us. Know that your letters are most pleasing to me. That man is useless to himself. It is the mark of a wise man to command himself. Do not injure another. It is the duty of a good citizen to obey the laws of his country. I persuaded the general not to set out for Rome (181). I have two yachts, of which the one pleases me, the other displeases. Venus married Vulcan. The king threatened the exiles with death , 18 Will you not beg the king to spare the wretched * The compounds of ‘sum* are conjugated exactly like ‘sum/ but prodesse drops d before all tenses beginning with a consonant. Thus, pro-sum not pro^-sum ( L . P. § 50). 242] The Dative. 101 Exercise 36 — continued. exiles? That boy pays-attention to reading the orators and poets. His father warned him not to injure the good. He is said to have been warned by his father not to injure the good. We should strive to do good to as many as possible , 19 Your design will be serviceable neither to me nor to you. Solon wrote laws for the men of Athens. To himself he seemed happy. It is disgrace- ful to envy the good. I will show you the way. I am going to give you the book I wrote about despising death. Tell us a story. Do not be angry with me. Do not please yourself too much. The judge has ten sons. Slaves cultivate fields not for themselves but for others. We should be angry with vices, not with men. Si patriae prodesse amabitis, bonorum laudem merebi- mini. Yideor mihi omnium miserrimus esse. Hortor vos ne ignoscendo malis bonos perdatis. Tu mihi sola places; placeam tibi, Cynthia, solus. Nostro succurre labori. Miseris succurrere disco. Ne qua meis dictis esto mora : neu quis ob inceptum subitum segnior ito. Ne ignavis quidem maledicere oportet. Multis paruimus; nemini nocuimus. Fratris mei uxor servis ejus semper male-dicebat. Tibi tua, mihi mea placent. Adolescentes sibi imperare discant. Neu desint epulis rosae, neu vivax* apium, neu breve * lilium. An nescis longas regibus esse manus ? Nocere alteri non licet. Non solum nobis divites esse volumus. Intelligimus domum pulcram dominis aedificatam esse, non muribus. Anatum ova galllnis saepe supponimus, e quibus pulli orti aluntur ab iis, ut a matri- bus. Quid illi bello simile *{- fuit ? Quis te mihi casus ademit ? Sic vos non vobis vellera fertis, oves. Servus exsuli pollicitus erat se reginam interfecturum esse. Mihi nemo est amicior, nec jucundior, nec carior. Tibi uni parcam. In civitate, quibus opes nullae sunt, bonis invi- dent (166). Lupus cani est simillimus. Constat lupum cani simillimum esse. Fratri tuo ne invlderis. * * Long-lived, 9 * ever -green* . . . ‘ short-lived .’ + Similis is generally used with a Genitive of a living being ; always with Genitive of a Personal Pronoun. 102 The Dative. [243-245 LESSON 37. The Dative — continued. Impersonal Construction,, 243. A Dative of the Purpose* is often used with the Verb sum , Verbs of Motion, and a few others, where we in English use a Nominative or an Ad- jective. This Dative is generally found with a Second Dative of the Person ('the Recipient ’). Thus, Hoc vobis commodo erit, this will be an advantage (or advan- tageous) to you. Hoc mihi dono dat, he gives this to me as a present (L. P. § 108). 244. Verbs which govern a Dative only can only be used Impersonally in the Passive Voice. Thus, noceo, I hurt ; noceo tibi, I hurt you. But, I am hurt , is not ‘ noceor / but ‘ mihi nocetur/ hurt-is-done to me. 245. As Verbs governing the Dative can only be used Impersonally in the Passive (244), so the Gerun- dive of Verbs which govern a Dative admits of the Impersonal Construction only (130). Thus, credendum est amico, one {we) must trust a friend. (Hot, ( a friend must trust.) 1 Credendws est amicus ’ would be wrong. Obs. If it is necessary to name the Agent , the Ablative with a or ab should be used rather than the Dative, to avoid ambiguity. Thus, reginae a nobis parendum est, we must obey the queen (literally, obedience-must-be-rendered to the queen by us). Here, reglnae is Dative of the Object. A second Dative of the Agent would render it doubtful whether the queen must obey us, or we must obey the queen. (Compare 133.) * i.e. that for which a person or thing serves. It is also called the Dative of the Complement {L, P , § 108 ) and the Dative of the Predicate. 246, 247] The Dative . 103 246 . EXERCISE 37. Vocabulary 37. advantage , commodum, commode - advantageous , commodo esse. disgrace , . gift, hatred , hateful, to be, laughing-stock, liar, protection. dedecus, d5num, munus, odium, odio esse. dedecor- dono- miiner- odio- ludibrium, mendax, presidium. ludibrio- mendaci- prsesidio- 247 . Caesar left tlie first and third legions as a pro- tection for the camp ( 243 ). He gave this hook to me as a gift. Was not this advantageous to the citizens ? We should succour the poor. The enemy were bravely re- sisted by our soldiers. Your praise is envied. We shall be spared. Who persuaded you to do this ? Have you been persuaded to set out for Rome? [Ho] The poet seems to have been a laughing-stock to everybody. That matter has been a great care to me. The laws must be obeyed. The orator cannot persuade the citizens to suc- cour the poor. The citizens cannot be persuaded by the orator to succour the poor. I have a son who is a very great care (to me). We must pardon many by whom we have been reviled. The book was given to the boy as a gift. We must pardon those who have sinned unwilling- ly. A beautiful house often becomes a disgrace to the owner. Liars are never believed. We should not be angry with friends. You cannot be injured. The am- bassadors, seeing that they were a laughing-stock to every- body, returned home (200). He will be hateful 21 to himself. Ho hope of resisting the enemy (pi.) remains. Attalus regnum suum Romanis dono dedit. Socii Romanis auxilio venerant. Cui bono f uerit ? Divitibus invideri solet. Exemplo est magni formica laboris ( 227 ). Id mihi voluptati erat. He hostibus quidem maledicendum est. Male creditur 9 hosti. Facile tibi persuadebo. Facile tibi persuadebitur. Magister, nonne pueris parces? Honne pueris a te parcetur ? Parendum est parentibus. Paren- 104 The Ablative. [248, 249 Exercise 37 — continued . tibus a filiis bonis parebitur. Duae legiones a Caesare praesidio castris relictae erant. Caesar Belgis breviter respondit. Belgis a Caesare breviter responsum est. Ule omnium turpissimus tibi nihil nocuerat. Ab illo omnium turpissimo tibi nihil nocitum erat. Yobis magno honori est sociis auxilio venisse. Respondit se sibi ipsi odio esse. Satisfaciendum est agricolis, quorum in prata filii nostri lusum iverant. Nihil facile persuadetur invitis. Julia sorori risui fuisse creditur. Non modo non invidetur illi aetati, verum etiam favetur. Invltus 16 tibi nocui. Impera- vit ne civibus parceretur. Qui mentiri aut fallere patrem audebit, ei facile suadebitur ut caeteros fallat. LESSON 38. The Ablative. Quasi- Passive Verbs. 248. An English Preposition is generally required wherever an Ablative stands in Latin. Such are at, by, for, from, in, on, through, with, etc. (A. P. p. 136). For a list of Latin Prepositions governing the Ablative (Appendix, XXIII, B). 249. Among the most common uses of the Ablative are the following : — (1) Ablatives of Cause ( owing to what ?). Instrument (by what moans ?). Manner (how ?). Quality (of v:hat description ?). Agent (by whom ?). The Ablatives of the Instrument and of the Agent have been already noticed (37. 85) and amply illus- trated. The Ablative of Manner is rare without an Epithet (L. P. p. 136), unless the Preposition cum is used. Thus we may say cum gaudio, with joy ; magno gaudio * with great joy ; but not ‘ gaudio' alone. Or, magno cum gaudio. 250 , 251 ] The Ablative . 105 Examples. (1) pallidus ira, pale with or from anger. (2) mori senectute, to die of old age. (3) summa celeritate rediit, he returned with the utmost speed* (4) Senex promissa barba, an old man with a flow- ing heard ( 227 ). Ohs. The Ablative of Quality alivays takes an Epithet. The Preposition cum is never used with an Ablative of the Instrument ( 37 ). 250 . Quasi- Passive Verbs have an Active form with Passive meaning. They are five in number (L. P. § 72). Of these, fio , vaptilo, veneo,f are used with an Ablative of the Agent (with a or ah) as the Passives of facio, verhero , vendo. Exercise 38 . 251 . Vocabulary 38. am beaten, vapiilare, vapulav- vapulat- am sold, venire ( 250 ), veniv- bull, taurus, tauro- hunger, fames, lsedere {with acc. ) (fami-) hurt , , lses- lses- joy, gaudium, gaudio- manner, means, \ method, i | modus, modo- milk, lac, (lacti-) quiet, shelter, quietus, a, um. fovere, fov- fot- shine, nitere, nitu- shout, exclamare, exclamav- exclamat- silence , silentium, silentio- wing, penna, penna- * But ‘ with speed,' or ‘ in haste,' would be celeriter (adverb); not ‘ celeritate ’ alone. Many such expressions in English must be translated by Latin adverbs ; thus, in anger, in sorrow, with dili- gence, with kindness— angrily, sorrowfully, diligently, kindly, respec- tively ( 188 , note). Sometimes Adjectives are used, adverbially in Latin (see Differences of Idiom, 16 ). + Conjugated like eo, * I go. ’ It is compounded of venum-eo, ‘ I go to sale.’ Similarly, vendo is venum-do. ‘ Veneo ’ has no supines, gerunds, or participles. It must be carefully distinguished from venio, veni, ventum, I come ( 151 , note). 106 The Ablative. [252 252. The peacock’s tail shines with various colours. He did these things with a very sad countenance. He returned home with the utmost speed. Hens shelter their chickens with their wings, that they may not be hurt by the cold. Many animals are nourished with milk. My brother, whilst he was setting out with a friend, was wounded by the slave with a knife. I have sent my son to you with this letter. He who fears those things which cannot be avoided, can by no means live with a quiet mind. The exile is said to have died of hunger. The orators were heard with silence. All were grieving at the queen’s death. The citizens shouted with joy. We are tired with standing. Bulls defend themselves with horns. I heard the orator with pleasure. The boy’s letter had been written with great care. We hear that the boy has been beaten by his brother. The world was made by God. My father was (a man) of large body. Hoc nullo modo fieri potest. Milites nostri summa vi* hostibus restiterunt. Alia\ animalia gradiendo, alia ser- pendo ad pastum accedunt, alia volando, alia nando. He nunc quidem oculis cernimus ea quae videmus. Bex, Caesaris fama territus, liberos suos obsides misit. Bespon- dit se a cive spoliari malle, quam ab hoste venire. Can- tando victus abibis. Pater ejus magno capite, acutis oculis, magnis pedibus fuit. Oderunt peccare boni vir- tutis amore. Vir summo ingenio, litterarum peritus, multae industriae et magni laboris fuit. Hon semper viator a latrone, saepe latro a viatore interficitur. Monere ; neu malorum exempla imitatus sis. Multi, malorum exempla imitati, ab iratis parentibus vapulaverunt. Caesar victis Gallis persuasit ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent. Multis ignoscendum est a quibus laesi sumus. Tanta fuit industria filius meus ut discipulorum omnium doctissimus putaretur. Tu si haec pollicitus esses, omnes gaudio exclamassent.J Hie murus aeneus esto, nil con- * ‘ With all their might. 9 + Alii — alii , ‘ some * — ‘ others.’ £ L. F. § 59, note. 253-255J The A blative. 107 Exercise 38 — continued. scire sibi, nulla pallescere culpa. Nil sine magno vita labore dedit mortalibus. Mille modis homines moriuntur. Brevitas nostra omnibus Gallis contemptui est prae magni- tudine corporum suorum. Incipe, parve puer, risu cognos- ces matrem. Sperat tibi a me persuasum iri. Cantabit vacuus* coram latrone viator. LESSON 39. The Ablative — continued l. Time, Price. 253. Adjectives and Verbs expressing abundance, want, deprivation, filling, etc., commonly take an Ablative. Some take either Genitive or Ablative (233). 254. The following Adjectives and Verbs take an Ablative : — Adjectives: contentus, content; dignus, worthy ; fretus, relying; indignus, unworthy; liber, free; praditus, endued. Verbs : fungor, I discharge; fruor, I enjoy; utor, I use; vescor, I feed on; potior,' f I get possession of; dignor, I deem worthy; nltor, I lean on. 255. The Time at which or within which a thing takes place (Time when) is expressed by the Ablative. Thus, sestate, in summer ; eadem nocte, in the same -night. Obs. Time how long (Duration of Time) is expressed by the Accusative (218). * • With an empty pursed Lit. ‘empty/ f Potior also takes a Genitive when it means to obtain sovereign power , political power , etc. 108 The Ablative . [256-258 256. Cost, Price (Amount at which or for which) are expressed by the Ablative. Thus, orationem ven- didit viginti talentis, he sold a speech for twenty talents {L. P. § 117; p. 137). Obs. The Ablative is used when the cost or price is specified . The Genitives magni , parvi, etc., are used when the value is stated in a general way (226). Exercise 39. 257. at once , buy, cheese, content, flesh, light, month, most (men), (Refer to 123, 130, 156.) Vocabulary 39 . simul. emere, era, empt- caseus, caseo- contentus, a, um. caro, carn- lux, luc- mensis, mensi- plerlque, plerseque, pleraque (no Gen.), talent (sum of money), talentum, * ' talento- talent (ability), ingenium, ingenio- thinJc (reflect), cdgitare, cogitav- cogitat- winter (adj.), hibernus, a, um. [After a Verb of buying or selling, ‘ for’ is a sign of tbe Ablative.] 258. Swallows depart in the winter months. The soldiers, having set out in the third watch of the night, came to the town of Saguntum. That victory was bought for much blood. Most people, relying-on their talent, both think and speak at once. We are content with a little These things are unworthy of you. The advantages which we use, the light which we enjoy, are given us by God. Our men got-possession-of the enemy’s camp. I will use Cicero as my example (210). We are accustomed to lean upon the advice and authority of those whom we love. These people are said to live on milk, cheese, (and) flesh. My friend said that he would sell his yacht for three talents. I was born the same day as the queen. He died the day he was born (168). Having set out from the camp in the third watch with three legions, he came-up* * Use pcr-venio, *veni. 259] The Ablative. 109 Exercise 39 — continued. to that part of the enemy which had not yet crossed the river. It is the part of a good citizen to strive to discharge the duties of life. The mind of man is nourished by learning and thinking. I endeavoured to make a good use of 22 the riches which I received from my father. Auctio fiet : uxor ejus, servi, omnia, auro venibunt. Has oves magno emi (256). Scis vincere, victoria uti nescis. Di tibi divitias dederunt artemque fruendi. iEtas juvenum ad haec utenda idonea est. Credidimus fatis; utendum est judice bello. Tuo tibi judicio est utendum (130). Dignum laude virum Musa vetat mori. Sperne voluptates ; nocet empta dolore voluptas. Hon multi flores vere primo nascuntur (211). Commoda quibus utimur, lucem-que qua fruimur, a Deo nobis dari videmus. Quod hostes diebus viginti aegre confecerant, id Caesar uno die fecit. Si canimus silvas, silvae sint consule dignae. Constat cives te omni honore indignissimum existimare. Philosophi docent mortem omni malo carere. Alter frenis eget, alter calcaribus. Qui veram gloriam adipisci volet, justitiae officiis fungatur. Dicenda bono sunt bona verba die. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant agenda. LESSON 40. The Ablative — continued. Place. {The Locative .) 259. The Place from which one goes (Place whence) is put in the Ablative with a , ab , or ex, unless the place mentioned is a town or a small island. Thus, ex urbe venit, he is coming out of the city. But, Roma profectus est, he set out from Borne ; Delo rediit, he has returned from Delos. Domo , from home, humo, from the ground , rur q,* from the country , fall under this head. * Hurt without a Preposition or a qualifying word is never ‘ in the country ’ in prose. ‘ Ruri ’ is 1 in the country/ no The Ablative . [ 260-262 260. The Place where anything happens is put in the Ablative, generally with the Preposition in* Thus, in Italia ; in urbe ; in portu ; in sunamo monte. [With medius , or totus, the Preposition is generally omitted.] But if the Place be a town or a small island the Locative f is used. 261 In Singular Nouns of the first and second Declensions the Locative ends, like the Genitive , in 83 or !. Thus, Bomae* at Rome ; Corinthi, at Corinth. In all other Nouns (including those declined only in the Plural) the Locative ends, like the Ablative, in -is or -ibus. Thus, Tibure,t at Tibur ; Athenis, at Athens; Trallibus, at Tralles. [Though the Locative, as a separate Case-form , has disappeared, it survives in the following words : belli, || domi, humi, foris, militioe, ruri ; heri, vesperi ; ibi, ubi , and a few other so-called Adverbs. Other constructions are also referred with great pro- bability to this case.] Obs, A Possessive Pronoun, or ‘ alienus ’ (of or belong- ing to another), is often found in agreement with domi . Thus, domi meae, at my house ; domi alienae, at another's house, etc. So, domi Caesaris, at Ccesa?''s house . But no Adjective is allowed except alienus. 262. When the name of the place whither or whence is in apposition to city, island, town , a Preposition is used. Thus, ad urbem Antiochlam, ex urbe Koma. But the place where is put in the Locative, and the Apposition-Noun in the Ablative, with or without in. Thus, AntiochTae celebri urbe ; Neapoli in celeberrimo oppido. * Sometimes ad, apud, with Acc. are used. Ad quartum lapidem, at the fourth milestone ; apud oppidum, near the town. + From locare (locus), ‘ to place . 9 The Locative is an old case denoting Place where or at which . X Originally, Romai, Tibiiri. |j Belli, militice, used only in conjunction with domi. Otherwise (i.e. when they stand singly) in bello, in militia. 263 , 264 ] The Ablative. Ill Exercise 40 . 263. Vocabulary 40. at home , at (my) house , Cadiz , Corinth, delay, wait, Ephesus, in the country , in the evening, in the field, on service, on the ground, domi. domi (mere). Gades (pi. ), Corintlius, morari (moratus sum). Ephesus, run ( 259 ). vesperi. militise.* humi. Gadi- Corintho- Epheso- 264. Great orators, poets, and philosophers lived at Athens. At Rome, at Athens, at Corinth, the arts were cultivated. I lived ten years at Cadiz. He set out from Syracuse in the beginning <9/(211) spring. We are going to set out from the city into the country in the evening. We love life in the country (113). Life in the country is pleasant. There is good sleeping 9 at my house. The hoys were sitting on the ground. Caesar, having delayed a few days in Asia, heard that Pompey had been seen at Cyprus. The exiles fled from the city of Ephesus. They are said to have fled from Ephesus into Italy. Ambassadors have been sent to Alexandria to the king. When I was at Carthage I often used-to-see Hannibal. At home and in the field he was most illustrious. The legions set out for Britain yesterday in the evening. We hear that two legions are about to return from Cadiz. The sun does not always rise in the same place. Artemisia, Mausoli, Cariae regis, uxor, nobile illud Hali- carnassi fecit sepulcrum. Tempestatis tantae dissimili- tudines saepe sunt, ut alia Tusculi, alia Romae sit. Baby- 15ne bene vivitur. Audio nihil esse neque auri neque argenti in Britannia (229). Eonne mavis sine periculo domi tuae esse quam cum periculo alienae h hTolebant exire domo. Rus ex urbe fugerunt : rure in urbem redire cupi- unt. Parvi sunt foris arma, nisi consilium est domi. Virtus omni loco nascitur. In Asiam ad regem militatumf abiit. * See preceding note, t ‘ To serve (as a soldier).’ Supine. 112 The Ablative Absolute. [ 205 , 266 Exercise 40 — continued. Pompeio aegrotanti prseceptum erat a medico ut turdum ederet. Quum negarent servi earn avem usquam sestivo tempore posse reperiri, nisi apud Lucullum, qui turdos domi aleret, vetuit Pompeius turdum inde peti, aliam-que avem sibi parari jussit. Idem a Csesare Pharsali victus Alexandriam in iEgyptum fugit. Ibi a Ptolemseo rege interfectus est. LESSON 41. The Ablative Absolute, 265. The Ablative Absolute describes the time or the circumstances under which a thing happens. A Substantive and a Participle are often joined in the Ablative case, which is called the Ablative Absolute* (95). Instead of a Participle, an Adjective or another Substantive is often used. Examples. — Regibus exactis, consules creati sunt, Kings having been driven out , consuls were elected . Rege incolumi, mens omnibus una est, The king (being) safe , all have one mind (240). Me duce, tutus eris, I (being) your guide , you will be safe . Obs. The Yerb sum has no Present Participle in use. Hence an Adjective alone, or a Substantive alone, must often be used, as in the two last Examples. 266. The Ablative Absolute is often used to supply the want of an Active Perfect Participle in Latin (146, 200), Thus, Imperator, victis hostibus , do- mum rediit, the general , having conquered the enemy ; f returned home. * From absolutus (Part, of absolvo ), ‘free/ * independent, ’ i.e. not governed by any other word in the sentence, t Literally, * the enemy having been conquered* 267 , 268 ] The Ablative Absolute. 113 It must be distinctly remembered that none but De- ponent Participles * can render the English Perfect Parti- ciple with ‘ having. 9 Thus, Imperator, hsec locutus, abiit. is right. So is, Imperator, metis hostibus, abiit. But ‘victus hostes* would be ivrong ( 157 ). Obs. Beware of putting itus , ventus , discessus , descensus , for ‘ having gone/ ‘having come/ ‘having departed/ ‘hav- ing descended/ and the like. 267 . In English we have a Nominative Absolute , and this will often be translated by the Latin Ablative Absolute. Thus, Thou away , the very birds are mute (te absente). The city having been taken , the soldiers returned (urbe capta). Weather permitting , there will be a display of fireworks. The Ablative Absolute may be variously rendered in English. Thus, regibus expulsis, after the expul- sion of the kings. Eege incolumi, when {while) the king is safe. Me duce, if I am your guide . Te in- vito, without your consent , etc. ( 341 ). Exercise 41 . 268 . Vocabulary 41 . bare , liudus, a, um. cause , causa, causa- disease , make (a king, ) consul, etc., ) morbus, morbo- creare, creav- creat- people , populus, populo- skin , hide , pellis, pelli- unaware , ( inscius, a, um. ( (me inscio, vnthout my knowledge. ) * Including, of course, Semi-Deponent Participles, and the Par- ticiples, cendtus , jurdtus, potus, pransus , nuptd (of a woman), L.P. § 73 . H. L. B. G.] II 114 The Ablative Absolute . [269 [Before doing the sentence, be careful to ask yourself what is the Subject of the Verb; and remember that the Nominative is the Absolute case in English , but the Ablative in Latin.] 269. King Pompilius being dead, the people made Tul- lus Hostilius king. Caesar, having fortified the camp, left two legions as a guard (243). Having heard the shout, our men fought more vigorously. Nature and virtue being our guides, error cannot by any means be made * My father went to Spain as general when I was a boy. Physicians, when they have found the cause of a disease, think that the cure is found. These things were done in my consulship . n The Germans weart skins, a great part of the body being bare. Caesar, having conquered Pom- pey, set out for Asia. My brother sold his horse without my knowledge . n The city having been taken, the enemy begged-for peace. Caesar having thus s spoken, the am- bassadors returned home. The judge having promised to be present, my brother will be easily persuaded to set out for Rome. It is plain that, if you are unwilling , the business cannot be finished. The letter having been written, the boy went to play . After reading the letter, he returned with the greatest haste. Quid rides? Mutato nomine, de te fabula narratur. Bello Helvetiorum 15 confecto, totius fere Galliae legati, ad Caesarem gratulatum convenerunt. Te veniente die, te decedentej canebat. Yen to secundo, classis in portum rediit. Nobis invitis, frustra niteris ut negotium conficias. Rege duce bellum gestum est. Illud rege vivo factum esse dicitur. Submota rosa, rosarum odor in manu manet. Nonne verum est rosarum odorem, submota rosa, in manu manere? Multis audientibus locutus est. Sole oriente, omnia clariora hunt. Haec nullo praecipiente mihi cognita sunt. Epimenides, quum solus ex urbe egressus esset, subita pluviae vi compellente, in speluncam quandam ingressus, quadraginta septem perpetuos annos obdormivit. Tandem * ‘Errari nullo modo potest’ ( 206 ). t * Utuntur ’ ( 254 ). + Supply 4 die,' 270, 271] Ablative of the Thing compared. 115 Exei'cise 41 — continued . somno solutus (254) e spelunca prodit; circumspicit ; mutata videt omnia, silvas, ripas, flumina, arbores, agros. Accedit ad urbem ; neque novit quemquam, neque a quo- piam agnitus est. Oppidani, armorum magna multitudine de muro in fos- sam quae erat ante oppidum jacta, sic ut prope summum murum acervi armorum adaequarent,* portis patefactis eo die pace usi sunt, t Sertorius, in prima adversus Cimbros pugna, vulneratu3, equo amisso, Khodanum flumen rapidissimum nando trajecit, lorlca et scuto retentis. LESSON 42. Ablative of the Thing Compared. Quam in Comparison. 270. The Ablative is used after Comparative Ad- jectives to denote the person or thing surpassed by another. Thus, filia matre pulcrior, a daughter more beautiful than her mother. Constat sonum luce tar- diorem esse, it is well-known that sound is slower than light. 271. The word than , after Comparatives, may be translated by ‘ quam/ The second Substantive must always be in the same case as that to which it is coupled by ‘ quam/ Thus, Europa minor est quam Asia, Europe is less than Asia. Obs. The Ablative of the person or thing compared (with quam omitted) can be used only when the first Sub- stantive is a Nominative or an Accusative. In all other cases quam must be used (L. P. § 124). * ‘ Were level with .* t * Kept quiet. * 116 A blative of the Thing compared . [272—274 272 . When the same Substantive would be ex- pressed in both clauses, it is left out in the clause which follows ‘quam/ than . In English, we use 4 that / or ‘ those ’ in the second clause, instead. Thus, maris superficies major est quam terrae,* the sea's sur- face is greater than (that) of the earth . Here ‘ that ’ stands for c the surface ! Hence, that, those, after ‘ than / are not to be translated into Latin. 273 . bravery, future , ignorance , knowledge , spring, summer, Exercise 42. Vocabulary 42. fortitudm- ignoration scientia- ver- sestat- fortitudo, futiirus, a, um, ignoratio, scientia, ver, sestas, [With Quam omitted.] 274 . Nothing is more beautiful than virtue. Gold is heavier than silver. In the spring and summer the days are longer than the nights. Is not silver lighter than gold 1 ? A disgraceful flight from death is worse than every death. Those things which I have said are clearer than the sun itself. I hear that your yacht is swifter than mine. The city they have seen is wealthy ; the city we are speaking of t is wealthier than all. Deeds are more difficult than words. [With Qudm expressed.] Ignorance of future evils is more useful than knowledge (of them). It is a greater thing to do-good to all men * i.e. qukm superficies terrse. + What does * of ’ mean here ? 274] Ablative of the Thing compared. 117 Exercise 42 — continued. than to have great riches. It is agreed that the sun is larger than the earth. I envy nobody more than you. He said that he would-rather be wise than seem (so). The pleasures of the mind are greater than those of the body. We read the works (books) o£ Cicero more often than those of Sophocles. The bravery of the enemy was not less than that of our soldiers. I would rather receive silver than letters. Quid philosophia magis est colendum % Multi sapien- tius secundam fortunam quam adversam ferunh Nihil libentius aspexit populus Eomanus quam elephantos cum turribus suis, qui non sine sensu captivitatis, submissis cervicibus, victores equos sequebantur. Oculis magis quam auribus credimus. Quid magis est saxo durum'? Zeuxis et Polygnotus non sunt usi plus quam quattuor coloribus. Multa dictu quam factu faciliora sunt. Eisu inepto nulla res ineptior est. Nobis nihil est timendum magis quam ille consul. Si in Britanniam profectus esses, nemo in ilia insula peritior te fuisset. Nihil # est agricultural melius, nihil dulcius, nihil homine libero dig- nius. Decet cariorem nobis esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos. Pueri vultus magis quam puellae nobis placuit. Yeteres Eomani imperium magis auxerunt parcendo victis, quam vincendo. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in altero pede stare didi- cerat, Laced aemonio cuidam dixisset, se non arbitral! Lace- daemoniorum quern quam tamdiu idem facere posse, ille respondit; At anseres te diutius stare possunt. ] 1 8 Ablative denoting Difference . [275—278 LESSON 43. Ablative denoting Amount of Difference. (Tanto — quanto ; eo — quo.) 275. The measure of excess or defect (answering the question By how much l) is put in the Ablative. Thus, multo major, much (by much) greater ; major dimidio, greater by a half; multo pulcerrimus, far the most beautiful. 276. ‘ The ’ — ‘ the 9 before two Comparatives must be translated by ‘ quanto 9 — ‘ tanto] or by ‘ quo 9 — ‘ eo. 9 * Thus, Quanto plus docet, tanto plus discit, The more he teaches , the more he learns . Quo plura habent homines, eo plura cupiunt, The more men have , the more they clesire. 277. ‘ That l ‘ in order that] in a sentence contain- ing a Comparative, should be translated by ‘ quo ’ ( = ut eo) with the Subjunctive. Thus, honest e vixit, quo fortius moreretur, he lived virtuously , that he might die the more courageously.^ The Comparative of an Adverb is the same as the Neuter of the Comparative Adjective (98-103). 278. ‘ That 9 (those), when it stands for a Substan- tive which has been expressed in a previous clause, is omitted in Latin. It is never translated by is or ille. Thus, regula utilitatis eadem est quae ( fegula ) honestatis, the rule of expediency is the same as (that) of honour (174). * ‘ By how much ’ — ‘ by so much ; ‘ by what * — ‘ by that. 1 t Quo fortius = ut eo fortius, ‘ that he might die more coura- geously thereby. 1 279, 280] Ablative denoting Difference . 119 279. Exercise 43. Vocabulary 43. bark (of trees), cortex, aliquanto. cortic- considerably , cover , obducere, obdux- obduct- heat , calor. calor- much (with Com par. ), multo. pict- paint , pmgere, pmx- retain , tenere, tenu- tent- that (with Compar.), quo. (276). the — the , quo — eo; quanto — tanto trunk , truncus, trunco- young , juvenis- Compar . junior. [ ‘ That 9 with Comparatives, and ‘ the,' By quo may best translated be.] 280. The sun is much greater than the earth. In the summer the days are considerably longer than in the winter. The happier the time is, the shorter it seems to be. The trunks of trees are covered with bark, that they may be the safer from* cold and heat. A law ought to be short that it may the more easily be retained by the unskilful. He spoke much, 3 that he might seem wise. He spoke much, that he might seem the wiser. Do not paint your face that you may seem younger. The heat of the sun is much greater than that of any fire. Mathematici docent solem multis partibus majorem esse quam terram. Medico puto aliquid dandum esse, quo sit studiosior. Gratias tibi agit t Catullus, pessimus om- nium poeta; tanto pessimus omnium poeta, quanto tu optimus omnium es patronus (275). Turres in muris Babylonis denis pedibus altiores fuerunt quam muri. Paulo majora canamus. Quanto quisque sibi plura nega- verit, a Dis plura feret. Suam atque amicorum salutem negligit. Tuos fratrisque equos vidimus. Monemur a philosophis, ut, quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos gera- mus submissius. Use Prep. a. t 4 Returns thanks. 9 120 May / ‘ Mighty ‘ Ought ! [281, 282 LESSON 44. Translation of c May, 5 ‘ Might, 5 c Ought, 5 281. ‘ May l 1 might / and c ought / when they stand in a principal sentence, are translated by tenses of the Impersonals, ‘licet/ it is allowed , ‘oportet/ it behoves (205). The English Perfect Infinitive following might or ought must be translated by the Present Infinitive in Latin, in spite of the * have ! The Perfect Tense is in Latin expressed by the Principal Verb . Examples, mihi ire licet, tibi ire licet, mihi ire licuit, tibi ire licuit, me ire oportet, te ire oportet, me ire oportuit, te ire oportuit, I may go* you may go. I might have gone. you might have gone, I ought to go. you ought to go. I ought to have gone. you ought to have gone. For the construction of the Infinitive with Impersonal Verbs see 162. 282. Bebeo and possum are often used, the former to translate ‘ ought, the latter to translate ‘ can 9 or ‘ could!' I* Thus, debeo facere, I ought to do it ; debui facere , I ought to have done it. Possum facere, I can do it ; potui facere , I could have done it. Obs. ‘ Ought 1 is also often translated by the Gerundive (129, 135). * Literally, 6 to go , or going , is-permitted to 7ne.’ ‘So, me ire oportet, that I should go is-proper.’ ‘Me’ is the Subject of the Infin. ire (160) : it is incorrect to say that it is governed by ‘ oportet. ’ t Licet,, it is permitted , it is lawful; possum, I am able , I have power. 283, 284] ‘ May,’ ‘ Might] ‘ Ought! 121 Exercise 44. 283. Vocabulary 44. am the slave of, rest, the, servlre, serviv- servlt- cseteri, se, a (211). 284. The business being finished, you may go-away. The slave might have sharpened his knife. The farmers ought to have ploughed their fields in winter. You could have finished the business in one day. Could you not have persuaded the rest of the pupils not to do these things'? You may be happy (117). You might have been happy. These things ought not to have been done. He says that the king ought to have been present. He says that he ought to have been present. A man may not be- the-slave-of glory (240). Might he not have lived at Athens h Ought you not to have returned to Syracuse *? The citizens of Athens were spared by those of Lacedae- mon. Ought not the citizens of Athens to have been spared by those of Lacedaemon h Licet mihi beate vivere. Licuit mihi beate vivere. Dicit se pueros literas docere posse. Dixit se pueros literas docere posse. Dicit se pueros literas docere potuisse. Licet nemini contra patriam ducere exercitum. Licet-ne mihi hoc facere h Quod cuique temporis 14 ad vivendum datur, eo contentus esse debet (229). Qui currit niti debet ut vincat. Honne oportet civem bonum niti ut patriam periculis llberet. Omnes homines, qui caeteris animalibus praestare student,* summa opet niti decet ne vitam silentio transeant. Milites, urbem de- fendere vos oportebit. Oportet esse ut vivas, non vivere ut edas. Eorum misereri oportet, qui propter fortunam infellces sunt. Patria hominibus non minus cara esse debet quam liberi. Cui parci potuit? Pratri meo per- suaderi non potest ut Gadibus vivat. He loqui quidem nobis licebit. * * Are ambitious .’ t * With all their might. 9 122 Ut, Ne, with Verbs of Fearing. [285—287 LESSON 45. Ut, Ne, with Verbs of Fearing. 285. After Verbs and phrases of fearing , ‘ ut’ and ‘ ne 5 appear to change meanings ; i.e., the Latin lan- guage uses ne where we omit the negative, and uses ut where we express the negative. Thus, Vereor ne veniat, I fear that he will come , or, I fear lest he come. Vereor ut veniat, I fear that he will not come. Veritus sum ne veniret, I feared he would come. Veritus sum ut (ne non) veniret, I feared he loould not come. The English Future is translated by the Latin Sub- junctive Present. Instead of ut, ‘ ne non ’ may be used for ‘ that not.' Ohs. 1 That / after a Verb of fearing, is often omitted in English. Thus, I fear he icill come. Exercise 45. 286. Vocabulary 45. abandon , deserere, deseru- desert- am unable , nequire, nequlv- begin , in vain , once , exordlri (exorsus sum). frustra. semel. panic, punishment, pavor, pavor- poena, pcena- Scipio, Scipio, Scipion- such great , tantus, a, um. sustain, sustinere, sustinu- undertake, suscipere, suseep- suscept- visit , afficere, affec- affect- 287. I fear that you will abandon me. I fear you will not be able to sustain such great labours. Misers always fear that they will not have enough. There was the great- est fear at Rome that the Gauls would return. A panic 288 ] Quin. Quominus. 123 Exercise 45 — continued '. had seized the soldiers lest Scipio’s wound should be mortal. The wicked are always in fear that they will be visited with punishment. We fear that you have under- taken this labour in vain. The father feared that his son would be hurt. There was danger that a stand would not he made * by our soldiers. There is always danger that women, having once begun to speak, will be unable to leave off. t Unum timendum est, ne ipse tibi defuisse videare. Apud Eomanos non maestitia tantum erat, sed pavor etiam, ne hostes castra adgrederentur. Ille tarn dives fuit ut nummos metiretur ; ita sordidus, ut se non melius servo vestiret ; semper metuebat ne penuria victus se opprimeret. Perlculum est ne ille te verbis obruat. Nullum peri- culum est ne locum non invenias. Vereor ne consolatio nulla vera reperiri possit. LESSON 46. Quin. Quominus. 288. ‘ Quin' is used with the Subjunctive to translate — (1) ‘ But ’ 6 but that ,’ ‘ that ’ after Verbs of doubt- ing and denying , in negative sentences.^ (2) The Relative Pronoun with not (but never instead of cujus non , cui non). (3) ‘ As not to’ after ‘ so’ ‘ such ’ in negative sen- tences. (4) * Without ’ or ‘ from,’ with the Verbal Sub- stantive in - ing , after Verbs of preventing, etc. * Say, * it should be resisted } (244). + Say, ‘ to make an end. 1 J Interrogative sentences which expect the answer ‘iVV are virtually negative. 124 Quin . Quominus. [289, 290 Examples. — (1) Hand dubito (negari non potest) quin turpe sit mentiri, I do not doubt {it cannot be denied) that {or but that) it is disgraceful to lie . (2) Nemo est quin te dementem putet, There is no one who does not think you mad (or, but thinks you mad). (3) Nemo est tam demens quin haec cupiat, No one is so mad as not to desire these things . (4) Julia eum nunquam vidit quin rideret, Julia never saio him without laughing. Julia inhiberi non potuit quin rideret, Julia could not be restrained' from laughing. Eemember that a Negative or an Interrogative must always precede a Verb of doubting , etc., if ‘quin’ is to follow. 289. Verbs of hindering and refusing are com- monly followed by quominus, by which the less (— ut eo minus, that the less thereby ), with the Subjunc- tive (277). The former may be translated by ( from ’ with the Verbal Substantive in -ing ; the latter by the English Infinitive . Thus, Caio nihil obstat* quominus sit beatus, nothing prevents Gaius from being happy. Non recusabo quominus hoc faciam, I will not refuse to do this. 290. Exercise 46. Vocabulary 46. consult for the ) interests of, > consulere, consulu- * consult- with Dat. ) deter, deterrere, deterru- doubt, fratricide , dubitare, dubitav- dubitat- fratricida, ( obstare (with Dat.), fratricida- hinder. obstit- ( impedire (with Acc.), impediv- impedit- Literally, 4 stands in the way of 9 (240, 2). 291] Quin. Quominus. 125 Vocabulary 46 — contijiued. impious , keep back , retinere, inhibere, impius, a, um. retinu- retent- inliibu- inhibit- prevent , also obstare. res-publica.* republic , sometimes , Timoleon , interdum. Timoleon, Timoleont- 291 . The wise man will never doubt that the soul is immortal. No one is so good as not to sin sometimes. I do not doubt that you are able to teach boys letters. No one will be so foolish as not to confess these things. It cannot be denied that it is more disgraceful to deceive than to be deceived. His mother never saw Timoleon, after his brother’s death, ivithout calling him a fratricide and impious. The soldiers could not be prevented from shouting. There is no one who does not think that these things ought to be done. Nothing hinders us from being- able to do that. What hindered you from coming to see the games'? Caesar’s soldiers were with difficulty kept back from bursting-into t the town. Death will not deter the wise man from consulting-for (the interests of) the re- public and his friends. Nihil est quin male narrando possit depravari. Nullus ferej dies est quin frater meus domum meam veniat. Nulla fere pars est pecorum quin ad commoda nostra facta sit. Nemo est quin ubivis quam ubi est esse malit. Lege de revocando Cicerone lata, nemini civi 2s satis justa visa est excusatio quominus adesset. Non recusabo quominus omnes mea scripta legant. Pericula nulla recuso. Negat se recusare quominus omnia pericula adeat. Dolore impedior quominus ad te plura scribam. Nihil tarn difficile est, quin quaerendo possit investigari. Quis dubitat quin in virtute sint divitiae ? Senectus non im- pedit quominus litteris utamur. * Appendix, IX, Obs. + Use ‘ inrumpere in ,’ with Acc. £ 4 Scarcely any . ’ 126 Interrogatives, Direct Questions . [292, 293 LESSON 47. Interrogatives. Direct Questions. 292. A direct Question contains the precise words in which that question is asked. Thus, ‘ What is thisV ‘ Have you heard the news V * Is it true V An indirect Question contains the words of the question slightly altered , because dependent on some other Verb or phrase. Thus, ‘ I will ash him what this is/ ‘I asked him whether he had heard the news/ ‘ Tell me if it is true/ 293. All Interrogatives take the Indicative, when the question is put directly: they then stand at the head of a principal sentence, and are followed, of course, by a note of interrogation (?). a . Num , an, and -ne (which is always enclitic*), are not construed in direct sentences. b. Nam (in direct questions) expects the answer 4 No? An expects the answer 4 No, 1 and expresses im- patience, indignation, etc. Nonne expects the answer 4 Yes 1 c. The force of 4 an 1 may generally be given by adding 4 icily 1 or 4 then 1 to the question. An credis? ( Why, do you believe . ( Do you believe then . ? When the answer 4 Yes 1 cannot possibly be expected, ‘an’ should be used rather than 4 num 1 ( 201 ) in direct questions. See footnote, p. 26. 294 , 295 ] Interrogatives — Direct Questions* 127 Exercise 47 . 294 . Vocabulary 47. when ? quando ? whence ? unde ? where ? ubi ? f ( cur? why? < quare ? ( quid ? 295 . Whence has the sun its light? Where are you? Why do you laugh ? Can you write, boy ? Do you wish to be wretched ? Do not poets wish to be praised ? Do you suppose then that I am happy ? May I depart ? What ought I to say ? What ought I to have done ? When are you intending-to-set-out for Koine ? 0 country, when shall I behold thee ? What do you wish ? Do you wish anything? ( 202 ). Is any one angry with you? Num credis sine virtute beate vivi posse? An pis- catorem piscis amare potest? Quid faciebas? Ubi est imperator ? Unde venis ? — Ventura est regina. Quando ? Hodie. — Cras te victurum,J eras dicis, Postume, semper. Die mihi; cras istud, Postume, quando venit? Quam longe|| eras istud! Ubi est, aut unde petendum? Cras istud quanti die mihi possit emi. Cras vives : hodie jam vivere, Postume, serum est : Ule sapit, quisquis, Postume, vixit heri. — An petis ut nostros mittam tibi, Julia, libros ? Non faciam : nam vis vendere, non legere. Cancer dicebat filio, Mi fili, cur obliquis gressibus in- cedis? cur non recta vial!" pergis? Pilius respondit, Faciam, si te idem facientem prius videro. * * When 9 interrogative is never ciim ( quum ). t 4 Where 1 interrogative is never qua. J Supply esse ; 4 victurum ’ from vivo, || 4 How far off is* . . , IT 4 straight forward . * 128 Indirect Questions . [296-298 LESSON 48. Indirect Questions. 296. The Subjunctive follows Interrogatives in Indirect Questions, i.e. when the question depends on such verbs as ash, doubt, know, not know; and such phrases as, it is uncertain, it signifies, etc. (292). Num, an, - ne , in a dependent sentence, are con- strued ‘whether;’ and ‘num’ does not then imply that the answer ‘ No ’ is expected. Obs. ‘ An 9 is never used by Cicero in a single Indirect Exercise 48. Vocabulary 48. I silere, silu- ( tacere, tacu- tacit- incertus, a, um. 298. I do not know whence the sun has its fire. It is uncertain where he is. I asked the girl why she was laughing. I asked the boy whether he could write. Being asked whether he thought I was happy, he was silent. Tell me whether I may depart. I asked them when they were intending to set out for Borne. Tell me what I ought to have said. I know not what you ought to say. He asked me what I was doing. Tell me what you think* about my books. Utrum velis elige. Nescio cui librum dederim. Noli quaerere quid eras futurum sit. Eauni vocem equidem nunquam audivi : si tu audisse te dicis, credam ; etsi Eaunus omnlno quid sit nescio. Ignorante rege uter eorum esset Orestes, Pylades Orestem se esse dicebat, ut pro illo necaretur. Yideamus uter plus scribere possit. Elumen Arar in Bhodanum influit incredibili lenitate,+ ita ut oculis in utram partem fluat judicari non possit. question. 297. am silent , uncertain, Sentio. t ‘ Smoothness of current , 299] Double Questions. 129 Exercise 48 — continued. Quum Xenocrates philosophus maledico sermoni quo- rundam liominum interesset ac taceret, uno ex his quse- rente cur solus linguam cohiberet ; 4 Quia locutum fuisse me/ inquit, ‘aliquando* paenituit, tacuisse nunquam. 7 Solon, quum interrogaretur cur nullum supplicium constituisset in eum qui parentem necasset, respondit, se id neminem facturum t putasse. — Quum interrogaretur Cato, quern omnium maximk diligeret, respondit, Fratrem. —Dionysius, de quo ante diximus, quum fanum Pro- serpinse Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas : is-que quum secundissimo vento cursum teneret, ridens, ‘ Videtis- ne, 7 inquit, ‘ amici, quam bona a dis immortalibus navi- gatio sacrilegis detur h 7 Socrates, quum ex eo quaesitum esset, Archelaum nonne beatum putaret : ‘ Haud scio, 7 inquit, ‘ nunquam enim cum eo collocutus sum. 7 LESSON 49. Double Questions. 299. In Double Questions (whether Direct or In- direct) the following forms are used : — 1st Question . (a) num . (b) utrum (c) - ne (enclitic) (d) Sometimes, as in (d), 2nd Question . . an (or). an (or). an (or). an (or). Interrogative Particle is The Second Question is as m [d), the omitted in the First Quest ion. introduced by an or -ne. ( Or not / in Direct Questions is 1 an non;' in In- direct Questions, ‘ necne ! Obs. ‘ Whether 7 in Dependent clauses (296) must be carefully distinguished from the Disjunctive ‘whether 7 (sive, seu).% * ‘ Sometimes ' + Supply ‘esse.' J See Lesson 55. H. L. B. G.] I 130 Double Questions. [ 300 , 301 Exercise 49. 300. Vocabulary 49, deaf, even (adj.), glass , of glass, it is of consequence, it is important , odd, uneven, strong, weak. 1 interest, refert (Impersonal). impar. valens (participle), imbecillus, a, um. surdus, a, um. par. vitreus, a, um. The degree of importance 301. [Direct.] Are we mortal or immortal'? Is the sun greater or less than the earth ? Which is (the) more unhappy, a blind man or a deaf (one)? Have you seen the queen, or not ? [Indirect.'] It makes a great difference * whether we are strong or weak. It makes no difference f whether the cup is of-gold or of-glass. It is uncertain whether the number of stars is even or odd (uneven). Nature bids us do-good to men: what signifies it (whether) they are slaves or free ? Scio dolorem non esse nequitiam ; desine id me docere. Hoc doce, doleam necne dolearn nihil interesse. — Tantum id interest, venerit-we ad urbem, an ab urbe redierit. — Nunquam-ne intelliges statuendum tibi esse utrum illi homicldae sint an vindices libertatis? — Iphicrates, quum interrogaretur utruwj pluris u patrem matrem-we faceret, ‘ Matrem,’ inquit . — Utrum hoc tu parum meministi, an ego non satis intellexi, an mutasti sententiam? — Is -ne est quern qusero, an non ? Nescio gratuler-rce tibi, an timeam. * ‘ Multum interest + i Nihil refert. ’ 302—304] Conjunctions with Subjunctive . 131 LESSON 50. Some Conjunctions always found with the Subjunctive. 302. The following Conjunctions are always found with the Subjunctive Mood. (L. P. § 147 , 152 .) Utinam, would that. 0 si ( 0 ! if!), 0 that ! would that. tamquam, ) . - , 7 , „ 4 * > as if. as thouqh. quasi, ) J u quamvis, however-mucli, however {although). licet, although. With most of these Conjunctions the Latin Sub- junctive Present must be construed by a past tense in English. Ohs. ‘Tamquam’* is often followed by si, ‘if.* It is often preceded by ita , sic. 303. Exercise 50. Vocabulary 50. ambition , ambitio, ambition- do-without, carere, caru- clamare, clamav- shout, clam at- 304. He went on shouting (74) as if I were deaf. Would that I might (pres.) never imitate the examples of the wicked ! Would that this might prove a source of pleasure to you ! (243) Ho one, however wealthy he be, can do-without the help of others. Would that this were true! 0 that every onet would practise virtue! Al- though ambition is itself a vice, yet it often is the cause of virtues. Nihil agis, dolor: quamvis sis molestus, nunquam fatebor te esse malum. 0 si angulus ille proximus accedat, qui nunc deformat agellum. Cum fusti ambu- Sometimes written ‘ tanquam. + * Quisque. ’ 132 Qui with the Subjunctive. [305, 306 Exercise 50 — continued, landum est tamquam claudus sim. Parvi primo ortu sic jacent tamquam omnino sine animo sint. Sic cogitandum est tamquam aliquis in pectus intimum inspicere possit. Assimulabo quasi nunc exeam. Dicam, licet mortem mihi minetur. Vita brevis est, licet supra mille annos exeat.* 0 mihi praeteritos referat si Jupiter annos. Quamvis amem amicum nostrum, laudare tamen non pos- sum. Alexander Ephesi imaginem suam contemplatus, quam Apelles, celeberrimus illius temporis pictor, pinxerat, minus laudavit picturam quam merebatur. Quum autem Alexandri equus introductus adhinniret equo picto, quasi et hie verus esset equus, Apelles inquit, 0 rex, equus ille artis pingendi peritior, quam tu, esse videtur. LESSON 51. Qui with the Subjunctive. 305. Qui always takes the Subjunctive when it is equivalent to — (1) ut is, that , in order that he (Final). (2) talis ut, such that (Consecutive). (3) quia is, because , since , seeing that he (Causal). (4) licet is, although he (Concessive).^ Obs. The Relative may be of any person (168). Exercise 51. 306. Vocabulary 51. estimate, hostage, immediately, in-high-favour, rank, restore, senate, there are some who, festimare, obses, statim. gratiosus, a, um. ordo, reddere, reddid- senatus, sunt qui (with subj.). sestimav- obsid- ordm- reddit- senatu- C/ iJbrij oU/ltxj li/fltU 9 oLlilt IJ^Ul yWltJ-L gUUJi ^ a %Z*ZL7 M " g t »»» <«"■ «**>• * 'Extend.' t See L. P., Glossary, p. 175. 307 ] Qui with the Subjunctive. 133 307. (a) [Final.] The Belgae sent ambassadors to Caesar to sue-for peace. The Carthaginian ambassadors came to Borne to return thanks* to the senate and people of -Rome, and to ask that the hostages might be restored. The boy asked his father for silver to buy a dog with (with which he might buy). (b) [Consecutive.] There are some who think that the city will be taken. (Persons) were found to say this. There were some who promised to conceal nothing from us. The disgrace is too great to fre 30 estimated. There are not wanting some who say that you lie. You are not the man to 29 be able to command us. There were some who thought that we ought not to use our own judgment (Gerundive). There were not wanting some who said that we should be conquered (163). Who is there, how- ever young he be, who knows that he will live till (ad) night? (c) [Causal.] The master ordered the boys to be called to him : they, since they feared nothing, came immediately. Those soldiers are to be praised because they fought bravely. Pythius, since he was in-high-favour with (apud) all ranks, called the fishermen to him and asked them to fish in front off his gardens. You err in sup- posing (since-you suppose) that I wish to injure you. You are foolish to do this. (d) [Concessive.] This philosopher, though he is wise, is believed to have said many things rashly. The hunters, though -they tracked the fox with the utmost diligence, could not find it. The enemy, though they fought most bravely, were put to flight by our soldiers. Flava Ceres, tibi sit nostro de rure corona spicea, quae templi pendeat ante fores. Sunt qui dicant exercitum fugatum iri. Non satis idoneus videtur cui tantum negotium committatur. Egomet, qui (305, 4) sero Graecas litteras attigissem, tamen, quum Athenas venissem, complures ibi dies sum commoratus. Totas noctes dormi- mus, neque ulla est ferej qua non somniemus. Sunt qui * See 280 , p. 119. t Ante. % ‘ And there is scarcely any. 1 Cf. p. 125. 134 Transitive and Intransitive Verbs. [308 Exercise 51 — continued . velint bonos sapientes-que ex urbe pellere. Fuere qui crederent Crassum non ignarum Catilinae consilii fuisse. Erant qui vellent tibi nocere. Quis est qui non oderit petulantes pueros ? Miseret me tui, qui hunc facias inimi- cum tibi. Dignus est qui zl ab omnibus ametur. Nullum est animal prseter hominem quod habeat aliquam notitiam Dei. Nihil habes quod timendum sit. Nihil audio quod audisse (pseniteat), nihil dico quod dixisse pseni- teat. Major sum quam cui so possit fortuna nocere. Homini natura rationem dedit qua regerentur animi appetltus. Scribebat iElius orationes, quas alii dicerent. Nihil novi erat quod ad te scriberem. Errasse mihi videor, qui hoc fecerim. Non is sum qui hoc credam. Non is es qui gloriere. Cicero, qui cum summa dili- gentia milites in castris continuisset, septimo die quinque cohortes in proximas segetes frumentatum misit. LESSON 52. Transitive and Intransitive Verbs. 308. In Latin, as in English, many Intransitive Verbs become Transitive by being joined with a Preposition. Thus, venio, ad-ve nio, circum-ve nio; eo, ab-e o, circum-e o, ex-eo, etc. etc. The following English Verbs in common use, how- ever, have Latin equivalents which are Transitive already, without the Preposition : — aim at. affectare. grieve for, dolere. blush at, erubescere. hope for, sperare. laugh at, rldere. long for, cupere. look at, spectare. look for, quaerere. shudder at, horrere. thirst for, sitlre. smile at, ridere. wait for, exspectare. wonder at, mirari (dep.). wish for, optare. So, am afraid of, fly from, find-fault with, listen to, pass by, etc. Obs . Some of these Verbs are Intransitive in Latin, used Transitively. 309 , 310 ] Transitive and Intransitive Verbs . 135 Exercise 52. 309. Vocabulary 52. am afraid of \ arrival , compose , cruelty , find fault with, rashness, sovereignty , verse , metuere, adventus, metu- adventu- componere, crudelitas, composu- composit- crudelitat- reprehendere, temeritas, regnum, carmen, -prehend- -prehens- temeritat- regno- carmm- 310. He called his daughter to him, and ordered her to look for his book. Tarquinius aimed at the sovereignty. (Those) are laughed at who compose bad verses. All shudder at your cruelty. All wonder at the man’s folly. The citizens were grieving for the good queen’s death. We hope for better things. Caesar bade the Helvetii wait for his arrival. Phaethon is said to have wished for his father’s horses. Caesar found fault with the rashness of the soldiers. It is the mark of a wise man not to thirst for glory. We are flying from our country. It is the part of a wise man to laugh at the falsehoods of fame. I fear that you are afraid of death, although you are weary of life. He who has lived rightly, either despises death, or waits for it with a quiet mind. Haec ego non rideo, quamvis tu rideas. Yitia ridere non oportet. Stulte dicta aut facta ridentur. Jupiter perjuros ridet amantes. Illud jam mirari desino quod ante mira- bar. Yetita saepe cupimus. Quo plus sunt potae (eo) plus sitiuntur aquae. Ultima semper exspectanda dies homini est. Tu id in me reprehendis quod Marco Metello laudi datum est (243). Quis exsul se quoque fugit ? Multa petentibus desunt multa. Sanguinem nostrum sitiebat. , Amissum non flet, quum sola est, Gellia patrem : Si quis adest, jussae prosiliunt lacrimae. Agis, rex Lacedaemoniorum, quum audivisset milites suos hostium multitudinem horrere : 6 Non percontandum* est/ inquit, ‘ quot sint hostes, sed ubi sint.’ Idem in- terrogate, quot milites haberet; ‘Quot sufflciunt,’ inquit, ‘ad hostes fugandos.’ * * We need not inquire. 1 136 Transitive and Intransitive Verbs. [311, 312 LESSON 53. Transitive and Intransitive Verbs, 311. Many English Verbs cause difficulty to the beginner because the same form is used both Transi- tively and Intransitively. Such are : — * assemble, * delay, Hand, Hum, feed, move, *cease, * hasten , offer, change, increase, roll, stir, turn, and many others. Those marked with an asterisk (*) have a Latin Intransitive equivalent. Where no such equivalent exists, the Passive form of the Transitive Verb is used with a Reflexive sense ; as, vertor, I turn myself ; or the Reflexive Pronoun is used ; as, puer movet se, the boy moves (himself). Obs. The Reflexive Pronoun would be improperly used of a thing ivithout life. Thus you would say, lapis motus est, the stone moved ; not, lapis se movit. The use of the Reflexive Pronoun implies intelligence and icill on the part of the Agent. Exercise 53. (Refer to 156.) 312. Vocabidary 53. assemble (Trans.), convocare, -vocav- -vocat- assemble (Intrans.), convenire, -ven- -vent- burn (Trans.), cremare, cremav- cremat- burn (Intrans.), flagrare, flagrav- cease, desmere, desiv- desit- change, mutare, mutav- mutat- delay , morari (moratus sum). feed, pascere, pav- past- hasten , festinare, festinav- festlnat- hither, hue. 313 ] Transitive and Intransitive Verbs. 137 Vocabulary 53 — continued, increase (Trans. ), increase (Intrans.), move , offer, roll, stir (see move). turn, ivane. augere, aux- auct- crescere, crev- cret- exponere, exlre e navi. -posu- -posit- movere, mov- mot- offeree, volvere, obtul- oblat- volv- volut- convertere, senescere. -vert- -vers- 313. Caesar, having landed the soldiers, landed him- self. Caesar, having assembled the soldiers, ordered the cavalry to cross the river. The fathers had assembled. Cease that shouting of yours. The voices had ceased. We have ceased to wonder at that which we used to wonder at formerly. We are not going-to-delay at Kome. Did you see the man hastening through the city? They were hastening the work. We warned you not to hasten to depart. Although others change I shall not change. We cannot change the past. Have you changed your plan ? [Ho] The fleet was delayed by the weather. It is clear that the weather is delaying the fleet. The shep- herd feeds his sheep. The sheep were feeding on the top of the mountain. We must increase the number of the soldiers. I exhorted the women not to stir from that place. He is said to have stirred the slaves to (ad) war. Reeds bend with the wind. The slave was about to bum the letters. The whole town was burnt with fire. From the top of the house we shall be able to see the city burning. The horse rolls upon-the-ground. The stone was rolling. Why do you roll your eyes ? Turn your eyes hither. All turned to me. The Gauls saw their own power waning, (and) that of the Germans increasing. It cannot be doubted that (288) death awaits all. The bough is breaking. Do you not see that the bough is breaking ? Phosphore, redde diem; quid gaudia nostra moraris? Caesare venturo, Phosphore, redde diem. Festinate fugam. Hsec festinans scrips! Ea omnia per servos festinabantur. Perdidit arma, locum virtutis deseruit, qui semper in 138 Various uses of Qui. [314, 315 Exercise 53 — continued. augenda re festinat et obruitur. Cum frondibus uritur arbos. Urendum est vulnus. Crescit amor laudis. Fleet! melius est quam frangi. Librum meum sorori tuas obtuli. Nulla occasio reginae videndae oblata est. Caesar legiones ex navibus exposuit. iEgros nervos esse scimus, quum invitis nobis 11 moventur. Apes Jovem pavere. Caesar, exposito exercitu, et loco castris idoneo capto, cobortibus decern ad % mare relictis et equitibus trecentis qui praesidio navibus essent, tertia vigilia ad hostes con- tendit ( 305 ). LESSON 54. Various uses of Qui. 314 . The Relative is often used in Latin where we in English use a Conjunction {and, but, for) and a Personal or Demonstrative Pronoun. ‘ Qui 9 is of all Persons ; therefore it may be used for et ego, et tu, et is, etc. ; sed ego, sed tu, sed is, etc.; ego enim, tu enim, is enim, etc. (compare Lesson 52). Exercise 54. 315 . Translate the following examples of the Relative by a Conjunction {and, but, for) and a Pronoun. Periculum quaeris, quo nihil stultius esse potest. Creusa iEneae nupsit ; qua mortua ille Laviniam duxit. Ratio docet esse deos : quo concesso fatendum est eorum consilio mundum administrari. Nihil est virtute amabilius, quam qui adeptus erit, a nobis diligetur. Summus orator fuit Cicero; quem quis unquam dicendo superavit? Oculi tanquam speculatores altissimum locum obtinent, ex quo ( 305 , 1 ) plurima conspicientes fungantur suo munere. * ‘ By 9 or * near. 9 315] Various rises of Qui. 139 Exercise 54 — continued. Caesar certior f actus est * * * § Helve tios flumen transiisse. Quod quum audivisset, ipse cum legionibus tribus e castris pro- fectus summa celeritate secutus est. Noli abire ; quod si feceris, dolebis. Patris mortem doleo ; cui si paruissem, minus errassem ( L . P. p. 46, note). Yitandus est iste frater; quern quamvis diiigamus, laudare non possumus. Caesar convocavit milites ; qui quum convenissent, terneri- tatem eorum reprebendit. Caesar idoneam tempestatem nactus paulo post mediam noctem naves solvit ; quae omnes incolumes ad continen- tem\ pervenerunt. Sed ex iis onerarice J duae eosdem, quos reliqui, portus capere non potuerunt et paulo infra delatae sunt. Quibus ex navibus cum essent expositi milites, Morini circumsteterunt atque arma ponere jus- serunt. Cum illi orbe facto% se defenderent, celeriter ad clamorem hostium circiter millia sex convenerunt. Qua re nuntiata, Caesar omnem ex castris equitatum suis auxilio misit (243). Dionysius, quum pila ludere vellet, tunicam-que poneret, adolescentulo, quern amabat, gladium tradidisse dicitur. Hie quum quidam familiaris jocans dixisset, ‘Huic quidem certe vitam tuam committis,’ risisset-que adolescens, utrumque jussit interfici. Quo facto sic doluit, ut nihil gravius tulerit || in vita. Iphicrates, dux Atheniensium, quum praesidio teneret Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse vigilias circum- iret, vigilem, quern dormientem invenerat, hasta trans- fixit. Quod factum quibusdam culpantibus, Qualem in- veni, inquit, talem reliqui. * ‘ Was informed. ’ f Supply ‘ terram,’ the main-land. t Supply 4 naves, 5 merchant-vessels , * transports. ’ § ‘ Having formed a circle ' (so as to present a front all round). II Gra viter ferre, 6 to take to heart deeply. ’ 140 Disjunctive Conjunctions . [316—318 LESSON 55. Disjunctive or Alternative Conjunctions. (Either — or. Whether — or.) 316. Either — or, aut — aut: vel — vel. 317. Aut — aut , are used when the difference be- tween two things is strongly marked ; vel — vel , when the difference is slight, or when a choice is given. Vel is (a) sometimes ‘ even (b) with Superlatives, ‘ very 9 e extremely 9 ‘ possible ! Sive ( seu ) is used when the speaker or writer leaves it undecided which of two assertions or names is the right one, and when the second name is a mere alias of the first.* “ Sive — sive should generally be used when ‘ whether — or 9 may be turned into ‘ be it — or be it 9 (Crombie). ‘ Whether 9 when not Interrogative, is to be trans- lated by sive (299). Exercise 55. 318. Quicquid dicam aut erit, aut non. Hie vincen- dum aut moriendum, milites ! Quaedam terrae partes in- cultae sunt, quod aut frigore rigent, aut uruntur calore. Quam sis mordsus, vel (317) ex hoc intelligi potest. Eomanis sese vel persuasuros (esse) existimabant, vel vi coacturos. Ita, sive casu, sive consilio deorum immor- talium, pcenas persolverunt. Sine solis calore nec ani- malia vivere, nec plantae crescere possunt. Nec timidus est, nec audax. Nimius somnus neque animo, neque cor- pori prodest. Yel (317) iniquissimam pacem justissimo bello antefero. Caii eo tempore vel maxima erat aucto- ritas. Yivite felices, memores et vivite nostri, sive * Sive is si-ve, 4 or if' Thus, 4 Caius sive Balbus * is 4 Caius, or if you like, Balbus, ’ (for that is another name of his). 319-322] On Participles. 141 Exercise 55 — continued . erimus, seu nos fata fuisse velint. Aut prodesse volunt, aut delectare, poetse. Illud aut verum est, aut falsum. Corpora mutantur ; nec quod fuimus-ve sumus-ve, eras erimus. Licebat mihi deorum vultus vidisse, vel quia sum vates, vel quia sacra cano. LESSON 56. On Participles. 319. Participles assume an assertion, which may be formally stated in a sentence whenever it is neces- sary or convenient to do so. Thus, ‘ I went to Henry, being ill might be expressed (according to the meaning) by 1 1 went to Henry, who was ill;’ 6 I went to Henry, because he ivas ill 1 1 went to Henry, though he was ill,’ etc. 320. Translate the Participles in the following examples by relative sentences. Examples — (1) The boy ridens, ( w} } ol aughs, ax is laughing. v 7 v ’ [ ivho ivas laughing . (2) The boy risurus, { who J^ « to lau ^> ^ who (3) The boy amatus, who is (or was) loved . (4) The boy amandus, who ought to be loved . 321. If no Substantive is expressed, supply a man , men ; or he, she , those, etc. (5) ridentis, of him who laughs ; or, of a man who laughs. (6) ridentium, of those who laugh ; or, of men who laugh. 322. With a neuter plural Participle, ‘ things ’ is to be supplied ; but for ‘ things which or that ,’ it is generally better to use ‘what' only (p. 67, note). (7) prseteritura, j things that will pass away. what will pass away. 142 On Participles . [323-326 Exercise 56. 323. Pii homines ad felicitatem perpetuo duraturam pervenient. Nemo, cunctam intuens terram, de divina providentia dubitabit. Alii ruri viventem , alii in urbe beatum esse dicunt. Sapiens bona semper placitura lau- dat. Omnes aliud* agentes , alind simulantes\ improbi snnt. Pisistratus Homeri libros, confusos antea, disposu- isse dicitur. Male agentis (321, 5) animus nunquam est sine metu. Garrulus tacere nequitj sibi commissa (322, 7). Adulator aut laudat vituperanda , aut vituperat lau - danda . Peccatis iraseendum est, non peccantibus. Fons imaginem intuentis reddit. Fugientes sequitur. LESSON 57. Participles — continued . 324. Construe the Participles in the following exercise by Verbs with ‘ when ’ ‘ vihile', ‘ as! (1) ridens, when (ivhile) he is (or was) laughing . as he is (or was) laughing . 325. In a sentence with vihen we often omit the auxiliary Verb: hence (2) ridens may be construed ‘ when laughing l 326. If the Participle stands alone, * 4 he ‘ they / ‘ a mam] ‘ one 1 men} etc. must be supplied as the Nom. to the Verb. (3) ridenti when he is laughing, when one is laughing. (4) ridentibus, when men (or theij) are laughing. * The first aliud must be construed * one thing: 1 the second, 4 another l t Put in a 4 but 1 before simulantes. X Nequeo, nequis, nequit. 327-329] On Participles , 143 Exercise 57, 32T Leo esuriens rugit. Xerxes a Graecis vidus in Persiam refugit. Esurienti (326, 3) gratior est cibus. Sudanti (326, 3) frigida potio perniciosissima est. Diony- sius tyrannus, Syracusis expulsus, Corinthi pueros docebat. Aranti Quinctio Cincinnato nuntiatum est, eum Dictatorem esse factum. Haec poma sedens decerpsi. Ne mente quidem recte uti possumus, multo cibo et potione impleti . Elephantes nemini nocent, nisi lacessiti. Alexander moriens annulum suum Perdiccae dederat. Tarquinius Ardeam oppugnans imperium perdidit. Eos fugientes sequitur. LESSON 58. Participles — continued. 328. Construe the following Participles by Verbs with ‘if! if a man (or one) laughs . if I am loved ; if I were loved , if I had been loved. Exercise 58. 329. Quis est qui, totum diem jaculans, non aliquando collineetH Equum empturus, cave ne decipiaris. Hostes, hanc adepti victoriam, in perpetuum se fore victores con- fident. Vidi hostes in Persiam refugient. Admomtus (328, 2) venissem. Liberatus, rus ex urbe evolabo. Korna expulsus, Carthagine pueros docebo. * The Nom. to be used will be, 7, we, you , they , etc. according to the Person of the Verb. + Pres. Subj. Construe by Pres. Indie. (179). 144 On Participles . [330-333 LESSON 59 Participles — continued . 330. Construe the following Participles by Verbs with because, for , since; or by the Participial Sub- stantive with from or through. dubitans f(l) because /* doubt. (2) /or I doubt. - (3) szTzce I doubt. (4) /rom doubting. (5) through doubting * Exercise 59. 331. Nihil affirmo, dubitans plerumque, et mihi ipse f diffidens. Hostes hanc adepti (330, 4) victoriam, in perpetuum se fore victores confidebant. Sine aqua anates degere non possunt, magnam victus partem in aqua quce- rentes. Stellse nobis parvse videntur, immenso intervallo a nobis disjunctce. Cantus olorinus recte fabulosus habe- tur, nunquam auditus. LESSON 60. Participles — continued. 332. Construe the following Participles by Verbs with though , although. (1) ride ns, though he * laughs. , j (2) though he is loved. ama us, j ^ ti l0U g} t j ie was l ove d t 333. We often omit the auxiliary Verb after though. Hence we may sometimes construe (4) ridens, though laughing. (5) amatus, though loved. * See note, p. 143. + Construe ‘ mihi ’ = myself, and take no notice of ipse. 334-336] On Participles . 145 Exercise 60. 334. Homines non statim poenis afficiuntur, quotidie delinquent es. Multa translmus ante ociilos posita. Oculus, se non videns , alia videt. Eisus interdum ita repente erumpit, ut eum cupientes tenere nequeamus. Omnia magna voce dicens , simulabat tantum se furere. Ad cenam vocatus, nondum venit. LESSON 61. Participles — continued . {Note, p . 143.) 335. Construe the following Past Participles by after , with a Verb or Participial Substantive. Exercise 61. 336. Josephus in iEgypto, multa mala perpcsms (335, 3), ad summos honores evectus est. Israelite, iEgypto egressi, quadraginta annos in Arabia sunt com- morati. Pleraeque scribuntur orationes habitce * jam, non ut habeantur. Dionysius, a Syracusis expulsus; f Corinthi pueros docebat. Alexander Abdolonimum diu contemplatus interrogavit, qua patientia inopiam tulisset. Lauti% cibum capiunt Germani. * ‘ Habeo orationem, ’ I deliver a speech. + Construe first by 335, 4 ; then by 335, 6. t Participle from lavare , 4 to wash. ’ H. L. B. G.] 146 On Participles. [337-339 LESSON 62. Participles — continued . 337. Construe the following Participles by Verbs, and place ‘ and 9 before the Verb that stands already in the Latin sentence. The Participle is generally to be construed by the same tense as the other Verb. (1) Eidens he laughs , exclamat and exclaims . (2) Eidens he laughed , exclamavit and exclaimed . But sometimes by a different tense. (3) Correptum leporem, he has seized the hare, lacerat, and is mangling it. (He mangles the seized hare. ) Exercise 62. 338. Jussis divinis obediens virtuti studet . Croesus, a Cyro victus , regno spoliatus est . Troja, equi lignei ope capta, incendio deleta est. Grues, quum loca calidiora petentes maria transmittunt , trianguli efficiunt formam. Iilud ipsum* non accidisset, si quiescens legibus paruissem. Cum legionibus profectus celeriter adero. Titus Manlius Galium, in conspectu duorum exercituum ccesum , torque spoliavit. Comprehensum hominem Eomam ducebant (337, 3). Mulier Alcibiadem sua veste contectum cremavit. LESSON 63. Participles — continued . 339. Non before a Participle may be construed without : the Participle being turned into the Par- ticipial Substantive. (1) non without , ridens laughing . (2) non without, amatus being loved. (3) non without , amatus loving him. But this translation of a Latin Passive Participle by an Active Participle in English is admissible in the oblique cases only. * Construe ‘ ipsum 5 by * even. * 340-343] On Participles. 147 Exercise 63. 340. Non petens regnum accepit. Eomani Graecis non rogati offerunt auxilium. Liberalitate utitur, se ipsum non spoliajis. Neminem in familiaritatem recipe non cognitum. Multi homines vituperant libros non intellectos. Sapientis est, nihil contra mores facientem , habere rationem* rei familiaris.-j- 341. The following are among the most common renderings of the Ablative Absolute (267) : — after Tyre was taken, against my consent, as you were sitting, at my command, because his apple was taken away, during my consulship, having landed the soldiers, if the cat is caught, on the invitation of the queen, since the business is finished, though the root was cut, under thy guidance, when Tarquin was reigning, while I am alive, without saluting you, capta Tyro, me invito, te sedente. me X jubente. ademto porno. me £ consiile. expositis militibus. fele comprehensa. regina invitante. confecto negotio. radice succisa. te X duce. Tarquinio regnante. me vivo, te non salutato. 342. In many of the examples in 341 the Sub- stantive in English becomes the Nominative to the Verb. The Substantive may, however, sometimes be the Accusative after the Verb. Thus, Fasce sublato rediit, He took up the bundle AND returned. Literally, ‘ the bundle having been taken up' — 1 the bundle was taken up by him ! 343. Participles may often be construed by Sub- stantives of a kindred meaning. Thus, Ciconise. redeuntes, ) Th , , , The returning storks, \ 1 ne return °J tne storRS * By January added, ( the addltwn °f Januar y- Thf'jil kws, j The violation °f tlle laws - SwSf’ ! ° n the a PP roach °f S P rin S- * ‘ To have a regard for, * t Not ‘meo,’ ‘ tuo, ; t ‘ His private fortune , 9 148 Conjunctions . [344-347 LESSON 64. Conjunctions. 344. Adversative Conjunctions, or such as mark an opposition , are : — At, autem, sed, vero, verum, . but . { yet, however, nevertheless, but yet . Atqui, . . . . . yes but ; and yet . Of these ‘ at * is the strongest, ‘ autem ’ the weakest. ‘ Sed’ limits, excludes, or corrects . ‘ Verum ’ is some- what stronger than c sed/ Obs. ‘ Autem ’ never stands first in a sentence. 345. Causal Conjunctions are: — Nam (namque), enim ,for. ‘Nam’ introduces an explanatory reason; ‘enim introduces a proof. Obs. ‘ Enim ; never stands first in a sentence. 346. Illative or Inferential Conjunctions are : — Igitur, ergo, . therefore, then . Itaque, . and so, accordingly. Idcirco, ideo, on that account, therefore. Quare, . . on which account , wherefore. Exercise 64 . 347. Non placet Marco Antonio consulatus meus ; at placuit Publio Servilio. Fecit idem Themistocles ; at Pericles idem non fecit. Si certum est* facere, facias ; verum ne post conferas culpam in me. Non deterreor ab incepto, sed pudore impedior. Aut hoc aut illud est : non autem hoc (est) ; ergo (346) illud (est). Absolutus est Caius ; mulctatus tamen pecunia. Videtis nihil esse morti tarn simile, quam somnum : atqui dormientium animi maxime declarant divinitatem suam. * * If you arc determined. 348-352] Memorabilia. 149 Exercise 64 — continued. In ea re prudentia adjutus est ; nam , quum devicisset hostes, summa aequitate res constituit. Hac pugna nihil nobilius : nulla enim unquam tam exigua manus tantum exercitum devicit. Magno* Atilio ea cunctatio stetit, namque filium intra paucos dies amlsit. Illi igitur duodecim cum cani- bus venaticis exierunt. Aristides aequalis fere fuit Themistocli : itaque cum eo de principatu contendit. Nemo ergo non miser (est) ? Nihil laboras : ideo nihil habes. Intelligebant haec Lacedaemonii : quare eos in- hrmissimos esse yolebant. Before doing any of the Supplementary Exercises, read over these twelve Memorabilia, or facts to be noted. 348. The Ablative Singular of all Adjectives in -is, and most of those which follow the third Declension, ends in -i, not in -e (34). 349. What is apparently an English Substantive must often be translated by a Latin Adjective. Thus, 4 a stone wall/ ‘ an iron chain/ f an oak table.’ Similarly, 4 of* often = 4 made of / or ‘ belonging tod Thus, ‘ a cup of gold / t men of England.’ 350. 1 How,* ‘what, 1 qualifying Adjectives and Adverbs, are translated by quam. Similarly, ‘ such* by Ham* or ‘ adeo.* Thus, How handsome he is! What small hands she has ! He was such 17 a coward that he ran away (189, 185). 351. ‘ Of* in such expressions as hear of, talk of, think of, is not a sign of the Genitive. Use the Prep. de, c concerning/ 352. Deponent Verbs cannot be used as Passives (157). * ‘ Stare magno ’ ( jpretio understood), to cost a man dear (256). 150 Memorabilia. [353-359 353. The Eelative Pronoun, though often omitted in English, is never omitted in Latin (168). It is often used instead of a Conjunction and a Personal or Demon- strative Pronoun (314). 354. Eemember ‘ neque 9 for et non , and ‘ neve] or ‘ neu ’ for et ne (194). 355. The measure of excess or defect is expressed by the Ablative . Thus, multo major : not mult \um major (275). 356. The English Participle in - ing , which is generally Present in meaning, has often a Perfect sense. Thus, ‘ Turning to the queen, he said,’ etc. "Was this after lie had turned , or, ivhile he was in the act of turning ? Always ask yourself a similar question. The sense will guide you. 357. Compare the following uses of ‘ to be : ’ — It is pleasant to be loved , He wishes to be loved , He is to be feared ( i.e . must be, ought to be, feared), He is worthy (deserves) to be loved, He is too lowly to be feared , The plan is to be changed (simple futurity), It is to be found in Britain, Jucundum est amari (116, 1). Yult amari (116, 3). | Metuendus est (129). | Dignus est qui ametur 31 (305). ( Humilior est qudm qui (ut) metuatur 30 | (305). | Consilium mutabitur. ) In Britannia inveniri potest, or in - ( venietur * 358. Cum (quum), ‘when,’ takes the Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect (200). When it means, 6 although ] 6 since] 6 'whereas ] it always takes the Subjunctive. 359. The following words constantly occur, and often with very different meanings ; — as, but, for, that, to, what, with, without . Always ask yourself what they really do mean before you attempt to translate them. The Gerundive would imply it ‘must be found.* Supplementary Exercises . 151 SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES. Exercise 65 (1—103). There were two roads leading to Luceria, the one, along the coast of the sea, open hut longer ; the other (which was) shorter, through the Caudine Forks. there were . . . leading. Omit ‘ there. ’ along, prseter. coast, ora, se, f. Caudine Forks, Furculse Cau- dlnse. Exercise 66 (130—168). The tree I planted is growing. The women, whose sons are killed, will grieve. You soldiers, who have fought bravely, shall have rewards. The books I gave you are as good as possible.™ There are some who think (306) we should use our weapons. plant, sero, sevi, satum. | use , utor, with all , reward, prsemium, n. Exercise 67 (145—163). Alexander, hearing that Darius, the king of the Per- sians, was preparing innumerable forces of soldiers, replied, ‘ One wolf does not fear many sheep. ’ king , acc. (209). I was preparing (163, note). Persian, Persa, se. | innumerable, innumerus, a, um. Exercise 68 (165). Xerxes, before the sea-fight in which he was conquered by Themistocles, had sent four thousand armed men to Delphi, to plunder 25 the temple of Apollo. sea-fight, navale prselium, n. an armed (man), armatus. Say, four thousands of. (App. plunder, diripere. XY, Obs.) 152 Supplementary Exercises . Exercise 69 (180—185). About midnight word-was-brought that the enemy had started, that the camp was in flames. At the same time we were informed by deserters that the second and third legions were on the road, and would arrive at daybreak. The soldiers were exhorted by Caius ( 157 ) against pursuing the enemy ; but so great was their ardour that they could not be restrained. word was brought , ‘it was an- nounced’ (206). to be in flames , ardere. against pursuing, ‘not to pursue.’ on the road, in itinere. deserter , perfiiga, se. at daybreak, prima luce (211). Exercise VO (160—199). It was well known that the third and tenth legions would return before night : but Csesar, that the soldiers might not despair of aid, promised to send-forward rein- forcements as soon as possible . 19 The camp was so ex- cellently fortified both by nature and by art, that no one feared that it would be taken-by-storm ( 285 ). On the advice of a few lieutenants ( 341 ), Caesar had put Caius over the works. it was well known, constabat (161). to despair of, desperare de (abl.). excellently, egregie . take-by-storm, expugnare. put over, prseficio, -feci (240). Exercise VI (185—199). In the same summer six ships were wrecked by a most heavy storm. So great was the violence of the wind and water, that one only escaped unhurt. All the sailors 23 in the wrecked vessels perished ; for orders had been given ( 206 ) by the admiral that no one should leave his ship. wrecked, ‘broken.’ j unhurt, ‘safe.’ escape, evadere, evasi. admiral, ‘prefect of the fleet,’ only, solum (adv.). I (prsefectus). leave, exeo, Ire, with e or ex. Supplementary Exercises . 153 Exercise 72 ( 215 — 229 ). A certain little boy is said to have dreamt a wonderful dream. He saw (imperf.) a grove, and in it very many tables, where boys and girls were feasting. Suddenly an old man, like a doctor, seemed to be present ; who stretclied-out his hand and ( 342 ) threatened them with 18 pills and medicines bitter to taste ( 140 ). Then (deinde) the old man led the little boy into a cave, where many men and women were walking, loaded with very heavy burdens, which they in-vain strove to shake-off. ‘ All these/ said he, ‘once used to feast in the magic grove. As often as they ate too much food, a part was added to the burden which they will alioays have to carry. Do you not see that (they) all feel most acute pains, which they endea- vour to conceal from the rest? ( 216 ). Do you wish to be like them ? ’ Having thus spoken, he departed. little boy , pueriilus, i. grove , nemus, oris, n. feast , epulor, -ari. stretch-out , porrigo, -rexi, -rectum. pill, pilula, se. cave , antrum, i, n. magic , magicus, a, um. as often as , quoties. will — carried , ‘ will be to-be- carried (Gerundive) by them/ Exercise 73 ( 216 — 228 ). When two consuls, of whom the one was poor, hut the other avaricious, were contending in the senate which of- the-two ought to he sent ( 129 ) into Spain to wage ivar? b Scipio being asked his opinion, said, ‘ Send neither • be- cause the one has nothing, to the other nothing is sufficient/ contend , contendere. I ought to be sent , ‘was meet to I be sent/ Exercise 74 ( 226 ). A certain father came to Aristippus the philosopher, and asked him to instruct his son. When, however, he* had asked five hundred drachmae as his fee , the father, deterred by the price, (which seemed too-great to an ignorant and avaricious man,) said, ‘I can buy a slave for so much / Then the philosopher said, ‘Buy (one), and you will have two/ instruct , erudire. | as his fee , pro mercede. Emphatic 154 Supplementary Exercises. Exercise 75 ( 229 ). The testiness of old men has some excuse. 1 * The long dresses of our women stir too much dust : they have (their) fingers adorned with emeralds and diamonds ; pearls they despise. testiness , m5rositas, dress , vestis, is. dust , pulvis, eris. emerald , smaragdus. diamond , adamas, adamantis. pearl, unio, onis. Exercise 76 ( 225 — 229 ). We see that the highest honours are often given to unworthy people. How much time 14 we all lose ! It is pleasant whilst walking 1 to converse with friends. The stag, coming out of the wood, was torn by dogs. It is the mark of a great mind to despise riches. He was setting out for the city of Eome. They are deliberating about setting out. We saw the soldiers setting out. The Belgse were deliberating about sending ambassadors. Maecenas goes to play : I (go) to sleep. Here may I be worshipped ; here may I occupy temples with Jupiter. You will always be poor, if you are poor, iEmilianus. Whilst walking he conversed much 3 with me. I am going to walk with you. Exercise 77 ( 228 — 314 ). Zeuxis, the most illustrious of painters, had painted a boy carrying (some) bunches-of-grapes. But a bird having flown-up to them , 4 1 have painted the grapes better than the boy/ said Zeuxis; 4 otherwise the bird would have been afraid of the boy ’ (308). carry , gestare. I fly up, advolare, avi. bunch of grapes, uva, 8e. | otherwise, alioquin. Exercise 78 ( 110 — 275 ). For us, who love our country, exile is worse than death (270). Leaving home is bitter; how much worse is leaving country ! (275) In this happy city we enjoy liberty ; we are able to earn money, and to support our children. The exile will lose his liberty ; he will be able to earn nothing ; he and his will die of starvation (249,1) Supplementary Exercises. 155 Exercise 7 8 — continued. But if we must go from Kome into Scythia, 0 judges, command our wives and children to remain at home, that they may not die w r ith us. earn, quserere. | ^ his , sui (pi. ). support , alere. Exercise 79 (240—244). A kid, standing upon the roof of a house, began to revile (74) a wolf passing. To whom the wolf said, ‘ It is* not you, but the roof that * reviles me.’ — His father is envied. The son does not know that his father is envied. The father does not know that he is envied. kid , hsedus, i, m. | roof, tectum, i, n. upon, supra. Exercise 80 (240). Our soldiers were so few that we did not dare to give battle ; for we had heard that the enemy, in order to over- power us, had assembled all their allies. That nothing , however, might be wanting to the safety of the camp, the general ordered engines to be placed on the walls to he icorked by the recruits. give battle, committere proelium. overpower, superare. that nothing ( 199 ). engine, tormentum. work, exerceo (gerundive). recruit, tiro, onis. Exercise 81 (240—244). Accordingly there was a long and fierce battle. At nightfall messengers arrived i to 25 inform Claudius that the cavalry had retreated to the top of the ridge. About two thousand soldiers survived that battle; and when they had marched the whole night they reached the camp in safety. The next day the soldiers could not be per- suaded to leave the camp. there was . . . battle, Impers. inform, docere. had retreated , se recepisse. ridge, jugum, i, n. in safety, ‘ safe. * leave, excedere, e. (Ex. 71.) * ‘It is,' ( it was ’ (followed by loho, that), which add emphasis in English, are omitted in Latin. 156 Supplementary Exercises. Exercise 82 ( 244 ). The lieutenants had been warned by the townspeople against going too far (99) to forage. The jungle was so thick that no one could distinguish an enemy lying-hid there. Accordingly the men were commanded to remain within the camp and improve the fortifications. It was reported that Caesar would arrive the next day and would bring reinforcements with him. Trebius they could hear nothing of. against going (Ex. 69). forage , pabulari. jungle , lustra, n. pi. distinguish , cernere. improve , augere. reinforcements , subsidia, n. pi. Exercise 83 ( 243 — 267 ). The line of battle having been drawn up, Trebius ex- horted his (men) to attack the enemy with all their might. 4 1 hope/ said he, 4 that this battle will prove advantageous (243) to the cause of Eome. I have promised to bring back my soldiers not only safe, but also victorious. Fight to-day not only for (pro) your life, but also for your re- putation. Even the armies of the Carthaginians have been unable to conquer you. Do not be conquered by barbarians. , Having heard these (words), the soldiers asked to be led against the enemy as soon as possible. 1 ** draw up, instruere, -struxi, -structum. with all their might. Ex. 44. note. cause of Eome , res Romana. even . . . unable , 4 not . . . even — have been aide. * Having heard these words , ‘which things having been heard, 5 or, ‘ which when they had heard 5 ( 314 ). Exercise 84 ( 240 — 277 ). A fox, having been caught in a snare, [and] having escaped with the loss of his tail, thought that life was not worth-living. Accordingly, he assembled the foxes, and endeavoured to persuade them to cut-off their tails, that he might the more easily conceal his own disgrace. But one of them replied, 4 If your tail had been safe, you would not have given us that advice 1 5 ( 212 ). with the loss of. Use abl. abs. worth-living (gerundive), ‘meet- to-be lived. ’ cut off \ abscindere. one , ‘ a certain one * ; of e. give that advice , suadere illud. Supplementary Exercises . 157 Exercise 85 (243—277). A thief having offered meat to a dog, that, the dog being silent, he himself might the more easily enter the consult house, the dog spoke thus ; ‘ Do you wish me to be silent, that I may not be a protection (243) to my master? You are mistaken. For that sudden kindness of yours bids me to be on my guard lest you should injure my master through my fault ’ (248). meat, cibus. enter , inire (eo). to be mistaken , errare. sudden, repentlnus. kindness, benevolentia. be on guard, cavere. Exercise 86 (244—285). He assembled the soldiers and (342) said that he was going to make an expedition into the territory of the Morini. This race had been persuaded to leave their original settlements, where they had dwelt for many years. A more powerful enemy Caesar had never seen : and the soldiers were afraid that they would be conquered. But Caesar, having exhorted them not to despair of success, promised to give battle as soon as possible. 1 ^ expedition, incursio, onis, f. race, gens, gentis, f. settlements , sedes (pi. ) . despair of (Ex. 70. ) success, res secundse (pi.). give battle . (Ex. 80. ) Exercise 87 (234-289). A dog by barking was hindering (some) bulls from en- joying their fodder. But one of (e) the bulls said to him , ‘ Are you not ashamed of such ill-nature, seeing that you (305) can neither eat the fodder yourself, nor permit those (to eat it) who can?’ fodder , pabulum, i. | ill-nature, acerbitas, atis, f. Exercise 88 (271). There are some who say that there are dwellings 9 (206) in the moon, and that it is a land of many cities and mountains. — The wise man will more rightly be called (169) king than Tarquinius, who was able to rule neither 158 Supplementary Exercises. Exercise 8 8 — continued, himself nor his own (countrymen) ; more rightly (will he be called) master of the people than Sylla ; more rightly rich than Croesus. Is it not better to be wise than (to be) rich % (160.) 4 There are — say, 7 Vocabulary 51. Exercise 89 ( 255 — 281 ). A hungry grasshopper comes to (some) ants, and asks them to give him a morsel of food. To whom they replied, ‘ You ought to have got it in summer. 7 ‘ I had no leisure, 7 said the grasshopper. ‘What then were you doing 1 ? 7 ‘I was devoting myself to singing, 7 said she. Then they said, ‘ If you sang in summer, you shall dance in winter 7 (192). grasshopper , cicada, se, f. a morsel , paullulum ( 229 ). get, acquire, quserere. I have leisure, * vacat milii ( 240 ). devote myself, 4 pay attention to. ’ Exercise 90 ( 292 — 296 ). Is it a fact that the moon is never seen in that land, and that the sun never sets % How many are there ? Tell me how many there are. ‘I, 7 said Claudius, ‘have more money than you, though you are rich. 7 ‘Pardon me, replied Caius, ‘ I am richer than you, since I enjoy health 7 (358). it is a fact, constat ( 161 ). set, occidere. how many, quot. there, not to be translated. enjoy, -utor ( 254 ). health, salus, salutis, f. Exercise 91 ( 299 ). Having lived many years at Carthage, he returned to Cadiz. Would you rather live at Cadiz or at Alexandria? Gaul is divided into three parts, one of which is-inhabited- hy the Belgae, another by the Aquitani, the third by those who are called Gauls. inhabit, incolo. Use the Passive Construction ( 84 , 85 ), * 4 I had no leisure 7 — 4 there was not leisure to me. Supplementary Exercises . 159 Exercise 92 ( 288 — 302 ). After many years the son of a certain king was journey- ing through that land ; to whom the old man related that a most beautiful palace lay hid beyond the thicket-of- thorns ; and that a royal virgin of unrivalled beauty was sleeping there with all her attendants. ‘ Many young men/ said he, ‘have come, and have endeavoured to break through the thicket; hut all, having been entangled in the midst of the bushes, have perished by a most wretched death.’ ‘Why do you speak thus'?’ replied the young man. ‘ You will never deter me from striving to break through the thicket (288). Though you may be able to persuade others, you will not be able to persuade me to follow your advice.’ Having thus spoken, he jumped into the midst of the bushes. journey , facere iter. palace, palatium, -i, n. thicket of thorns , spinet urn, i. jump , insilio, ni. unrivalled , eximius, a, um. break through , perrumpere. bush , dumus, i, m. Exercise 93 ( 240 — 305 ). A certain frog, having set out from home, said that he was very skilled in all medicines, and was able to heal all diseases. But a fox answered him , ‘ Why do you give prescriptions to others, when you are not able to cure that limp of yours 1 ?’ (305.) prescription , prseceptum, i, n. | limp , claudicatio, onis, f. Exercise 94 ( 233 — 338 ). Cotta, a man negligent about his affairs (233), could by no means be persuaded to use economy. His country- house abounded with gold, silver, pictures, (and) statues. He never saw a horse without buying it (288). At length, money failing him, he set out from home at midnight, with- out the knowledge of his friends, 11 and fled to the farthest parts of Gaul (337). But, although he confesses that he deserves to be blamed, 31 I fear he will never repent of his folly (234, 285). economy , parsimonia, se. I picture , tabella, se. country-house , villa, se. | statue , signum, i. 160 Supplementary Exercises . Exercise 95 (285—341). An ass and a fox, having gone-out into the woods to hunt, met a lion. The fox, fearing that she would be hilled, set off to the lion and ( 337 ) promised to give up the ass to him. When the ass, under the guidance of the fox , had fallen-down into a pit, the lion turned to the fox, 4 1 shall be able to enjoy the ass another day/ quoth he. give up , trado, -didi, -ditum. I turn (311). pit, puteus, i, m. | enjoy , potior, -iri (254). Exercise 96 (296-342). Do you wonder why I do not give you my books though you ask me so often? ( 332 .) There is a strong reason. That you may not give your (books) to me. — I do not love thee, Sabidius, nor can I say why. This only can I say, I do not love thee. — Lesbia, why do you swear that you were born in Brutus' consulship ? u You lie, Lesbia, you were born when Numa ivas king ( 341 ). The features of the mind are more beautiful than those of the body ( 272 ). strong , magnus. I swear , jurare. reason, causa. | feature, lineamentum. Exercise 97 (296). Thales, being asked whether the deeds of men escaped- the-notice-of the gods, replied, ‘Not even their thoughts.' whether , -ne (296). escape-notice-of, fallo (with acc. ). deeds, 6 things done. ’ | thoughts, cogitata, n. pi. Exercise 98 (305—307, b) Chabrias returned to Athens, and did not stay there longer than was necessary. For he was not willingly be- fore the eyes of his countrymen, because he both lived (imperf.) expensively and indulged himself too bounti- fully to 30 be able to escape the envy of the common- people. was necessary, fuit necesse. countrymen, 4 citizens. ’ expensively , laute. escape, effugere. envy, invidia, se. common-people , vulgus, i. Supplementary Exercises. 161 Exercise 99 ( 302 — 314 ). A bear was boasting that he was the most humane of all animals. ‘ 1 am so fond of men/ said he, ‘ that I do not willingly touch the carcases even of the dead.’ But a fox having heard this , laughing said, ‘ Would that you would eat the dead, not the living ! ’ carcase , cadaver, eris, n. | living , vivus, a, um. Exercise 100 ( 305 — 314 ). In choosing friends we should look for those who are endowed with constancy and virtue. Hot all friends are worthy of friendship : and history warns us not to join friendships too easily (99). There have been some whom (306) their enemies have not been able to harm, while (autem) their friends have been able. A certain poet advises us to join ourselves with hooks of steel to ■ those friends whom we have proved to be true. And we should obey his advice (314). constancy, constantia, ae, f. I of steel, ferreus, a, um. history, ‘ authors ’ (auctor). | prove, ‘know,’ cognoscere. his advice, ‘ him advising ’ (343). Exercise 101 ( 305 — 314 ). Antisthenes used to exhort his pupils to pay-attention to philosophy. Few obeyed. Accordingly, being angry, he dismissed (them) all. Among them was Diogenes. But when he, being inflamed by the desire of learning, kept-constantly-coming (74) to Antisthenes, and would not go away, Antisthenes at last threatened to strike 6 his head with a stick which he was accustomed to carry in his hand. ‘ Strike/ said Diogenes, ‘if it pleases you. You will not find a stick so hard that you can drive me away with it ? (305). dismiss, dimitto, -misi. strike , percutio, -cussi, -cus- inflamed , incensus. sum. come-constantly , ventitare (L. F. stick, baculum, i. § 71). carry, gestare. that — with it, ‘with which you may be able . . .’ ( 305 ). H. L. B. G.] L 162 Supplementary Exercises. Exercise 102 (305—314). A lion advised a goat walking on the top of a rock to descend into the meadow. But the goat answered him , 6 1 am not one to prefer pleasure to safety.* prefer, praepono, -posui (240). Exercise 103 (305—342). A crow having been naught in a snare, began to pray to Apollo (74), and promised to give him incense. Having been freed by Apollo, she broke her word. Afterwards, having been again caught in a snare, (being) unmindful of past kindnesses, she neglected Apollo, and prayed to Mer- cury (342). But Mercury said to her , ‘0 most base (one), by no means can I believe you, seeing that you (305) have deceived your former patron.* pray to, orare (308). I break one's word , fallere fidem. incense , tus, turis, n. | Mercury , Mercurius, Exercise 104 (311—343). (Some) geese and (some) cranes were feeding in the same meadow. At the approach of the owner (343), the cranes easily flew away ; but the geese, being hindered by the weight of their body, were caught. goose , anser, eris, m. | crane , grus, gruis, f. weight , gravitas, tatis, f. Exercise 105 (314—342)* Some boys playing near a marsh were pelting with stones the frogs that were swimming (320) in the water. And when they had slain very many, a certain frog lifted his head out of the water and said (342), ‘ Stop, I pray. Your sport is destruction to us .* ( L . P. § 108, III.). marsh , palus, udis, f. I slay , occido, -eidi, -clsum. pelt, petere. | lift , tollo, sustiili, sublatum. Supplementary Exercises, 163 Exercise 106 (338—342). The Athenians were besieging the island of Chius. Chabrias, while he is anxious to enter the harbour, proved a source-of-destruction to himself. Tor when he had penetrated thither, he was not followed by the rest of the ships. Soon his ship teas struck by the beak (of another ship) and began to sink (338). The sailors, because the fleet of the Athenians was-at-hand to 25 catch the swimmers, cast themselves into the sea. Eut he preferred to perish (rather) than throw away his arms and abandon the ship in which he had been carried (342). enter , intrare. 'proved, ‘was’ (243). a source of destruction , pernicies, ei, f. penetrate, penetrare. struck, perctissus, a, um. sink, sidere. am at hand, subsum. cast, dejicio, -jeci. carry, veho, vexi, vectum. Exercise 107 (200—305). Diogenes the philosopher was accustomed to carry with him everywhere a cup of wood, to draw water with (307, a) from a fountain or a river. But one day seeing (200) a boy drawing water with his hands, he then threw the cup away. ‘ Begone/ said he ; ‘ I can do-without you.’ of wood, ligneus, a, um. I throw auny, abjicio, -jeci. draw , haurire. | Begone ! apage ! Exercise 108 (200-267, 305-314). The master had gone out, leaving his supper. In his absence , n the door being open, the dog ran into the house, and having jumped on the table, began to eat the meat. But the master suddenly returning, the dog rushed out into the streets. But when the master pursued him (314), everybody, laughing, said that the man w r as a fool because he had left his door open (305). leaving his supper , cena relicta I jump on, insilio, silui, ire, with (abl. abs.). | in and acc . rush out, aufugio, -fugi. 164 Supplementary Exercises . Exercise 109 (211-243). A hungry fox saw an old cock sitting on the top of an oak. 4 Friend/ said the fox, ‘ I, who used-to-be (imperf. 74) an enemy to you, am now a friend. I am come (93) to announce to you a peace between all animals. It be- hoves you to descend that we may join embraces. 7 ‘ You bring wonderful news ,’ 5 answered the cock; ‘ I for my part never hoped that I should hear such pleasant things ; but I see two dogs hastening hither to inform me of the common peace. After a short delay I will descend, that we may all embrace one another under the tree. 7 But the fox, having heard these things (314), fled with the ut- most speed. For dogs are a great terror to foxes (243). an embrace, amplexus, us. bring news, 4 announce . 9 I for my part, equidem. terror, formldo, mis. f. After a short delay, 4 having de- layed a short time’ (paulisper). one another, inter nos. Exercise 110 (200—249, 4). A certain Brahmin, wishing to pay a vow, set out from home to buy a sheep. By chance there lived in the same street three rogues, most abandoned men ; of whom the first, meeting the Brahmin, said, ‘ I have (240) a sheep most suitable for (ad) sacrificing. Will you buy it V Then he opened his sack and drew out a dog, blind, mangy, most hideous to behold (140). ‘What ! 7 replied the Brahmin, ‘do you call that mongrel of yours a sheep'? 7 ‘Truly I (do)/ said he; ‘may I perish unless it is a sheep of the softest fleece and of the primest flesh. 7 4 Friend/ said the Brahmin, ‘ either I am blind, or thou (art). 7 Brahmin, Braminius. pay, solvere. vow, votum. abandoned, 4 lost ’ (perdo). Will you ? 4 Are you willing V sack, saccus, i, m. hideous, turpis. mongrel , monstrum, i, n. Supplementary Exercises . 165 Exercise 111 (226— 285). Whilst they are thus conversing with each other, one of the accomplices comes-up. ‘ 0 lucky chance f he ex- claimed ; ‘ such a sheep I was seeking with the greatest diligence. For liow much wilt thou sell it V Here the Brahmin said, ‘ 0 my good (sir), beware. It is not a sheep that you see, but a most filthy dog.’ ‘ 0 Brahmin/ replied he ; ‘ I fear thou art either drunk or mad.’ with each other , inter se. one. Ex. 85. 0 luclcy chance ! 0 factum bene ! wilt , not a sign of future. filthy , immundus. drunk, ebrius. Exercise 112 (296—343). The third now approaching, the Brahmin said, ‘ Let us ask this man of-what-sort that animal of yours is.’ On their assenting (343), 4 0 stranger/ said he, 4 what does this animal seem to you? 7 ‘To me indeed/ replied he, ‘ it seems to be a very fat sheep. 7 ( Nay then/ said the Brahmin, ‘ if you speak the truth , 5 it cannot be doubted that (288) I am deprived of my senses. 7 Accordingly, he asked pardon from him who was carrying the dog. Then he bought the dog for a measure of rice, and sacrificed it to the gods (337, 3), who smote him in anger 16 with a very sore disease. of what sort, qualis, e. I senses, mens, mentis. Use sing. assent, assentior. | measure modius, i. Nay then, at. I rice, oryza, se. deprived of, captus (253). | smite, afiicio, -feci. sore, gravis, e. DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM. (These differences are referred to in the Exercises by a numeral above the line . ) English. 1. ' While playing. Whilst they are (were) playing. 2. Not even Caesar. Not even in jest. 3. The past. Much. Little. Thus. Everything. What. 4. It is disgraceful to lie. Lying is disgraceful. 5. To speak the truth. To tell many falsehoods . To make many promises. To make the same boast (pro- mise). 6. He promises (threatens) to come . He hopes (undertakes) to do this. 7. Contrary to each other. 8. At night-fall. 9. There is pleasant living at Rome. 10. The top of the mountain. 11. Before my consulship. In my prsetorship. Without my consent. Under your guidance. I did it when a youth. The island of Cyprus. Latin. During playing (inter luden- dum). Ne Caesar quidem ( 142 ). Ne joco quidem. Past things ( 75 ). Many things. A few things. These things. All things. (Those) things which. To lie is disgraceful. To speak true things . To lie many things. To promise many things. To boast (promise) the same thing or things. He promises (threatens) that he will come (Acc. and Infin. 160 ). He hopes (undertakes) that he sUall or will do this ( 160 ). Contrary between themselves (in- ter se). Near -to night (p. 25). At Rome it is lived pleasantly. The mountain (where it is) high- est (211). Before me consul (ante me con- siilem, 210). I (being) praetor (Abl. abs.). I (being) unwilling (Abl. abs. ). You (being) leader — (te duce ; not tuo duce). I a youth did it. The island Cyprus. Differences of Idiom. 167 12. It is the business of ^ ,, duty of ,, mark of ,, office of a wise ,, part of ' man. It is characteristic of ,, incumbent on It denotes 13. To hold cheap. To think little of * To value highly; very highly . 14. No stability. Much good. How much pleasure ! + 15. The war with Pyrrhus, — with the Latins. 16. He did it unwillingly. He went away in anger. 17. Such a lover of — . 18. He threatened me with death. 19. As m^iny as possible. The greatest possible. As soon as possible. 20. I have. 21. This will be a calamity ) ,, calamitous > tome. ,, hateful ) 22. To make a good use of. 23. The man you write about. All the men in the city. 24. To send (write) a person a letter. To give a person something. | It is of sl wise man ( 225 ). ! To value at a little price (parvi sestimare, or facere). To value at a great price ; at a very great price (magni; max- imi). Nothing of stability ( 229 ). Much of good. How much (quantum) of plea- sure ! The war of Pyrrhus ; of the Lati ns (Obj. Gen. 235 ). He unwilling did it. He angry went away. So loving of (tarn diligens, with Gen.). He threatened death to me. As the most (quam plurimi).J As the greatest (quam maximus). As the earliest (quam primum). There is (are) to me. This will be for a j firi* j to me ( 243 ). To use well. The man about whom you write. All the men who are in the city ( 168 ). To send (write) a letter to a per- son. To give something to a person. * The thing valued will be in the Accusative, in spite of the ‘of. 9 + Hence, { no,’ ‘ some ’ (when they denote quantity, not number), ‘ much 9 ‘how much,' ‘ too much,' etc., are to be translated by nihil, aliquid, multum, quantum, nimium, etc., followed by the Genitive. X i.e. ‘as many as the most f ‘ as great as the greatest etc. 168 Differences of Idiom. 25. A purpose (‘to ’) may be expressed in six different ways : — 1 (a) Yenit ut lndos spectet (180). (&) f Yenit ad ludos spectandos. (c) < Yenit ludorum spectando - ( rum causa (Gerundive). (d) Yenit spectatum ludos w (139). (e) Yenit ludos spectaturus (147). Obs. Instead of * ut,' the Relative in a Final sense (—ut is) may be used (305). Remember that the Latin Infinitive never expresses a Purpose. must ( should , ought to) ) Yirtueis to-be-cultivated (Gerun- cultivate virtue. ) dive). 26. One ) We V You ) 27. I may go. I might have gone . 28. No philosopher. 29. I am not the man to do this (I am not one to, etc.). 30. Too great to be resisted. 31. He (deserves) is worthy to be loved. 32. It is disgraceful for a hoy to ) ...... that ahoy should* ( aeceive liis parents. Mihi ire licet. Mihi ire licuit . Nemo philosophus. I am not that (person) who can do (non is sum qui hocfaciam). Greater than which can be re- sisted (quam cui resistatur, or resisti possit). He is worthy who should be loved (dignus est qui ametur ). Puerum parentes fallere turpe est (Acc. and Infin. 160). * ‘Should? when not expressing duty or a future event, is often a sign of the Pres. Infin. TABLE OF STISTOKYMES. A absum, 1 am away , absent; desum, I am wanting , missing. ago, I act , do, transact ; facio, I make, create. alius, another, one or another (of several) ; alter, the one or the other (of two). amitto, I lose (simply) ; perdo, I lose or throw away, by my own fault ; often, I destroy. amnis, a large river; flumen, a stream, river; fluvius, a river; rivus, a brook. aspicio, see cerno. astrum, a constellation, any of the heavenly bodies ; sidus, a con- stellation; stella, a single star. atque (ad-que), and, moreover (introduces an important addition) ; et, and (associates things of equal importance) ; -que, and (joins words closely, so as often to present a complex notion). aut— vel — sive. See Lesson 55. autem— sed. See Lesson 64. B beatus, happy (in one’s self) ; felix, making happy, successful . C careo, I am without; egeo, I need ; indigeo, I need, require (stronger than egeo), cerno, I see clearly, distinguish; video, I see (simply) ; aspicio, I look at; specto, I gaze at or look at steadily. cogito, I reflect; existimo, I am of opinion; puto, I calculate, sup- pose. culpa, a fault, error (of persons) ; vitium, a natural defect, vice (op- posed to virtus). D desum, see absum. dico, I say; loquor, 1 speak, talk (opposite of taceo) ; inquam, I say, quoth I (introducing words as actually spoken). dominus, a master, any owner of property; magister, a superior, master— teacher. donum, a gift, present; munus, a gift (implying gratitude or obliga- tion on the part of the giver), a reward . duco, see nubo. 170 Table of Synonymes . E egeo, 565 careo. et, 566 atque. existimo, 566 cogito. F facio, 566 ago. felix, 566 beatus. flumen, fluvius, 566 amnis. fructus, fruit of land or trees, produce; fruges, fruits of the earth, a crop ; seges, a standing crop of corn, H homo, a human being; vir, a man , as distinguished from woman. * Homo ’ is often used contemptuously, hostis, a public enemy; inimicus, a private or personal enemy . 1 impero, I command with authority ; jubeo, I bid, order (opposite of veto). inimicus, see hostis. indigeo, see careo. invenio, see reperio. J jubeo, see impero. L lsedo, I do violence to , hurt (physically) ; noceo, I injure , harm. loquor, 566 dico. M magis, more , in a greater degree; plus, more , in a greater quantity. magister, see dominus. metuo, I fear (of mental anxiety or dread) ; timeo, I fear (of con- stitutional or natural timidity); vereor, I fear (implying vene- ration, but often expressing misgivings about something which may or may not happen), munus, see donum. N noceo, 566 l^do. nubo, lam married (lit. ‘veil myself’), said of a woman; duco, L marry (fully, duco uxorem, I take a wife), said of a man. P patria, country, fatherland ; rus, the country (as opposed to town). perdo, see amitto. Table of Synonymes. 171 peto, I aim at, seek (with a view to getting) ; qusero, I look or search for, seek (in order to find). plerique, most men, the majority; plurimi, very many, most — more than any other, plurimi, see plerique. plus, see magis. puto, see cogito. Q qusero, see peto. -que, see atque. quidam , ‘one,’ a certain known person; unus , ‘one’ numerically. R reperio, I find (after search); invenio, I find (search not being neces- sarily implied), lit. I come-upon. rivus, see amnis. rus, see patria. S sed— autem. See Lesson 64. seges, see fructus. sidus, see astrum. sileo, I utter no sound , am still; taceo, I utter mo word, am mute. sive, suggests one of two alternatives (317) ; utrum, asks the first part of a double question (299). specto, see cerno. Stella, see astrum. T taceo, see sileo. timeo, see metuo. U unus, see quidam. utrum, see sive. V vereor, see metuo. vir, see homo, vitium, see culpa. QUESTIONS IN SYNTAX. The letters N. S. refer to the Notes on Syntax in the “ Public School Latin Primer,” pp. 132 — 146. 1. What is Flexion or Inflexion ? ( 2 ). 2. What are the Oblique Cases? ( 5 ). Why so called? ( L . P. p. 174). 3. What is the Stem of a word ? (8). By what other name is it called ? Ans. Crude Form. 4. What is the character ? (8). 5. Give a rule for the ending of the Genitive Plural of Nouns of 3rd Declension (p. 3, note). 6. Give the Accusative endings in the Singular Number ( 14 ). 7 . How is the Accusative formed ? ( 15 ). 8. How is the Stem of a Noun found ? ( 16 ). 9. Give General Rules for the Gender of Nouns Substantive ( 19 , 20 ). What is a Common Noun ? 10. What are the Neuter endings of the 3rd Declension ? (Ap- pendix, X, C.) 11. What do you mean by Agreement of Adjective and Substan- tive ? ( 23 , 24 ). 12. When is ‘ to ’ never the sign of the Dative ? ( 32 ). 13. When are ‘by 5 and ‘ with ’ translated by a or ab, and cum ? ( 37 ). 14. Give the Plural endings of the five Declensions ( 40 ). 15. To what Declension do Adjectives in -is belong ? How do they form the Ablative Singular? ( 42 ). 16. Explain Finite Verb, Conjugation, Tense (p. 14, note). 17. What is the Subject ? In what case does the Subject of a Finite Verb stand? ( 47 )- What must be taken as the Subject when no Nominative is expressed ? ( 48 ). 18. What are Transitive and Intransitive Verbs? (55). How are Verbs of 3rd Conjugation ending in -io conjugated ? (Appendix, XXI ; L. P. § 63). 19. How may Adjectives be used Substantively ? ( 75 ). 20. When do in and sub govern the Accusative? When the Ablative? ( 77 ). Questions in Syntax. 173 21. How must ‘not* with an Imperative be translated ? (194). What word must stand before 4 not ’ in English ? [The 4 do ’ of the Imperative.] 22. What do you mean by the Ablative of the Instrument ? (37, 249). 23. When is one Noun said to be in Apposition to another ? In what case does the Apposition- Noun stand ? (209) . 24. What case is governed by compounds of sum ? (240). What exception is there ? [Possum.'] 25. When 4 thing ’ or 4 things ’ is left out, in what gender must the Adjective be put ? (75). 26. What case follows the Yerb ‘to be (117). 27. How does the Aorist differ in meaning from the Perfect? (94). 28. Are 4 he is come,’ 4 he was come/ 4 he & fallen/ ‘they are arrived/ Passive? To what tenses are they to be referred? (93, 155). 29. What does the English Infinitive often express, but the Latin Infinitive never ? [A purpose.] 30. In how many ways may a purpose be expressed in Latin ? (Diff. of Idiom, 25.) 31. Give the rules for the Consecution of Tenses (182). 32. When is ‘ that 9 a sign of the Infinitive? (160). 33. How are the Supines used ? (137 — 140). 34. How is the want of a Perfect Participle Active supplied ? [By cum with Perfect or Pluperfect Subjunctive, or by the Ablative Absolute.] 35. What is the Ablative Absolute ? 36. In what case is the Agent put ? 37. What do you mean by the Locative Case ? What forms of the Locative still survive ? 38. What do you mean by Periphrastic Conjugation ? 39. By what cases may 4 of the greatest valour’ be translated into Latin ? [Genitive or Ablative of Quality. ] 40. Where is cum placed with the Ablative of certain Pronouns ? 41. What Verbs govern the Genitive ? 42. What Verbs govern the Ablative ? 43. What Verbs govern the Dative? (240). 44. How is the Future Infinitive Passive formed? [With iri , 4 there is a going, ’ and the Supine in -urn. The Supine remains unchanged (150). If, however, the Verb has no Supine, 4 fore ut* with Subjunctive is used. ( L . P . § 69, B.)] 45. What is the construction of pcenitet, pudet> etc.? 174 Questions in Syntax. 46. How are 4 ought 9 and 4 might ’ translated wlien they are prin- cipal Verbs ? 47. What Verbs take a double Accusative? What is a Cognate Accusative ? 48. What is the only way in which Intransitive Verbs, or Verbs governing a Dative, can be used in the Passive Voice ? 49. How is the English Pluperfect Indicative to be translated after 4 if ? (212). 50. Which are the Primary , and which are the Historic Tenses ? 51. When is the Preposition ad, 4 to,’ used ? [After come, send, etc.] 52. In what case is a point of time {time when) put ? How do you express Duration of Time ? 53. What is the construction of Verbs of fearing and hindering? 54. When do you use ne for 4 that not ’ ? When { ut non 9 ? 55. What is the Prolative Infinitive ? 56. How may 4 having ’ be translated ? ; 57. What is Gerundive Attraction ? 58. How may the case of the Relative be determined ? ( 168 ). 59. What is the rule for the Comparison of Adverbs ? 60. How may a sentence with an Active Verb be changed into the Passive Construction ? ( 84 , 85 ). 61. In what case does a noun of 'price stand when it answers the question, ‘for how much 1 ? ( 256 ). 62. How is 4 must ’ translated? [By the Gerundive.] 63. When is 1 for ’ to be translated by the Accusative ? ( 218 ). When by the Ablative ? ( 257 )* APPENDIX. TABLE OF ENDINGS OF SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES. 1 . Nom. Voc. 1st Decl., -a 2nd Decl., -us, -er, (-um neut. ) 3rd Decl. 5 e, x, a, 1, t ) . ( s, c, o, r, n \ . 4th Decl., -us (-u neut.) . 5th Decl., -es . Singular . Acc. Gen. -am -se -um -i 1 ‘‘n 1 ! -is ( S -um -us -em el Abl -a -o -e* -ii -e 1st Decl., -se 2nd Decl., -i (a neut.) 3rd Decl., -es . 4tli Decl. , tis . 5th Decl., es Plural. -as -arum -5s (a neut. ) orum j -um ) es ( -ium ( us -uum es -erum ■is -is lbus j lbus ) ( iibus \ -ebus Obs. (a) The Nom. and Voc. are alike, except in singular nouns of the 2nd Decl. ending in -us. These make Voc. in -e, as doming. (/3) In Neuter Nouns the Nom. Voc. and Acc. are alike; and these cases in the Plural always end in a. II. Dea, a goddess , makes Dat. Abl. Plural deabus. Filius, a son , and Proper Names ending in -■ ius , make Voc. in i ; as , fill, Mcrcuri. Deus, God, makes Voc. Deus. III. Neuters of 3rd Decl. ending in -e, - al , - ar , make Abl. Sing, in -l ; Nom. Plural in -ia; Gen. Plural in - turn . Obs. baccar, far , jubar, nectar , make Abl. in -e. IV. (A) The following Nouns of 3rd Decl. have - 1 only in Abl. Sing. : — securis, tussis, sitis, vis, and river-names which end in 4s. Obs. These Nouns make Acc. Sing, in 4m. Sometimes 4 (see App. Ill, IV). 176 Appendix. (B) The following make -im or -cm in Acc. Sing., and most make -i or - e in Abl. : — febris, pelvis, puppis, navis, turris, also restis, clavis. Obs. Securis makes Acc. -im or -cm; Abl. always -i. messis ,, ,, ,, ,, Abl. always -e. restis ,, ,, ,, ,, Abl. always - e . (C) The following make -cm in Acc. Sing., and -i or -e in Abl. : — amnis, avis, axis, classis, with civis, finis, fustis, too; ignis, imber, orbis, unguis, and Months in -er the selfsame do. Obs. Many Adjectives used as Substantives have Abl. -i or ; but mostly -i. V. The following Nouns of 3rd Deck make -iwn in Gen. Plural: — A. Parisyllabic * Nouns in -es, -is, -er. Exceptions. — vates, proles, senex, panis, frater, mater, pater, cam’s, accipiter and juvenis, and often apis, volucris. B. Nouns ending in -s or -x preceded by a Consonant. Except -ps and cselebs. C. Monosyllabic Nouns. Exceptions. — crus, mus, laus, pes, grex, lex, rex, flos, fax, Thrax, vox, Phryx, dux, nux, Tros, mos. Obs. (a) Fraus has both fraudium and fraudum. (/3) The Genitives Plural of cor, cos, rus, sal, sol, vas (vadis) do not occur. (Madvig, § 44.) D. Neuters in -e, -al, -ar. (See above, III.) VI. The 4th Declension is a contracted form of the 3rd Decl. Thus, fructus (Gen. Sing.) is a contraction of fructu-zs,* fructh (Abl. Sing.) a contraction of fructu-e. Similarly, the Dat. Sing, ending -ul is often contracted into -it. Obs . (a) Neuters in -u have Gen. Sing, in -us. ,, ,, Dat. Abl. ,, -it. „ „ N.Y. Acc. Plur. in -ua. „ ,, Gen. ,, -Hum. ,, „ Dat. Abl. ,, -ubus or -Vous. See § 13, note. Appendix . 177 (/3) The following have mostly Dat. Abl. Plural in - ubus artus,* partus,* portus, acus, arcus, * quercus, specus, lacus ; to these join veru (spit) and tribus, like acus it renounces -ibus. VII. Domus, a house , is peculiar, and is thus declined : — Singular . N. Y. domus. Acc. domum. Gen. domus. Dat. domui. Abl. domo. Plural. domus. domus or domos. domuum or domorum. domibus. domibus. *** Hence the memorial lines, — Sperne -me, - mu , -ml, -mis, Si declinare ‘ domus ’ vis.t Ohs. Donn is the Locative Case (§ 261). Thus, ‘domi,’ at home; ‘ domi meae, ’ at my house. VIII. In the 5th Decl. the e of Gen. and Dat. Sing, is doubtful ; but it is generally long if it follows a vowel, as faciei ; short, if it follows a consonant, as fid'll. Ohs. The Gen. Dat. and Abl. Plural are seldom found, except in the words dies , res , which are the only two nouns of this Decl. fully declined. IX. Singular. 1st Decl. Nom. mensa Yoc. mensa Acc. mens am Gen. menses Dat. menses Abl. mensa Plural. N. Y. menses Acc. mensas Gen. mens Arum Dat. ) Abl. ( menSiS EXAMPLES. 2nd Decl. dominus puer magister domine puer magister dominim puemm magis trum domini puero magistro domino puero magistro domino puero magistro doming puero magistro dominos pueros migistros domin Orum puer Orum magistr Orum dominfs pueros magistros bellum bellum bellum belk‘ bello bello bella bella bell Orum belKs * Three Nouns of 3rd Declension, ars, pars, arx, make Dat. Abl. Plur. artibus, partibus, arcibus, respectively. Hence the need of the distinction. + Reject (the endings) -me, -mu, -mi, -mis, if you wish to decline 1 domus. ’ H. L. B. G.] M 178 Appendix. Singular. 3rd Decl . 4 th Decl. 3th Decl, N. V. nubes labor carmen gradus genu Acc. nubem labo rem carmen grad um genu Gen. nubis lab oris carminis grades geniis Dat. nubi labori carmini grad Hi genii Abl. nube lab ore carmine gradii genii Plural. E/| lab ores carmine grades gen Hd Gen. nub Ium IzhbRum carmiiVwm grad Uum gen TJum ! nubi&ws labor ibus carmines grad ibus gen ibus dies diem di ei di el die dies di Drum di ebus Obs. The following are irregular : — Deus, Jupiter, Bos, Respublica, Jusjurandum, Vis, Yir, S God. Voc. Deus. Nom. and Dat. plur. gene- rally take i for e. Dii or Di ; Diis or Dis. Jupiter. G. Jovis, etc. { bull, cow , ox. G. bovis ; G. pi. bourn \ D. bobus or bubus. ! republic, commonwealth. G. reipublicce , etc. ; the substantive res, and the adj. publica in agreement wdth it. { oath. G. jurisjurandi, etc. ; jus neut., with ( the partic. jurandum in agreement. strength : , vim, vi ; vires, virium, viribus. man : viri, etc. , as 2nd : viri, virorum, etc. Aer, aether , have Greek acc. aera, cethera . X. GENDER OF NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. A. 1st Declension. Feminine, except names of men and desig nations of men. B. 2nd Declension. Masculine, ending in - us or -er. Neuter, ending in -m Exceptions — Neuter Nouns that end in - us , Are virus, vulgus , pelagus. Vulgus masculine is rare. Feminine eight Nouns declare, alvus, arctus, carbdsus, ctilus, humus, pampinus, dtimus, vannus ; and with these Names of Jewels, Plants, and Trees. Appendix . 179 C. 3rd Declension, (a) Masculine, ending in -er, - or , -05, - 0 ,* and -65 increasing in the Genitive. Exceptions — -er) Many Neuters end in -er, iter, uber, verber, ver, With Plants, as acer and papavcr, Siler, tuber ; add cadaver . -Or) Neuters there are four in -or, ador, cequor, marmor, cor. One a Feminine we see, arbor, arboris (a tree). -OS) Feminine are cos and dos ; Greek Nouns are Neuter, so is os. + -o) Echo a Feminine we call, With card (carnis) : these are all. -CS, increasing) Of -es increasing, Neuter ces Is found, but Feminine are these — merces, merges, quies, seges ; compes add, and also teges. (/3) Feminine, ending in -do, -go, -io.% ,, -as, aus , -is. ,, -es, not increasing. , , -s, after a consonant. ,, -a?. Exceptions — -do, -go, - 10 ) car do, or do, prcedo, three, Masculine in -do we see. ligo, margo, vespertilio, Are Masculine, besides papilio, curculio, stellio, pugio, unio, scipio, septentrio, optio, senio, With other Substantives that show A number, as quaternio. -as) Six Masculines we find in. -as, ) vas (vadis), elephas, and mas, > as (assis), gig as, dddmas. ) Vas (vasis) noted is to be, And fas, with nefds, Neuters three. -aus) Eo exceptions. * When not -do, -go, -io. See Feminine endings (/3). + (1) os, ossis, a bone ; (2) os, oris, mouth. t Abstract Nouns in -io are all Feminine. 180 Appendix. -is) (1) Parisyllabic. Many Nouns we find in -is Masculini generis : — amnis , anguis , axis, collis , callis , c cauliSy civis, c follis, criniSy finis, c fascis, canis , c funis y c fustiSy ignis, pdnis, hostis , 0 postis, orbis, ensis, pisciSy sentis , c testis, c mensis , torquis , c unguis, and candlis, vectis, vermis, and sodalis.* Obs. Those marked ( c ) are common : is rarely Feminine, and that only in the Singular. (2) Imparisyllabic. cinis, lapis , cucumis, , pulvis, sanguis, semis, glis .+ -es) Masculine are two in -es, verres and acindces. Obs. votes, vepres, are common. -S, after a ) Masculine are fons and mons, consonant ( dodrans , quadrans, triens, pons , dens , with compounds bidens,% tridens, adeps, forceps, cliens , torrens ; And to these add conflUens , tiriens, rudens, occidens. || Obs . adeps , forceps, are sometimes Feminine. -X) Most are Masculine in -ex, ) But Feminine are forfex, lex, > pellex, supellex, fcex, and ncx. ) Three are Masculine in -ix, phoenix, fornix, and cdlix. Masculine are -ax and -unx, As thorax, deunx, and quincunx . ( 7 ) Neuter, ending in -a, -e, -c, -l, -n, -t,-ar, -ur, -us. Six Neuter endings of Declension 3 In the word 4 lancet ’ you may plainly see. But don’t forget to Neuters to refer Three other endings, -ar and -us and -ur. * Add, corbis , clunis, torris , anndlis {liber understood), and m'dlaris [dens, or lapis understood). Corbis is common, t Add vomis. X bidens, ‘a hoe,’ isJMasc. ;bidens, ‘a sheep,’ is Fem. || Add chalybs, gryps, hydrops. Appendix. 181 Exceptions — -1) Masculine are sol and consul , mugil, pUgil, sal and exsul. -n) The Masculines that end in -n Are names of men, as tubicen; To such add delphin , attagen , With lien , pectin, ren , and splen. -ar) Masculine is found in - ar , par* (a comrade), also lar. -ur) The live that are found Masculine in - ur , Are augur , furfur , turtur , vultur , /wr. -US) (a) Two are Masculine in -ws, lepus (leporis) and mus. (p) These are Feminine in - us , juvcntus , virtus , servitus , senectus, tellus, incus , sato, With^?ecwst (pecudis) and^ate.J D. 4th Declension. Masculine, ending in -ws. Neuter, ending in -w. Exceptions — -US) These are Feminine in -ws, acws, domus, w orticus , wto, nurus , socrus , tribus, names of Trees, and mdnus. E. 5th Declension. Feminine, ending in -es. Exception — Meridies is Masculine, and so Is ete in Plurali numero. 0&5. Zfe in the Sing, is Common, but mostly Masc. when it means l a day.' When it means * time ,’ or a fixed day , it is almost always Feminine. * Par , ‘a pair,’ is Neuter. t Pecus, pecudis, ‘ a beast ’ (generally a sheep) ; but pecus, pec6ris , ‘ cattle,’ is Neuter. X Add sus and grus; but these are sometimes Masculine- 182 Appendix. XL ADJECTIVES, (A) Those which end in us, a , um, or in er, a, um , and follow the 1st and 2nd Declensions. Thus, 1. Bonus, good. 2. Tener, tender. 2 nd ( Masc .). 1 st. 2 nd ( Neut .). ind {Masc.). I st. 2nd {Neut.). N. bonus, bona, bonum. tener, tenera, tenerum. Acc. bonum, bonanij , bonum. tenerum, teneram, tenerum. Gen. boni, bouse, boni. teneri, tenerse, teneri. etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. Or, Or, Unus, one. iEger, sick. N. unus, una, unum. seger, segra, segrum. Acc. unum, unam, unum. segrum, segram, segrum. Gen. unlus,* unius, unius. segri, eegrse, segri. Dat. uni, uni, uni. etc. etc. etc. The following Adjectives and Pronouns make Gen. Sing, in -ius, and Dat. in - i : — ille , ipse , iste, nullus , solus , totuSy unusy ullus; Also alius, alter, uter, TJter ’s Compounds five, and neuter . Obs. Tile, iste, alius, make Neuter Nom. Acc. Sing, illud, istud, aliud (XVI.). Alter keeps e throughout. Thus, alter, altera, alteram; alterius, etc. (B) Those which have endings like the 3rd Declension and fol- low its Inflexions {L. P. § 32, 33). 1. Adjectives in is. These have Abl. Sing, in i. Neuter N. V. Acc. in e. Gen. PI. in ium. „ ,, ia, 2. Comparatives in or. These have Sing. Abl. in e or i. Neuter N. V. Acc. in us. PI. Gen. in um. ,, ,, a. The Abl. Sing in e is the more common form. 3. Adjectives in x, ns, rs, and Participles in ans, ens. These have Sing. Abl. in e or 2. Neuter N. V. Acc. unaltered. PI. Gen. in ium. ,, ,, in ia. The Abl. Sing, of Adjectives rarely ends in e. With Participles the ending in e is more common. The Ablative Participle used Absolutely (265) always ends in £. * The quantity of the i is doubtful in all except alius (^aliius), alterius, utrius. Appendix. 183 4. Adjectives like acer (80), These have Nom. Masc. in er ) ,, Fern. ,, ris > otherwise like Adjectives in is. ,, Neut. ,, re ) Like acer are declined — alacer, celer, pedester, silvester, campester, equester, pnter, terrester, celeber, paluster, saluber, volucer, with names of Months, as September. Ohs. Celer alone retains e throughout. Thus, celer, celeris, celere. XII. The following Adjectives have Abl. Sing, in e only : — ccelebs , princeps , deses, compos , superstes , pauper, puber, impos. So (almost always), ales, dives, uber, vetus. But par and memor make Abl. in i.- These Adjectives, with the exception of par, have no Neuter Plural. XIII. IRREGULAR COMPARISON, A. Adjectives ending in - dicus , - ficus , and • volus . These form Comparative in - entior and Superlative in - entis - simus, as if from the Participles of dico, facio, and volo, from which they are derived. Thus, maledicus, maledi- centior , maledicentissimus. Obs. egenus, providus , are similarly compared. B. Adjectives ending in -us pure, i.e. - us preceded by a vowel. These have no Comparatives or Superlatives of their own ; but the Positive is used with mdgis, ‘more,’ for the Comparative, and with maxime, ‘ most, ’ for the Super- lative. Thus, arduus, magis arduus, maxime arduus . [For a fuller list, and for Comparison of Adverbs, see L. P. § 36, 37]. XIV. Plus, more (Compar. of multus ), has only Nom. Acc. and Gen. Neuter in the Singular; plus, pluris .* In the Plural we have M. F. N. N. A. plures plurd Gen. plurium Dat. Abl. pluribus Gen. of Price or Value (226). 184 Appendix. XV. Duo, two , and tres, three , are thus declined :~ M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. duo dU83 duo tres tiia Acc. duos (duo) duas duo tres tria Gen. duorum duarum duorum trium trium Dat. Abl. duobus duabus duobus tnbus tnbus Like duo is declined ‘ ambo, ’ loth. Ohs. The Cardinal Numbers, from quattuor , ‘four/ to centum , ‘a hundred’ (inclusive), are undeclined. Mille , ‘a thousand,’ is an Adjective undeclined. ‘Millia,’ thousands , is a Neut. Plural Substantive of 3rd Decl. (L. P. § 22 (6)), and is followed by a Genitive. Thus, ‘mille oves,’ 1000 sheep; ‘tria millia ovium,’ 3000 sheep (lit. ‘ three thousands of sheep ’). XVI. PRONOUNS. A. Personal Pronouns. (a) 1st Person, Ego, I. (1) 2nd Person, Tu, thou (you). Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Nom. ego nos Nom. Yoc. tu VOS Acc. me nos Acc. te VOS Gen. mei v nostri or nostrum * Gen. tui^ vestri or vestrum* Dat. mihi nobis Dat. tibl vobis Abl. me nobis Abl. te vobis B. Reflexive (3rd Person). Singular and Plural. Nom. (none). Acc. se or sese (especially if referring to a Plural Nom.). Gen. sui w Dat. sibl. Abl. se or sese. The suffix -met is often added to cases of the Personal Pronouns (except tu and the Genitives Plural), with or without cases of ipse. Thus, egomet , sibimetf, nos met ipsos. C. Possessive. (1) Like ‘ bonus. ’ meus, mea, meum, my , mine. suus, sua, suum, his, her (hers), its, their (theirs) ; his, her, its, their own. tuus, tua, tuum, thy, thine (your). * Nostrum and vestrilm are used with partitive adjectives (which, both, some), including comparatives and superlatives. They are also used with Gen. PI. omnium in agreement. Thus, Uter nos- trum, which of us l Vestrum omnium voluntas, the will of you all. Appendix. 185 (2) Like ‘ niger f noster, nostra, nostrum, our , ours. vester, vestra, vestrum, your , yours. Obs. ‘ Meus’ makes mi Sing. Yoc. Masc. Suus and tuus have no Vocative. D. Demonstrative. (1) Unemphatic. ‘Is,’ that {he, she , it ) ; antecedent to ‘ qui. ’ M. F. N. Nom. Sing, is ea id Acc. eum earn id Gen. ejus ejus ejus Dat. ei [all genders ) Abl. eo ea eo (2) Emphatic. M. F. N. Plur. ii ese ea eos eas ea eorum earum e5rum iis or eis [all genders) iis or eis [all genders) (a) ‘ Hie,’ this (near me). M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. Sing, hie hsec hoc Plur. hi hse hsec Acc. hunc hanc hoc hos has hoec Gen. hujus horum harum horum Dat. huic his Abl. hoc hac hoc his {b) ‘Ille,’ that (near him), yonder. M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. Siug. ille ilia illud Plur. illi illse ilia Acc. ilium illam illud illos illas ilia Gen. illius illorum illarum illorum Dat. illi illis Abl. illo ilia illo illis (c) * Iste, ’ that (near you), that of yours ; declined like ‘Ille.’ E. Definitive. (1) ‘Idem,’ the same. Singular. Plural. M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. idem eadem idem iidem esedem eadem Acc. eundem * eandem idem eosdem easdem eadem Gen. ejusdem eorundem* earundem eorundem Dat. eidem iisdem or eisdem Abl. eodem eadem eodem | iisdem or eisdem (2) ‘Ipse,’ -self [myself, thyself, himself, itself, etc.). It is declined like ‘ ille ’ above ; except that it has Singular Nom. Acc. neuter ‘ ipsum. ’ *m 9 before d is changed into 1 n.' 186 Appendix. F. Relative. 4 Qui, ’ who , which , that (as). Nom. Sing. Acc. Gen. Dat. Abl. M. qui quem cujus cui quo F. quse quam N. quod quod qua quo Plur. M. qui quos quorum quibus or queis quibus or queis F. N. quse quse quas quse quarum quorum Obs. The Prep, ‘cum,’ with , is written after, and forms one word with the Abl. of the Relative. Thus, quocum , quibuscum . G. Interrogative. 4 Quis,’ who? what ? M. F. N. Nom. Sing, quis quse quid Acc. quem quam quid Gen. ) Dat. > like the Relative. Abl. Plur. declined like the Relative. Obs. The forms ( quis,’ 6 quid,’ are used as Substantives. If the Interrogative Pronoun is Adjectival, i.e. if it agrees with a Sub- stantive, the form is qui, quce, quod, etc. exactly like the Relative ( 161 ). H. Indefinite. 4 Quis,’ any (ne quis, num quis, si quis). Nom. Sing. Acc. M. quis quem F. qua quam N. quid quid Plur. M. qui quos F. quse quas In the other cases declined like the Relative (F, above). N. qua or quse qua or quse Obs. As in the case of the Interrogative, the forms i quis,’ 4 quid,’ are Substantival. If the Pronoun agrees with a Substantive, the form is qui, quce, quod, like the Relative ; except qua or quce in Neut. Plural. The rule, however, is liable to exceptions. XVII. The Compounds of qui, quis, follow the declension of those Pronouns. The suffix or prefix (marked in italics) accom- panies each case without alteration. Qui -dam, Qui-ms, Qui -libet, Quis -quam, Aliquis, Qui -warn, Quis-ram, Quis-^mm, Quis-gwc, a certain one . ( m before d is changed into n. )* any you please . ( any ; any single one (when it is denied that there ) are any). any ; some (though not much or many: ali-quis, -qua, -quid or -quod. Neut. pi. -qua). who then ? ivhat then ? (Emphatic.) some, somebody, each, of several. (Unusquisque, each one.) * Thus quemdam, quorumdam, become quondam, quorundam. (Cf. XVI, E, idem.) Appendix. 187 Quisquis, Qui -cunque, ifoquis ? Num quis ? Uter, Alius (a, ud), Alter, Talis, Tantus, Tot, Ols. ‘Quid (quidquam) ; whoever ; (used without a Substantive : neut. quicquid).* whoever ; whatever (used with a subst.). (does) any ? (fem. sing, generally, neut. plur. always ecqua . It expects the answer none. ) (does) any ? (It expects the answer no. ) which J , of two ) : uterque, each (utraque, utrumque ; Gr. -lusque). another ; other . (When alius is used twice in a sentence, the first is construed * some . ’) the other (of two) ; another ; one more, such; antecedent to qualis (&se, tnrpis. battle , pugna, proelium. battle-array, acies. be, to, esse. be-in-trouble, laborare. beak, rostrum. bear, a, ursus. to, ferre (p. 189). beard, barba. beaten, to be, vapulare (250). beautiful, pulcer. beauty, formositas, pulcritudo. because, quod, quia. become , fieri (App. XX). becomes it, ) . befits it, | dec f becomes-not, dedecet. bed, cubile. bee, apis. before (adv.), ante, antea, prius. before (prep.), ante. beg, beg -for, orare. begin, coepisse (L. P. § 74); in- cipere. behind, pone (prep.). behold, aspicere, spectare (S.). behoves, it — , oportet (281). believe, credere (dat.). bend, flectere (311). beneath, infra. benefit, beneficium. beseems, see becomes, beside, besides, praeter (prep.). besiege, oppugnare. best, optimus. better (adj. ), melior ; — (adv. ), melius. better, it is, praestat (iinpers.). between, inter. beware, cavere. beyond, ultra, super. bid, jubere (S.). bigger, major. bind, vincire. bird, avis. bit, frenum. bitter, acerbus. black, niger. blame, culpa. blame, to, culpare. blessing, bonum. blind, caecus. blood, sanguis. boast, gloriari (dep. ). body, corpus. bold, audax. book, liber. born, to be, nasci (dep.). both — and, et — et. bottom of, Imus (211). bough, ramus. bought, emptus (emo). boundary, finis. bounty, bonitas. boy, puer. brave, fortis. bravely, fortiter. bravery, fortitudo. brazen, aeneus. break (trans. ), frangere ; (in- trans.), frangi (311). breeze, aura. brief, brevis. Briefly, breviter. bright, clarus. bright, to be, nitere. brightness, nitor. brim, brink, margo. bring, ferre, ducere. bring-back, referre, reducere. Britain, Britannia. broad, latus. brook, rivus (S.). brother, f rater. build, aedificare. To build (of a city), condere. 196 E nglish-L a tin Vocabulary . [bul— con bull , taurus. burden , onus. burn (trans. ), cremare, urere ; (intrans.)ardere; flagrare(311). bury , sepelire. business , negotium. busy , sedulus. but , sed, at, autem, vero, verum (344). but (—who — not), quin (288). but ( = except), nisi, prseter (prep.)- but yet , attamen. buy , emere. by (=near), prope, ad. by (of the instrument ), abl. alone; (of the agent), abl. with & or ab (37). by chance , casu, forte (175). Cadiz, Gades (pi.). calamity , calamitas. call , vocare, appellare, dicere. call-back , revocare. call-together , convocare. call-upon, convenire (acc.). a, castra (n., used only in pi.). caw, possum (117). cannot , non possum, nequeo. care, cura. careless , negligens. With gen., ‘ careless about. 9 carry , ferre, portare, gerere. carry down , deferre. Carthage , Carthago. Carthaginian , Carthaginiensis. cast-down , dejicere, prsecipitare. catch , capere, excipere. cause, causa. cautious, cautus. cavalry, equitatus. care, cavern , antrum, spelunca. cease, desmere (trans. and in- trans. ). celebrated, n5bilis, celeber. centre of, medius (211). certain, certus. -k certain man, quidam. certainly, certo ; certe (a^ all events). chain, catena. chance, casus. change (trails.), mutare; (intrans. ) mutari (311). character, mores, pi. [mos]. chariot, currus. cheaply, parvi (226). cherish, fovere. chief, a, princeps. chief ( adj.) summus. children, liberi (pi. ). choose , deligere. circumstance, res. citadel, arx. citizen, civis. city, urbs. clear, manifestos. close, claudere. cloud, nubes. cock, gallus. cohort, cohors, -tis, f. cold (subst.), frigus. cold (adj.), frigidus. colonist , colonus. come, venire. come-down, descendere. come-up, advenire, accedere, coming, a, adventus. command, a, imperium. command, to, imperare (dat. , S. ). common, communis. compared with, prse (prep. ). compel, cogere. complete, conficere. conceal, tegere. conceal-from, celare (216). concerning , de (prep. ). concerns, it (300). confess, fateri (dep.). confidence , fiducia. congratulate, gratulari (dep.). conquer , vincere. conquered, victus (part, vinco). conqueror, victor. consequence, it is of (300). considerably , aliquanto. I constancy, constantia. constellation, astrum. consul, consul. consulship, consulatus (see, how- ever, 342). con— dis] English-Latin Vocabulary. 197 consult , consulere. With dat. 1 to consult for a person’s interests. ’ content, contented, contentus(abl. ). contrary, contrarius. conversation, sermo. converse, colloqui (dep.). corn, frumentum. couch, cubile. could, see can, count, numerate. countenance, vultus. country ( — fatherland), patria. country (opposed to town), rus (S.). country, from the , rure (259). country, in the, ruri (261). country, into the, rus (217). country-house, villa. courage, fortitudo. courageous, fortis. Courageously, fortiter. course, cursus. cover, tegere. cowardly, timidus. A coward, timidus. crane, grus. craving for, avidus (witli gen.). create , create. crop, fruges (pi., S.). cross, to, transire (*eo). croiv, cornix. crown, to, cingere. cruel, crudelis. Cruelly, eru- deliter. cruelty, crudelitas. cry out, clamare. cultivate, colere. cunning, vafer. cup, poculum. curb, frenum. cure, remedium. cure, to, mederi (dat. dep.). custom, mos. cut, csedere. dance, sal tare. danger , periculum. dangerous, periculosus, asper. dare, audere (156). dark, obsciirus. daughter, filia. day, dies. dead, mortuus (morior). deaf , surdus. dear, carus. death, mors. debate, dispiitare deceit, fraus. deceitful, fallax. deceive, fallere, decipere. decide, judicare. deep, altus, profundus. defect, vitium. defend, defen dere. delay, morari (dep.). deliberate, deliberate. delight, to, delectare. delight, it delights, juvat (impers. ). Delphi, Delphi (pi. ). demand, flagitare. denote, it denotes (225). deny, negate. depart, ab-ire (ab-eo), decedere. deprive, spoliare. descend, descendere. describe, narrare. desert, relinquere, deserere, ex- cedere ex. deserve, mereii (dep.). deserving, dignus (abl.). design, consilium. desire, cupiditas, studium. desire, to, ciipere. desirous, cupidus (gen.). despise, spernere, contemnere. destitution, inopia. destroy, perdere (S.), delere. destruction, pernicies, exitium. deter, deterrere. determine, judicare. ' Dictator, Dictator. ! die, mori, mortuus sum (dep. ). ! difference, it makes a (300). I difficult, difficilis. | dig, fodere. diligence, diligentia. Diligently, diligenter. discern, cernere. discharge, fungi (abl.). discourse, sermo. disease, morbus. diseased, seger. 198 English- Latin Vocabulary, [dis— exh disgrace , dedecus. disgraceful , turpis, foedus. displease , displicere (dat.). disregard , negligere. distinguish , cernere. distrust , diffidere (dat.). divide , dividere. ditch , fossa. do, agere, facere (S.). do-good-to , prodesse (prosum, dat., 241). doctor, medicus. ^ 0 #, canis. to be, fieri (App. XX). doors, 0 /, foras (217), foris (261). doors, fores (pi.). doubt, dubitare. doro, columba. down from, de (abl.). drain, haurlre. draw out, elicere ; extrahere. dread, pavor. dream, somnium. dream, to, somniare. dress, vestis. drink, bibere. drive, agere, pellere (banish), drop, ( = let fall), dejicere. duck, anas. during, often inter with gerund ( 122 ). duty, it is the — of (225). dwell, dwell in, habitare, inco- lere. BEL Ch (of several), quisque. Each (of two), uterque. each other (after ‘contrary to’), inter se. eager, cupidus (gen.). eagle, aquila. ear, auris. earth , terra. easily, facile (facilius, facillime). easy, facilis. eat, edere or esse (edo). App. XX. edict , publish an, edicere. educate, eriidire. egg, ovum. Egypt, iEgyptus. either — or, vel — vel ; aut — aut; sive, seu (316). embrace , amplexus. embrace, to, amplecti (dep.). eminent, summus. employ, uti (abl. ). empire, imperium. enact, constitute. end, finis. endeavour, conari (dep.). endowed with, endued ivith, prse- ditus (abl.). endure, sustinere, pati (dep.). enemy, hostis (often in pi.), ini- micus (S.). engaged in, to be, interesse (dat. ). enjoin, prsecipere. enjoy, frui (abl.) ; potiri (abl. or gen., 254). enlarge, augere. enough , satis (228). enquire, quserere. entangle, impedire. enter, ingredi (dep.). entreat, orare. entrust, committere. envy, invidere (dat.). equal, par. err, errare. escape, fuga. Escape from evils (232, 235). ^ escape, to, effugere, fugere, eva- dere. esteem, sestimare, habere. even ( = equal, level), par. even, etiam, vel. even , not even, ne — quidem (142). evening, in the, vesperi. events, at all — , certe. ever, unquam. every, omnis. Everybody, omnes (pi.). everywhere, ubique. evil, malum. Evils, mala (n. pi.). example, exemplum. excel, prsestare. excellent, excellens, prsestans. except, nisi (adv.); preeter (prep.). excessive, nimius. exercise , uti (dep. abl.). | exhort, hortari (dep. ). oxi— for] English-Latin Vocabulary. 199 exile ( = banishment), exsilium. exile , an , exsul. exist , esse. expect, exspectare. expediency , utilitas. experience , usus. extinguish , exstinguere. oculus. fable, fabfila. it is an allowed — , constat ( 161 ). deesse. /aZZ, cadere. fall-down , decidere. false, falsns. falsehood , mendacium. Tell falsehoods, see lie . fame, fama. famous, celeber, nobilis. farmer, agricola. farthest, extremus. fat, pingnis. father, pater. fatherland, patria. fault, culpa. favour, gratia. favour, to, favere (dat.). favourable, secundus. fear, metus, timor. fear, to, metuere, timere, vereri (dep., S.). feather , penna. feed (trans.), pasc^re; (intrans.) pasci. Feed-on, vesci (abl. ). feel, sentire. feeling, sensus. fell, to, csedere. few, pauci, se, a. field, ager. field, in the , militise (261). fiercely, acriter (acrius, acerrime). fight, a, pugna. fight , to, pugnare. figure , forma. fill, implere. find, invenire, reperire (S.). find - fault - with, reprehendere (308). finger, digitus. finish, conficere. fire , ignis. To be on fire, ardere, flagrare. first, primus. fish, piscis. fisherman, piscator. fit for, aptus, idoneus (with dat. or ad), p. 47, note. five, quinque. five hundred, quingenti, se, a. flee, fugere. fleece, vellus, eris,n. fleet, a, classis. flesh, caro, carnis, f. flight, fuga. Also by verb -noun infin. (112). flow, fluere. Flow-into, influere. flower, flos. flowery, of -flowers, floreus. fly (as a bird), volare. fly-away, avolare. fly-baclc, refugere. fly -from, fugere. follow, sequi (dep. ). follow-up, persequi (dep.). folly, stultitia. fond, studiosus (gen.), amans, diligens. food, cibus. fool, a, stultus. foolish , stultus, ineptus. foot, pes. for (conj.), nam, namque, enim. for ( = instead of), pro (prep.). Often a sign of dat. (239). Before a noun of Time it must be translated by the acc. (218). When it expresses ‘ for hoiv much, 9 by gen. or abl. (256). for -a-long -time, diu. for-the-sake, causa (with gen.). forage, frumentari (dep.), pabiilari (dep.). forbid, vetare. force, vis. forces, copi?e, pi. (copia). forest, silva. forget, oblivisci (dep). with gen . forgetful, immemor. forgive, ignoscere (dat.). form, forma. former, prior, pristinus. 200 English- Latin Vocabulary. [for— gua formerly , olim. fortification , munitio. fortify , munire. fortune , fortuna. forty , quadraginta (indecl. ). forward (adj.), petulans. /owZ, fcedus. found , inventus, repertus. found, to, condere. fountain, fons, fontis, m. four, quattuor. Fourth , quartus. four-hundred, quadringenti, ae, a. fox, vulpes. fraud, fraus. free, liber. Freely, libere. free, to, liberare. freedom, libertas. free-from , solutus (abl.), frequented, celeber. fresh, recens. friend, amicus. Friendly, ami- cus (adj.). friendship, amicitia. frighten, terrere, deterrere. Frightened, territus. frog, rana. from, a or ab. Down from, de. Out of, e or ex. Often by abl. alone (249). from (after verbs of hindering, etc.), quommus (289). fruits of the earth, fruges (S. ). full, plenus. future, futurus. ( See sum.) ia-in, to, adipisci (dep.). gain possession of, potiri (gen. or abl., 254). game, ludus. garden, hortus. garland, corona. garment, vestis. garrison, praesidium. gate, porta. Gaul, Gallia. Gaul, a, Gallus. gaze-at, spectare. general, imperator. generally, plerumque. genius, ingenium. gentle, humanus, mitis. German, Germanus. get-possession-of, potiri (gen. or abl. 254). gift, donum (S.), muuus. girl, puella. give, dare, donare. give-baclc, reddere. give battle (Ex. 80), give-up, tradere. glad, lsetus. glass, of -glass, vitreus. glory, gloria. go, ire (eo). go away, ab-ire (ab-eo). go -down, descendere. go-forth , prodire (eo), egredi(dep. ). go-out, exire, egredi (dep.).* goat, caper, m., hircus, m., ca- pella, f. God, Deus (App. IX). goddess, dea. going- to — , participle in ur us( 147). gold, aurum. gold, golden, of gold, aureus. good , bonus. good-for, utilis, with clat. or with ad (p. 47). good-fortune, felicitas. goodness, bonitas. good-will, benevolentia. grant, concedere. great, magnus. greater, major. greatest, maximus. When size is not intended, summus. greatest possible, quam maximus. greatness, magnitudo. greedy, avidus (with gen.). Greece, Grsecia. Greek, Graecus. grief, dolor, luctus. grieve, grieve for, dolere. ground, humus. On the ground, humi (261). grow, crescere. guard, praesidium. guard, to, custodire. Generally followed by e, ex, with Abl. gua — imm] English-Latin Vocabulary. 201 guard , to be on one’s — , cavere. guide , dux. Under my guid- ance, me duce (abl. abs.). guide , to, ducere. hair, capiiius. hand, manus. hand, to be at, adesse (adsum). happen, accidere. happily, beate. happiness, fellcitas. happy, beatus, felix (S. ). harbour, portus, -us. hard, durus. hard-hearted, durus, ferreus. hardly, vix, gegre. Hardly any- body, nemo fere. harm, nocere (dat., S.). harsh , durus. haste, celentas. haste, hasten, properare, festl- nare (311). hate, odisse (L. P. § 74). hateful, to be, odio esse (243). hatred , odium. have, habere. hawk, accipiter. he, is, ille. But see 173. head, caput. heal, mederi (dep. dat.). health , salus, -utis. healthy, saluber (104). hear, audire. heart, cor. heat , calor. heavily, graviter. heaviness, gravitas. heavy, gravis. he- goat, caper. help, auxilium. help, to, adjuvare ; succurrere (dat.). hen, gallina. her (acc.), earn, illam. her (possessive), 172, 173. here, hie. hereafter , olim. herself, ipsa. But see 172, 173. hesitate, dubitare. hide, a, pellis. hide, to, tegere. hide-from, celare (216). high, altus. highest, summus. him , acc. of is, or ille. himself, ipse. But see 172, 173. hinder, impedire ; obstare (dat. ). his (173). hither , hue. hold, tenere. hold cheap , parvi sestimare (226). hold one’s tongue, tacere. home, domus. At home, domi (261). honour, honor. honourable, honestus. hook, hamus. hope , spes. hope, hope-for, sperare. horn, cornu. horse, equus ;• -back, ex equo. horseman, horse-soldier , eques. hostage, obses. hot, calidus. house, domus, p. 177 ; sedes (pi.). how (before an adj.), quam. however, tamen, autem, vero. how great, quantus. how many, quot. how much, quantum (229). huge, ingens. human, hum anus. hunger, fames. hungry, esuriens. hunt, venari (dep. ). hunter, huntsman, Venator. hurt, lsedere (acc., S.). husband, conjux. husbandman, agricola. /, ego. App. XYI, A. idle, ignavus. idleness, ignavia. if, si. If any, si quis (198). ignorant, ignarus (gen.). ignorant , to be, ignorare. ill, to be, segrotare. ill-natured, difficilis. illustrious, clarus. imitate, imitari (dep. ). immediately, statim. immortal, immortalis. 202 English-Latin Vocabulary. [imp— lef impious , impius. in, in (abl.) 77. See also 249. in order to, in order that, ut (180-182) : before a compar- ative, quo (277). in order that — not, ne (180, 181) ; after, 4 so,’ 4 such , ’ ut non (185). in front of, ante (acc.). in the field , militise (261). inactive, iners. increase (trans.), augere; (in- trans.), crescere (311). incredible , incredibilis. indeed, quidem. indulge , indulgere (dat.). industrious, sedulus. industry, industria. inform, certiorem facere. informed, to be, certior fieri. inhabit, incolere. inhabitant, incola. injure, nocere (dat., S. ). injury, injuria. innocent, insons. inscribe, inscribere. instead of, in behalf of, pro (abl. ). intellect, mens. intending-to — , part, in -urns (147). intention, consilium.. intimacy, familiaritas. into, in (acc.). in vain, frustra. irks, it irks, piget (207). iron, ferrum. iron (adj.), of iron, iron-hearted, ferreus. island, insula. Italy, Italia. its (173). itself, ipse (174) c ivy, hedera. jest, jocus. Not even in jest, ne joco quidem. jest, to, jocari (dep.). journey, iter. joy, gaudium. joyful, lsetus. judge, judex. judge, to, judicare. judgment, judicium. jump-upon, insilire, saltu se dare (with prep, in and acc. ). Jupiter, Jupiter, gen. Jovis. (App. IX). just, justus. justice, justitia. justly, jure. keen, acer (104). keep-back, retinere. keep watches, vigilias habere. kid, hsedus. kill, interficere, necare. kindness, beneficium. king, rex. kingdom, regnum. knife, culter. know, scire, cognoscere, noscere. knowledge, scientia. know-not, not-know , nescire. known, it is well — , constat (161). labour, labor. Lacedaemonian, Lacedsemonius. lame, claudus. land, terra. land, to ( = put ashore), exponere ; (intrans.), e navi exire, or egredi (go ashore), large, magnus. Larger, major. last, ultimus. last, at — , tandem. Latin, Latinus. laugh, laugh-at, rldere. laughing-stock, ludibrium. laughter, risus. law, lex. Propose a law, legem ferre. lay-down, ponere. lazy, iners. lead, ducere ; (of a road) ferre. leader, dux, princeps. leaf, frons, folium. lean-upon, niti (dep. abl.). learn, discere. learned, doctus. least, minimus. leave, relinquere. leave-off, desinere. left, relictus (part, relinquo). 203 leg— mis] English-Lalin Vocabulary . leg , crus. legion , legio. length , tandem. Zess, minor. Z&ss (adv.), minus. lest , ne (with subj., 180, 181). let , sign of imperative (193). letter (a written character), litera. .4 Z^ZZ^r, epistola; literse (pi.). liar , mendax. liberality , liberalitas. Liberally , lfoeraliter. ZZe, «, mendacium. ZZe, Zo, mentiri (dep.). Z^, lie down , jacere. lie-hid , latere. lieutenant, legatus. life, vita. Inthelifetimeof — , 342. light, lux. light (not heavy), levis. light upon, nancisci (dep. ). like, similis (gen. or dat.), 102. likeness, imago. lily, lilium. limit, finis. Zme o/* battle, acies. line of march, agmen, lion, leo. listen-to, audlre (308), literature, literse (pi.), little, a little, pauca (n. pi.), live, living, vivus. live ( = dwell), habitare. live, to ( = be alive), vivere. live-upon, vesci (abl.). load, onerare. lofty, altus. long, longus. long, for a long time , diu (diu- tius). long , to long for, cupere. look-around, circumspicere. look-at, adspicere (aspicere), spec- tare (S.). look-for, quserere (308). loose, solvere. lose, amittere, perdere (S. ). love , amor. love , to, amare, diligere. lover, amans. loving, amans, diligens, ( With gen., 233), lucky, felix. lying, mendax. mad, demens. made, to be, fieri (App. XX). maintain (—rear) alere ; (=keep up), tenere. make (a king, consul), creare. make, facere. man, homo, vir (S. ). mangy, lievis, e. manifest, manifestus. manner, in such a, ita. manner, modus. manners, mores (mos). many, multi. march, iter. march , to, proficisci (dep.), con- tendere. margin, margo. mark, it is the — of, 225. marry (of men), ducere ; (of women) nubere (dat.). marsh, palus, udis, f. master ( = owner), donnnus (S. ). master, magister (S.). matter, res. matters, it — , 300. may, licet (281). meadow, pratum. mean, sordidus. means , a, modus. By no means, nullo modo. meat (food), cibus. medicine, medicina. meet, occurrere (dat.), melt , liquescere. men of Athens, Athenienses. messenger, nuntius. method, ratio. mid, middle, midmost, midst, medius (211). might, with all one's, summa ope. mild, mitis. milk, lac. mind, animus ; mens {the intel- mine, meus. [led), misbeseems, it — , dedecet. miser , a, avarus. misfortunes, mala (n. pi.). missing, to be, deesse (desum). mistress , magistra. 204 English-Latin Vocabulary, [mon— one money , a sum of money, pecunia. money ( = coin), minimus. month , mensis. more highly , pluris (226). more (in quantity), plus. more (in a higher degree), magis. mortal , mortalis. most men , plerique (S. ). mother , mater. motive , causa. mountain , mons. mournful, msestus. mouse, mus. move (trans.), movere ; (intrans. ) moveri, or se movere (311). much, multus. multitude, multitudo. Muse, Musa. mws£, 129-135, 245, 281. m^/, meus. ndlTIO , ndmen. natural-to-man, humanus. nature, natura. nay rather , immo. wear, prope, ad. nearer, propior. nearest, proximus. nearly, fere. neck, cervix, collum. need, indigere (gen. or abl.). needle, acus. neglect , negligere. negligent, negligens. Negligent about, negligens (gen. ). neighbouring , vicinus. neither — nor , nec — nec, neque — neque. neither (of two), neuter (105). nest, nidus. net, rete. never, nunquam. nevertheless, tamen, attamen new, novus. [(344). next, proximus. night, nox; at nightfall , p. 25, note. no, nullus. noble, nobilis. nobody, no one, nemo (170). noise, clamor. none, nullus. nor, nec, neque. (See also 180, 194). not, non. not even, ne — quidem (142). nothing , nihil ; nil (only in poetry). not yet, nondum. nourish, alere. now, nunc. nowhere, nusquam. 0 , 0! Also a sign of Vocative alone. oak, quercus. obey, parere, obtemperare, obe- dire (dat.). object of hatred, to be, odio esse (243). object, to, recusare { followed by quin). obscure, obscurus. obtain, adipisci (dep.). occupy, tenere. odd, impar. odour, odor. of ( = concerning), de (abl. ). of, sign of Genitive. (See also 209, 349, 351.). of what sort, qualis. offer (trans.), olferre ; (intrans.) offerri (311). office, munus. often, ssepe. old, antiquus, vetus. old-age, senectus. old-man, senex. Gen. pi. , senum. on (of place), in (abl. ). Of time, abl. only (255). on the ground, humi (261). on-account-of, propter, ob (acc.). on behalf of, pro. once ( = formerly), olim. once , once for all, semel. one, unus. one (=a certain one), quidam. one (of two) alter. one another, inter se ; alius — alium. one day, quondam. one's , one's own, suus (173). onl— pri] English-Latin Vocabulary. 205 only , modo, s5lum, tantum. open , apertus, patefactus. open , to, aperlre. ojoer, to be; lie open , pat ere. opinion , sententia, opinio. opportunity , occasio. oppose , resistere (dat.), obstare (dat.). opposite , contrarius. or, aut, vel (316). orator, orator. . order, ordo. orctor, to, jubere (S.). . original, pristinus. other, alius, alter (App. XI, A.). otherwise, aliter. ought, oportet (281). ewr, noster. ourselves, nos ipsi, nos -met ipsi. out of doors, foras (217), foris (261). out-of, e, ex. outside, extra. over, super, supra. overcome, superare. overwhelm, obruere. owe, debere. owing-to, prae (abl. ). own, his, her, its, suus (173). own ( = confess), fateri. owner, dominus. pain, dolor. Suffer pain, dolere. pains, opera, ae. paint, pingere. painter, pictor. painting, pictura. palace, regia. pardon, venia. pardon, ignoseere (dat.). parent, parens. part, pars. pass, pass-by, prseterlre. pass-over, transire (eo). past, the, praeterita (n. pi.). patron, patron us. peace, pax. To procure or estab- lish peace, conciliare pacern. peacock, pavo. penetrate, penetrare. people, populus. perceive, sentire. perform, fungi (abl.); efficere. perish, perire (eo). permit, sinere. permitted, it is, licet (281). perpetual, perpetuus. persuade, persuadere (dat.). pert, petiilans, Phacthon, Phaethon, ontis. philosopher , philosophus. philosophy , philosopliia. physician, medicus. pick-up, legere. picture, tabula, tabella. piercing, acutus. pity, to, misereri (dep. ) ivith gen . I pity, miser et me (234). place, a, locus. place, to, ponere. place-under, supponere (240). plain, manifestus. plain, a, campus. plan, consilium. play, ludus. play, to, ludere. pleasant, gratus, jucundus. please, placere (dat.). pleasing, gratus. pleasure, voluptas. plenty, copia. plough, arare. poet, poeta. point-of-a-spear , cuspis. point-out, monstrare. poor, pauper. portrait, imago. possess, possidere. powerful, potens. practise, colere. praetor, praetor. praise, laus. praise, to, laudare. pray, precari (dep.). precept, praeceptum. prepare, parare. prescribe, praecipere. present, to be, adesse. To be — at, interesse (dat.). present, a, donum (S.). prevent, inhibere. price, pretium. 206 English- Latin Vocabulary. [pri— rob price, at a great, magni (226). primest, see best, probable, verisimilis. produce , parere. profitable, utilis. promise, polliceri (dep.), promit- tere. prosperous , secundus. protect , mumre. protection , presidium. proud, superbus. providence, providentia. punish, punire. punishment, poena. pupil, discipulus. pursue, persequi (dep.). pursuit, a, studium. put, ponere. put-to-flight , fugare. put-on, induere. queen, regina. question, interrogate. quickly, cel enter. quiet, quietus. quite, ornnino. quoth (lie), inquit (App. XIX). random, at, temere. rank, ordo. rapid, rapidus. rashly, temere. rashness, temerftas. rather, I had, malo, malle (App. XX) . reach , contingere. Reach ( = come up with), pervenire (with ad). read, legere. ready, paratus (part. paro). rear, alere. reason ( = cause), causa. reason (the faculty of reasoning), ratio. recall, revocare. receive, accipere, capere (App XXI) . reckon , habere. recollect, recordari (dep.). red, ruber. reed, arundo. reflect ( = consider), cogitare. reflect ( = give back a reflection), reddere. refuse, recusare (followed by quin ). regardless, negligens. rein, frenum. reinforcements , subsidia (n. pi.). rejoice, gaudere (156). relate, narrare. release, solvere. relying-on, fretus (abl.). remain, manere. remaining, reliquus. remedy, remedium. remember, meminisse (196, 233), recordari (dep. ), reminisci (dep.). remove, removere. repents, it, psenitet (234). reply, respondere. report, nuntiare. republic, res-publica (App. IX). reputation, fama. require, indigere (S.), with gen. or abl. resentment, dolor. reside, habitare. resist , resistere (dat.). resources , opes (pi. ). rest, quiescere. rest, the , cseteri (pi.) ; reliquus. restore ( = give back), reddere. restrain, cohibere. retain, retinere, tenere. return, a, reditus. return (—go or come back), re- dire (-eo). return ( = give back), reddere. revile, male-dicere (dat.). reward, munus (S.). Rhine, Rhenus. Rhone, Rhodanus. rich, dives. riches, divitise, opes. rightly, recte. rise, oriri (dep. ). river, amnis, iluvius, flumen (S. ). road, via. rob, spoliare (233). robber, latro. robe, vestis. roc— sle] English-Latin Vocabulary. 207 rock , rapes, saxum. rogue , veterator. roll (trans.), volvere, (intrans. ) volvi, or volvere se (311). Rome , Roma. Of- Rome, Rom anus. roof tectum. root, radix. rose, rosa. rough, asper. round, circum. royal, regius. ruin, perdere. rule, regere. run, currere. run-away , fugere, aufugere. running, cursus. rush, ruere. sacrifice, to, immolare. sad, tristis, msestus. safe, incolumis, tutus. safety, salus, -utis. Saguntum, Saguntum, said (he), inquit. sail , navigare. sailor, nauta. sake, for the sake of, causa (with salute, salutare. [gen . ). same, the, idem (174). sand, arena. satiate, satisfy, satiare. say, dicere. ‘ He says, ’ ‘ says he, i ait, inquit. say — not, negare. scarcely, vix. scatter, spargere. sea, mare. see, cernere, videre, spectare, as- picere (S.). seek, seek -for, quserere, petere (S.). seem, videri (pass, of video). -self, ipse (174). sell, vendere. senate, senatus. send, mittere. send-forward, prsemittere. sepulchre, sepulcrum. serve, servire (dat.). serviceable, utilis (with ad, or with set-free, liberare. [dat.). set-out, proficisci (dep.). settler, colonus. several, complures. severe, severus, gravis. shade, shadow, umbra. shake-off, decij.tere. shall, sign of future. See note, p. 15. shames, it shames, piidet (207). shameful , fcedus, turpis. sharp, acutus. sharpen, acuere. shave, tondere sheep, ovis. she-goat, capella. shepherd, pastor. shine, nitere. ship, pavis. short, brevis. shortly, breviter. shortness, brevitas. should (129-135; 162). shout, shouting, a, clamor. shout, to, clamare. show, monstrare. shrill, acutus. shudder, shudder at, horrere. shun, vitare. shut, to, claudere. shut (part.), clausus. sick, seger. silence, silentium. silent, to be, silere, tacere. To be — about, tacere (with acc . ). silly, ineptus. silver, — plate, argentum. sin, peccare. since, cum or quum (with subj . ). sing, cantare, canere. singing, cantus. sister , soror. sit , sedere. six-hundred, sexcenti, se, a. size, magnitudo. skilful, peritus, sollers. skilled-in, peritus (gen.). skin, pellis. slave, servus. To be a — to, ser- vire (dat.). slay, csedere, occidere. sleep , somnus. sleep , to, dormire. 208 English-Latin Vocabulary. - Lsle— syr slender, gracilis ; tenuis. small, parvus; smaller, minor; smallest, minimus, smell, odor. smile, risus. smile, smile at, ridere. smite (with disease, etc.), affi- cere. snare , laqueus. snow, nix. so, ita, adeo, tam, sic. So very, adeo. so great, tantus. so many , tot. so much, tantum (228). By so much, tanto (275). so that (185). Socrates, Socrates. soft, mollis. sold, to be, venire (250). soldier, miles. some, some one, aliquis, quispiam. some — others, alii — alii. sometimes, interdum, aliquando. somewhat, paulo (275). son, films. son-in-law, gener, song, cantus. soon, mox. sorrow, luctus. soul, animus. sound, sonus. sound (adj.), sanus. sovereignty, regnum. Spain, Hispania. spare, parcere. sparing, parcus. spealc, loqui (dep.). spear-point, cuspis. speech, a, oratio. speed, celeritas, cursus. spiteful, maledicus. sport, ludus. spring (the season), ver. spring, to, oriri (dep. ). spur, calcar. staff, fustis. stag, cervus. stand, stare. star, sidus. start, proficisci (dep.). starvation, fames. state, civitas ; res-puhlica (App. IX). stay, commorari (dep.). still, to be, silere (S. ). stir, see move . stern, severus. stone, lapis, saxum. stop , desino (311). storm, tempestas, procella. story, fabula. stranger, hospes, itis. stream, flumen, rivus (S.). street, vicus. strength, vires (vis, App. IX). strive, niti (dep.). style, elegantia. successful, felix. succour, succurrere (dat. ). such, of such a kind, talis. such (of size), tantus. such (with an adj.), tam. sudden, subitus. suddenly, subito. repente. sue-for, petere (308). suffer ( = permit), sinere. suffer, pati (dep.). suffer-pain, dolere. suffice, to be sufficient, sufficere. sufficient, satis (229). suitable, suited, idoneus (dat. ), p. 47, note. summer, sestas. summer (adj.), of summer, assti- vus. sun, sol. sup, cenare. supper, cena. suppose , putare. surprise, opprimere. surround, cingere; circum venire (hem in). survive, superesse. sustain, sustinere. swallow, liirundo. swift, celer (104), velox. Swiftly, celeriter. swiftness, celeritas. sivim, nare, natare. sword, ensis. Syracuse, Syracuse (pi.). 209 tab— tog] English- Latin Vocabulary . tdblOj mensa. tail , cauda. take , capere. take-care , cavere. take-place, fieri (App. XX). tale , fabula. talent ( = a sum of money), talen- tum. talent ( = ability), ingenium. talk with , colloqui (with prep. cum). talkative , loquax. taste, gustare. taught , doctus (doceo). teach, docere. tear, lacrima. tear, to, lacerare. tell, narrare. tell-a-lie, mentiri (dep.). temple, tempi um; aedes (sing.). ten, decern. Ten [apiece), deni, ae, a. Tenth, decimus. tender, tener, era, erum. territory, fines, pi. (finis). than , 270, 271. thanks , to return , agere gratias. that (demonst. pron.), is, ille, iste (126). that ( = which), qui, quae, quod. See also 322. that ( = in order that), ut (180). that, after ‘so,’ ‘such,’ ut (185). that not, ne (180), ut non (185). that (with comparatives), quo (277). that , sign of acc. and infin. (160- 162). that (after verbs of doubting, denying), quin (288). that-of -yours, iste (126). the — the, quanto — tanto, quo — eo (276). their, their own, suus (if it relates to Subject of sentence. If not, eorum, illorum, 173). [Often omitted unless emphatic, p. 26, note.] themselves, ipsi, se (172-174). then, turn ; deinde (after that). thence, inde. there-is, est. There-are, sunt. there , ibi. There ( = yonder), illic. therefore , lgitur. they, ii. illi. Often omitted (48). See also 172, 173. thick, densus. thief, fur. thing, res. Often omitted (75, 76). think , existimare, putare, cogi- tare, sentire (S. ). think -little- of , parvi aestimare (226). third , tertius. thirst, thirst for, si tire (308). thirsty, sitiens. this, hie, haec, hoc (126). thither, eo. thou, tu. though, licet, quamvis, cum (quum), (302). thousand, a, mille (indecl.). (App. XV.) threaten , minari (dep.). three, tres (App. XV). threshold, limen. thrifty, parcus. through, per (prep. ). throw, jacere, praecipitare, immit- tere. throw away, abjicere, -jeci. throw-down, dejicere, -jeci. thus , ita, sic. thy, tuus. time, tempus. At the same time, simul. time (of life), aetas. timid, timidus. tired, fessus. to, ad. (Also sign of dat. * and of infin.). to ( = in order to), 180*182. to-day, hodie. together, simul. * ‘ To,’ as a sign of Dative, is omitted after give , send, write. See also 113. H. L. B. G.] O 210 English-Latm Vocabulary, [tom — war tomb , sepulcrum. to-morrow , eras. tongue , to hold one's, tacere. too great , too much (adj. ), nimius. [Adv.) nimis, nimium (229). too late , serus. too little , parum (229). too — to (DifF. of Idiom, p. 168). tooth , dens. top-of, sunimus (211). touch , tangere. tower , tnrris. town , oppidum. towns-people , oppidani. trace, track, vestigium. /race, track, to, indagare, investl- gare. tragedy, tragoedia. train, instituere. travel, iter facere. traveller, viator. tree, arbor. trench, fossa. Troy, Troja. true, verus. truly, vero. trust, credere (dat.). truth, veritas. tumble-down, mere. turn (trans. ), convertere. (In- trans.), converti (311). twelve, duodecim. twenty, viginti (indecl.). tioo, duo (App. XY). two-hundred, ducenti, se, a. tyrant, tyrannus. unable, to be, non posse. unaware, inscins. unbecoming, it is, dedecet (204). uncertain, incertus. unconscious, to be, nescire. Under, sub (77), subter. understand, intelligere. undertake, suscipere. uneven, impar. unfortunate, adversus. unfriendly, inimicus. unhappy, infelix. unhurt, incolumis. universe, mundus. unless, nisi. unlike, dissimilis. unlucky , infelix. unmindful, immemor. unprofitable, \ . _,v r unserviceable, j mutllls - unskilled, unskilful, unskilful in, imperitus (gen.). unwilling, invitus. unwilling, to be, nolle (App. XX). unworthy, indignus (abl.). upon, in (abl.), super. urge, urge-on, urgere. use, usus ; use , to, uti (dep. ). useful, utilis. useless, inutilis. usually, plerumque. utmost, summus, a, um. Vainly , in vain, frustra. valour, virtus. value, to, sestimare. variety, dissimilitudo. venture, audere (156). verse, carmen, versus. very, sign of Superl. very highly, maximi (226). very many, plurimi. vessel (sbip), navis. vice, vitium. victor, victor. victory, victoria. view, to, conspicere. vigorously, acriter. violence, vis. virgin, virgo. virtue, virtus, titis. voice, vox. V/age, gerere. wait, wait-for, exspectare. walk, ambulare. wall, murus. wander, vagari (dep.). leant, inopia. want ( = be without) , carere (abl. ). — need, indigere (gen. or abb). wanting, to be, deesse. war, bellum. warm, calidus. warmth, cal or. warn , monere (181, 184). wat— wor] English-Latin Vocabulary. 211 watch, vigilia. watch , to be on the — , cavere. water , aqua. water, to, irrigare. wave, fluctus. way, via. we, nos. weak, imbecillus, infirmus. wealth, opes (pi.). wealthy, opulentus locuples. weapon, telum. wear, gerere, uti (abl.). wear- out, deterere. weary , fessus. I am weary of, 234. weather , tempestas. wed (of a man), ducere ; (of a woman), nubere (dat.). weep, weep for, Here. weight, pondus. welfare, sains, utis. well, a, puteus. well (adv.), bene. well-known, it is — , constat (161). what (interrog.), quis, qui? (187). what ( = that which), qui (166). what (before adjectives), quam (p. 75, note). what sort of, qualis. when, quum or cum. (Interrog. ) , quando ? whence, unde. where, ubi, qua. (Interrog. ) , ubi ? whereas, quum or cum (with subj.). wherefore, quare. whether , -ne, num, utrum, sive (296, 299; 317). which, qui. which (of two), uter. while, whilst, dum. while (whilst) playing, inter lu- dendum (122). white, albus. whither, quo. who, qui. (Interrog.), quis, qui ? (187). whoever, whosoever, quicunque, quisquis. whole, whole of, the whole, totus. wholesome, saluber. why, cur, quare, quid. wide , latus. wife, conjux, uxor. will, willing, to be, velle (volo). willingly, libenter. wind, ventus. wing, penna. winter, hiems. winter (adj.), of winter, liibernus. Winter quarters, hiberna (n. pi.). winter, to, hibernare. wisdom, sapientia. wise, sapiens. wise, to be, sapere. wish, velle (App. XX). wish-not, not-wisli, nolle (App. XX). wish rather, malle (App. XX). with ( = together with) , cum (abl. ). Also sign of abl. (36, 37). with difficulty, segre, vix (249, note). with speed, celeriter (249). without ( = outside), extra; { — not having), sine (abl.). without, followed by verbal subst. in -ing, is translated by ‘ quin ’ (288), never by sine and the Gerund or Gerundive (112, note). without, do, be without, carere (abl.). without my knowledge, me inscio (342). wolf, lupus. woman, femina, mulier. wonder, wonder at, mlrari (dep.). wonderful, mlrabilis, minis. wont, to be, solere (156). ivood, a, silva. wooden, of ivood, ligneus. wool , lana. word, a, verbum. word, to bring, nuntiare. work, opus. world, mundus. worn-out, detritus (detero). worse , pejor. worship, colere. worst, pesshnus. 212 English-Latin Vocabulary, [wor— you worthy , dignus (abl.). would rather , see wish-rather. would that! (302). %oound, a , vulnus. ivound, to, vulnerare. wretched , miser. ivrite , scrlbere. wrong , a, injuria. Xenophon, Xenophon, -ontis. yacht, phaselus. ye, yos (App. XVI). year , annus. yellow, flavus. yesterday, lieri. tamen,attamen, verumtamen (344). yon, yonder, ille (126). you (sing.), tu; (pi.) vos. young, juvenis (junior). young man, adolescens. your, yours, tuus {sing.), vester {pi. App. XVI, C.). yourself, tu ipse, ipse (174). youth, a, adolescens, juvenis. youth (time of), juventus, utis. VOCABULARY IL Latin-English. a, ab, abs, by, from. ab-eo, Ire (141), depart, go away. ab-sens (absum), absent. ab-solvo, ere, solvi, solutum, acquit. ab-sum, esse, fui (S. ), am absent, away. ac, and (never before a vowel), ac-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, ap- proach, am added. ac-cido, ere, cidi, happen. aecipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, re- ceive. accipiter, tris, a hawk. acer, cris, ere, active , keen. acerbus, bitter, sour, crabbed. acies, ei, line of battle, battle- array, edge. acervus, i, heap. acnter, fiercely , vigorously (ac- rius, acerrime). acuo, ere, ui, utum, sharpen. acns, us, needle. acutns, sharp, shrill, piercing. ad, to, at, by, near, (with a Gerund or Gerundive, ‘for’). ad-duco, ere, duxi, ductum, bring or lead up. adeo, so, so very. ad-eo, Ire (141), approach , go to. ad-hinnio, Ire, neigh after, neigh to. ad-imo, ere, emi, emptum, take away. ad-ipiscor, adeptus sum, gain, obtain. ad-jiivo, are, juvi, jutum, help, aid. ad-ministro, are, administer, manage. admlror, ari. admire. ad-moneo, ere, remind. adolescens, a young man. adolescentulus, a youth, strip- ling. ad-sum, esse, fui, am present, at hand. adulter, adulterer. ad-uro, ere, ussi, ustum, singe. ad-ventus, us, arrival, coming. ad- versus (adj.), adverse, unfor- tunate. ad-versus (prep.), against, to- wards. aeneus, of brass, brazen. tedes, in sing, a temple, in pi. a house. sedifico, are, build. seger, sick, diseased. segre, with difficulty, scarcely. iEgre ferre, to take amiss, fret at, be indignant at. segroto, are, am ill. ^Egyptus, i, f-, Egypt. sequalis, equal (in age), of the same age. sequitas, equity, justice , impar- tiality. sestas, tatis, summer. sestnno, are, estimate, value. sestlvus, of or belonging to sum- mer, summer. setas, atis, age, time {of life). affecto, are, aim at. afficio, ere, feci, fectum, visit, smite. affirmo, are, assert. agellus, i, small field, farm. ager, agri, field. aggredior, aggressus sum, ag- gredi, approach, attack. I agmen, inis, line of march. 214 Latin-English Vocabulary, [agn— aut agnosco, ere, agnovi, agnitum recognise. ago, ere, egi, actum, act , do , effect. Agere gratias, return thanks. agricola, ee, m., a farmer . aio, say , assert (App. XIX). alacer (104), alert , brisk. albus, vfhite. alienus; of or belonging to another , another man’s. [, sometimes . aliquando, sometime or other , aliquis, some, some one , any (App. XYJI). alius (S.), oZ/ier, another , alii — alii, some — oZAers (App. XI). alo, ere, ui, nourish , maintain. alter (S.), the one or the other {of two) (App. XI). altus, deep, high , lofty. amabilis, loveable. amans (amo), loving , a Zover. Also adj. , enamoured of , with gen. ambitio, ambition. ambiilo, are, walk. amicitia, friendship. amicus, friendly. Also subst., a friend. amitto (S.), ere, misi, missum, lose. amnis (S.), a river. amo, are, love. amor, 5ris, love. an, whether , or. Sometimes in- terrogative, anas, atis, duck. angulus, i, corner . animal, alis, am animal. animus, i, mind , soul ; life. annulus, a ring. annus, year. anser, eris, a goose. ante, before , in front of. antea, before , formerly. ante-fero, ferre, tuli, prefer. antiquus, ancient , old. aperio, ire, ui, apertum, open. apis, a bee. apium, parsley. appareo, ere, parui, appear. appello, are, call. appetitus, appetite , pi. passions , desires. aptus, fit, suitable. apud, at, amongst (App. XXIII). aqua, water. aquila, an eagle. Arar, aris, the river Saone. arbitror, ari, think. arbor (arbos), oris, f., tree. Ardea, a town of Latium. arena, sand, beach. argentum , silver , plate. aro, are, plough. ars, tis, art, accomplishment. Artemisia, wife of Mausblus , king of Caria. arundo, mis, reed. arx, arcis, citadel, height. asper, aspera, asperuin, cruel, rough, dangerous. aspicio, ere, spexi, spectum (S. ), look at, behold. assimulo, are, pretend. astrum (S.), a constellation. at, but, nay but. Athense (pi.), Athens. Atheniensis, Athenian. Attalus, a king of Pergdmus in Asia Minor. attamen, yet, but yet , neverthe- less (344). attingo, ere, attigi, touch lightly, take up. atque (S. ), and. auctio, sale, auction. auctor, oris, author. auctoritas, personal weight, in- fluence, authority. audax, bold, daring , rash. audeo, ere, ausus sum, dare, venture (156). audio, Ire, ivi, itum, hear, listen to. an geo, ere, xi, ctum, enlarge, - increase (311); improve. aura, breeze, air. aureus, of gold , golden, gold. auris, ear. aurum, gold. aut, or. Aut — aut, cither — or. aut— cla] L atin-E nglish Vocabulary. 215 autem, but, however (344). auxilium , aid, assistance. avarus, avaricious. A miser. a vidus, greedy , craving for. avis, a bird. barba, beard. barbatus, bearded. beate (adv.), happily. beatus (S.), happy. Belgse, pi. m. , a people of ancient Gaul. bellum, war. bene, well. beneficium, benefit, kindness. bibo, ere, bibi, bibitum, drink. bonitas, goodness, bounty. bonum, i, a good thing, blessing. bonus, good. brevis, short. brevitas, shortness. breviter, shortly, briefly. Britannia, Britain. caecus, blind, csedo, ere, cecidi, csesum, cut, fell, slay. cseteri, pi. , the rest. calcar, aris, spur. calidus, hot. calor, heat , warmth. Camillus, a noble Roman. campus, a plain. cancer, cri, a crab. candens, part, of candeo. candeo, ere, am at white heat , am hot, glow. canis, is, a dog. cano, ere, cecini, cantum, sing. canto, are, sing . cantus, song, singing. capella, she-goat. caper, pri, he- goat. capillus, i, hair. capio, ere, cepi, captum, take , receive, choose ; reach. caput, capitis, head. careo, ere (S.), am without , want, go without. Caria, a province of Asia Minor. carmen, mis, n., a song, verse. caro, cam’s, flesh. Carthaginiensis, Carthaginian. Carthago, gin is, Carthage. carus, dear. caseus, cheese. castra, pi. n., a camp . casu, by accident. casus, accident , chance. catena, chain. cauda, tail. causa, cause, reason , motive. causa, for the sake, with gen. cautus, cautious. caveo, ere, eavi, cautum, be on the watch , be on one's guard, beware. celeber, bris, bre, frequented, famous. celer, celeris, celere, swift (104). celeritas, tatis, swiftness, speed, haste. celenter, swiftly, quickly, with speed. celo, are, hide, hide or conceal from (216). cena, supper. cepi, see capio. Ceres, Cereris, the goddess of corn. cerno, ere, crevi (S.), see clearly, discern, distinguish. certe, certainly, at all events. certior fio, I am informed ; cer- tiorem facere, to inform. cervix, vicis, neck. cervus, a stag. Cicero, onis, a famous Roman orator. Cilicia, a province of Asia Minor. Cimbri, pi. m., a people of Ger- many. cingo, ere, cinxi, cinctum, sur- round, encircle, crown . circiter (prep.), about. circum (prep.), around (acc.). circum-eo, ire, go round, visit. circum-spicio, spicere, spexi, spectum, look around. circum-venio, ire, veni, ventum, surround, hem in. civis, is, a citizen. civitas, tatis, a state. clamo, are, shout. 216 Latin-English Vocabulary. [cla— cor clamor, oris, shout , shouting , " noise. clarus, bright , illustrious. classis, is, a claudo, ere, clausi, clausum, close , shut. claudus, lame. coepi, begin (L. P. § 74). cogito, are (S.), think , reflect. cognosco, ere, cognovi, cognftum, know. cogo, ere, co-egi, coactum, com- pel. cohibeo, ere, restrain. cohors, cohortis, cohort , a divi- sion of a Roman legion, collineo, are, hit the mark. colloquor, loqui, locutus, con- verse, talk with. collum, neck, colo, ere, colui, cultum, cultivate, practise, worship. colonus, i, a settler, colonist. color, oris, colour. columba, a dove. committo, ere, misi, missum, entrust, commodum, an advantage. Com- modo esse, to be advantageous < 243 > commoror, ari, abide , stay, so- journ. communis, common. compello, ere, com puli, pulsum, compel, drive. complures, a and la, pi., a great many, several. compono, ere, compose. comprehendo, ere, prehen di, pre- hensum, seize. concedo, ere, cessi, cessum, ad- mit, grant. concilio, are, procure, establish (peace). condo, ere, didi, ditum, found, build. conferre culpam, lay the blame. conficio, ere, feci, fectum, com- plete, finish , accomplish. confido, ere, feel sure, confi- dent. confusus, a, urn, in disorder, dis- ordered (confundo). conjux, iigis, m. f. , husband, wife. Conor, ari, endeavour, attempt. conscio, scire, be privy to, be conscious of. consilium, advice, design , plan. consolatio, onis, comfort , conso- lation. conspectus, us, sight, view. conspicio, ere, spexi, view, be- hold. constat, it is an allowed fact, it is known, agreed. constituo, ere, stitui, stitutum, enact, settle. consul, iilis, a consul. consulatus, us, consulship. consiilo, ere, sului, sultum, con- sult ; with dat., * consult for a person's interests. ’ contego, ere, texi, tectum, cover. contemno, nere, tempsi, temp- tum, despise. contemplor, look earnestly at. contemptus, us, contempt, scorn. contendo, ere, contend, march, hasten. contentus, content, contented (abb). continens, entis, the mainland (supply terra). contingo, ere, tigi, reach. contra (prep.), against (acc.). contrarius, contrary. converto, ere, verti, versum, turn. convenio, ire, assemble (intrans.) ; call upon (trans.). convoco, are, call together, as- semble. copia, abundance, plenty. In pi. forces. copiosus, plentiful, abundant. cor, cordis, heart. Corinthus, Corinth. cornix, icis, a crow. cornu, us, n., horn. corona, a garland, chaplet. corpus, oris, body. cortex, icis, bark (of trees). era -dis] Latin-English Vocabulary. 217 eras, to-morrow. credo, ere, didi, ditum, believe , trust. cremo, are, burn. creo, are, create , make (a king, consul, etc.). cresco, ere, crevi, grow, increase (intrans.). crinis, a lock of hair, hair. crudelis, cruel. crudelitas, tatis, cruelty. crus, cruris, leg. cubile, couch , bed. culpa (S.), fault. culpo, are, blame. culter, tri, knife. cum (prep.), with. cum (quum), when, since , where- as. cunctatio, onis, delay. cunctus, all, the whole. cupiditas, tatis, desire. cupidus, desirous , eager. cupio, ere, cuplvi, cupltum, desire, long for. cur, ivhy. cura, care , anxiety. curro, ere, cucurri, cursum, run. currus, us, chariot. cursus, course, running, speed. cuspis, ldis, spear-point. custodio, ire, guard, watch. Cynthia, a ivoman’s name. Cyprus, an island in the Mediter- ranean. de (prep.), down from , concern- ing , of, about (abl.). dea, a goddess. debeo, ere, bui, bitum, I owe, I le-cedo, ere, depart. [ought. decern, ten. de-cerpo, ere, cerpsi, cerptum, pluck. decet, it beseems, becomes. de-cido, ere, cidi, fall down. decipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, deceive, cheat. declaro, are, declare. dedecet, it misbeseems, becomes - dedecus, coris, disgrace. [not. defendo, ere, fendi, fensum, defend. de-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, carry down. deformo, are disfigure, spoil the shape of. dego, ere, live. deinde, afterwards, then. dejicio, ere, jeci, jectum, let drop, throw down. delecto, are, delight. deleo, ere, evi, etum, destroy. delinquo, ere, liqui, lictum, sin, transgress. demens, ntis, mad. Demosthenes, is, a famous orator. dens, tis, tooth. densus, thick. deni, se, a, ten (apiece), depravo, are, pervert, distort. descendo, ere, scendi, scensum, descend, come down. desero, serere, serui, sertum, abandon. desino, ere, desivi or desii, desitum, cease, leave off. de-sum, esse,fui (S.), am wanting, missing. detero, ere, trivi, tritum, wear out. deterreo, ere, frighten, deter. detritus, see detero. deus, god (App. IX). devinco, ere, vici, victum, rout. devoro, are, devour. dico, ere, dixi, dictum (S.), say , call. Dictator, Dictator (< % Roman magistrate). dies, ei, day. difficilis, difficult, testy, ill-na- tured. diffido, ere, distrust (dat.). digitus, finger. dignus, worthy, deserving (abl.) diligentia, diligence, attention. diligo, ere, lexi, lectum, love. Dionysius, a tyrant of Sicily. discipulus, pupil. disco, ere, didici, learn. disjungo, ere, separate. 218 Latin-English Vocabulary. [dis— exs displiceo, ere, displease (dat.). dispono, ere, posui, positum, arrange . dissimilis, unlike. dissimilitude, variety. diu ( compar . diutius), long, for a long time. dives, divitis, rich. divido, ere, visi, visum, divide. divinitas, divine nature. divinus, divine. divitise (pi.), riches. doceo, ere, docui, doctum, teach. doctus, part, doceo, taught, learned. doleo, ere, suffer pain, grieve, grieve-for, be sorry. dolor, oris, grief, pain, resent- ment. domi, at home (donium, home, after a verb of motion), domus, us, a house. donum (S.), a gift , present. dormio, ire, sleep. dubito, are, doubt, hesitate. ducenti, se, a, two hundred. duco, ere, duxi, ductum, lead, bring, marry (of a man), dum, while, whilst. duo, tivo (App. XV). duodecim, twelve. duro, are, last. durus, hard, hard-hearted. dux, ducis, leader, guide. e (prep. ), out of, from. edico, ere, dixi, dictum, make a proclamation. edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, eat. edo, ere, didi, ditum, utter. efficio, ere, feci, fectum, perform, make . effigies, image, reflection. egeo, ere (S.), need (gen. orabl.). egi, see ago. ego, / (App. XVI). egredior, gredi, gressus, go forth. elegantia, style, elegance. elephantus, J ***”*■ elicio, ere, licui, draio out. eligo, ere, legi, lectum, choose . eludo, ere, baffle. emollio, ire, soften. emo, ere, emi, emptum, buy. ensis, is, sword. eo, ire, ivi or ii, go (141). eo (adv.), thither ; witli 4 quo,’ the more (276). Epaminondas, a Theban general. Ephesus, Ephesus. Epimenides, a Cretan poet. epistola, a letter. epiilse (ph), a banquet, feast. eques, equitis, horseman. equidem, I for my part. equitatus, us, cavalry. equito, are, ride. equus, i, horse. Ex equo, on horseback. erro, are, err. erumpo, ere, rupi, ruptum, break out. esurio, ire, am hungry. et (S.), and, also ; et — et, both — and. etiam, also, even. evado, ere, vasi, vasum, get clear away, escape. evectus, see eveho. eveho, ere, vexi, vectum, raise. evolo, are, fly out of. ex, out of, from (abl.). exclamo, are, shout out, exclaim. excusatio, onis, excuse, plea. exemplum, example, instance. exeo, ire, go out (141). exercitus, us, army. exiguns, small. existimo, are (S.), think. exordior, ordiri, orsus, begin. exorsus, see exordior. expello, ere, puli, pulsum, drive out, banish. expilo, are, plunder, pillage. ex-pono, ere, posui, positum, land (put on shore), disembark. ex-specto, are, expect, wait for, await. exsul, exsiilis, an exile. exstinguo, ere, stinxi, stinctum, put on, extinguish. ext— fus] Latin-Engiish Vocabulary. 219 extra, out of , beyond, outside. extremus, last , the end of (with - subst.), 211. fabula, fable , story. rabiilosus, full of stories , fabu- lous. facile (adv.), easily ; comp, faci- lius, superl. facillime. facilis, easy , complaisant. facio, ere, feci, factum (S.), do, make, value. factum, deed, act. fallax, acis, deceitful. fallo, ere, fefelli, deceive. falsus, false. fama, fame, reputation. fames, is, hunger, starvation. familiaris, intimate ; — res, one's private estate or property. familiaritas, intimacy . fanum, shrine. fateor, fateri, fassus, confess , own. Faunus, i, a Faun , a rustic deity. felicitas, tatis, good-fortune, hap- piness. felix, icis (S.), happy, successful, lucky. femina, woman. fere, almost, nearly ; nemo fere, hardly anybody. fero, ferre, tuli, latum, bear, carry ; ferre legem, to propose a law. ferreus, of iron, iron, iron-hcartccl. ferrum, iron ; a razor. fessus, weary, tired. fideiiter, faithfully. fiducia, confidence. filia, a daughter. fllius, i, co son. finis, is, end, limit. In pi. territory. Finein facere, to leave off. fio, fieri, factus, become, am made (App. XX, D). flagito, are, demand. flagro, am on fire, burn (intrans. ). flavus, yellow, fair-haired. flecto, ere, flexi, flexum, bend. fleo, Here, flevi, fletum, weep, weep for. floreus, of flowers, flowery. flos, fioris, a flower. fluctus, us, a wave. flumen, inis (S.), a stream, river. fluvius (S. ), a river. fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum, dig. feedus, foul, disgraceful, shame- ful. folium, co lecof. foras, oiot of doors (after a verb of motion). fore, forem, from sum. fores, ium (pi.), doors. foris, out of doors. forma, form, figure. formica, ant. formositas, beauty. forte, by chance. fortis, brave. fortiter, bravely, courageously (fortius, fortissime). fortitude, dinis, bravery, courage. fortuna, fortione. fossa, a ditch , trench. frango, ere, fregi, fractum, break. foveo, ere, fovi, fotum, cherish. frater, tris, brother. fratricida, a fratricide. fraus, fraudis, fraud, deceit. frenum, bit, curb. fretus, relying on (abl. ). frigidus, cold (adj.). frigus, oris, cold (subst.). frons, frondis, leaf. fruges, pi. (S.), fruits of the earth, a crop. frumentor, ari, get corn, forage. frumentum, corn. fruor, frui, enjoy (abl.). frustra, in vcoin. fuga, flight, escape from. fugio, ere, fugi, fly, fly or escape from. fugo, are, put to flight. fui, see sum. fungor, fungi, discharge, perform fur, furis, a thief. [(abl.). furo, ere, am mad. fustis, is, a staff, cudgel. 220 Latin-Englisk Vocabulary. [fut— imp lu turns, about to be; future (part, of sum). Gades, ium (pi.), Cadiz, Gallus, a Gaul, galllna, a hen. garriilus, talkative. gaudeo, ere, gavlsus sum, rejoice gaudium, joy. [(156). gener, generi, son-in-law. Germanus, German. gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, carry , wear , wage (war), behave. gloria, glory , ambition. glorior, ari, boast. gracilis, slender (102). gradior, gradi, gressus, step, go. Grsecia, Greece. Grsecus, Greek , Grecian. gratia, favour , kindness , grati- tude; gratias agere, to return thanks. gratiilor, ari, congratulate. gratus, pleasing. gravis, heavy. graviter, heavily ; graviter ferre, to take deeply to heart. gressus, us, step. grus, gnus, a crane. gusto, are, taste. habeo, ere, have , hold , esteem , consider. habito, are, live, dwell. Halicarnassus, a city of Caria. hamus, i, a hook. Hannibal, alis, a Carthaginian general. hasta, spear. liaurio, ire, hausi, haustum, drain, draw. liedera, ivy. Helvetii (pi.), a Celtic people. heri, yesterday. Hesperus, the evening star. hibernus, of winter, wintry. hiberno, are, winter, pass the winter. hie, this (near me), 126. hie (adv.), here. hircus, i, a goat. liirundo, dinis, a swallow. Hispania, Spain. historia, history. hodie, to-day. homieida, murderer, homicide. homo, hominis (S.), a man. honestus, honourable. honor, oris, honour, distinction. horreo, ere, shudder, shudder at ; am in dread of. liortor, ari, exhort. hortus, i, garden. hostis, is (S.), enemy. hue, hither. humanus, natural to man, hu- man, gentle. hydrus, i, a water-snake. i, imperative of eo. ibi, there. idem, eadem, idem, the same (174). idoneus, fit, suitable (dat. or with prep, ad), 122. ignarus, ignorant (gen.), ignavia, idleness. ignavus, idle. ignis, is, fire. ignoratio, ignorance. ignoro, are, am ignorant. ignosco, ere, pardon (dat.). ille, that (near him), yonder. illic, there (yonder). imago, ginis, portrait, reflection. imbecillus, weak. imitor, ari, imitate. immemor, immemoris, unmind- ful, forgetful. immensus, vast. immitto, ere, misi, missum, cast, throw. immo, nay rather. immortalis, immortal. impar, imparis, odd, unecen. impedio, ire, hinder. imperator, oris, general, com- mander-in-chief. imperitus, unskilled, unskilful in (gen.). imperium, command, ,. power, em- pire. imp— jus] Latin-English Vocabulary. 221 inrpero, are (S.), command. impius, imvious. impleo, ere, plevi, fill. improbus, wicked. in, prep, with acc., into, against; with ahl., in, upon, among. incedo, ere, walk. incendium, a conflagration, fire. inceptnm, design (incipio). incertus, uncertain. incipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, begin. inclusus, shut up. incblumis, safe, unhurt. incredibilis, incredible. in-cnltus, uncultivated. incus, cudis, anvil . indago, are, track. inde, thence. indigeo, ere (S.), need, require. in-dignus, umvorthy. induo, ere, dui, dutum, put on. industria, industry. ineptus, silly, foolish. iners, inertis, inactive, lazy. in-felix, unhappy. infirmus, weak. influo, ere, fluxi, flow into. infra (prep.), below ( acc .). ingenium, genius, talent, ability. in gens, ntis, huge, large. ingenuus, refined , liberal. ingredior, gredi, gressus, enter. inhibeo, ere, prevent. inimicus (S.), an enemy. injuria, wrong, injury. inopia, want, destitution. inquam, I say (App. XIX). inscius, unaware. Me inscio, without my knowledge (abl. abs. ). insilio, ire, ui, jump upon. insons, ntis, innocent. in-spicio, spicere, spexi, spectum, look into. instituo, ere, stitui, stitutum, train. insuavis, unpleasant, disagreeable. insula, island. intelligo, ere, lexi, lectum, under- stand. inter, between, among. Inter se, together, with or to each other . interdum, sometimes. interest, impers. (300). inter-ficio, ere, feci, kill. inter-sum, esse, fui, am present at, am engaged in (dat.). interrogo, are, ask, question. intervallum, intervening space. intimus, inmost. intuens, see intueor. intueor, eri, gaze, gaze at or into. inultus, unavenged, unpunished. in-utiiis, useless, unserviceable. in-venio, ire, veni, ventum (S.), find, invent, discover. in-vestigo, are, trace, discover. in video, ere, vidi, envy (dat.). invitus, unwilling. Often to be translated adverbially, ‘ umoil- lingly ’ (p. 105, note). ♦ ipse, gen. ipsius, self. irascor, i, am angry, am angry ivith (dat.). iratus, part, irascor, angry. irrigo, are, water, irrigate. is, ea, id, he, she, it (126). iste, that (near you), that of yours. it a, so, in such a manner, thus. Italia, Italy. iter, ltmeris, journey, march. jaceo, ere, jacui, lie, lie down. jacio, ere, jeci, j actum, throw, hurl. jactus, see jacio. jaculor, ari, shoot. jam, already. jocans, part, jocor, ari , jest. jocus, i, a jest. jubeo, ere, jussi, jussum (S.), bid, order. jucundus, pleasant. judex, icis, a judge. judicium, judgment. judico, are, judge, decide, deter- mine. juglans, dis, a walnut. J ulia, a woman! s name. junior, compar. o/juvenis. Jupiter, Jovis, Jupiter (App. IX). jure, justly , rightly. jussus, see jubeo. 222 Latin- English Vocabulary, [jus— med justitia, justice. justus, just , valid. juvat, it delights (impers.). juvenis, young , a youth. u labor, oris, labour. laboro, are, labour , am in trouble. lac, lactis, milk. Lacedsemonius, Lacedaemonian. lacero, are, tear. lacesso, ere, ivi, itum, provoke. lacrima, a tear. lacus, us, a lake. hedo, ere, lsesi (S.), hurt. lsetus, glad, joyful. lapillus, i, pebble. latro, nis, robber , bandit. latus, broad. latus, part. fero. laudo, are, praise. laus, dis, praise. legatus, i, ambassador , lieutenant. legio, onis, a legion. lego, ere, legi, lectum, read, pick up. leo, onis, a lion. levis, light, fleet. levo, are, raise. lex, legis, law. libenter, willingly (libentius, compar.). liber, era, erum , free. liber, bri, book. liberi (pi.), children. libero, are, set free, free. liberalitas, liberality. liberaliter, liberally (liberalius, compar.). libertas, tatis, liberty , freedom. licet, it is allowed. Milii licet, I may. lignator, woodman. ligneus, wooden, of wood. lilium, a lily. limen, mis, threshold. liquesco, ere, licui, melt. litera, a letter (written character of the alphabet). Liter®, (pi.), a letter, epistle literature. Locri (pi.), an ancient city in Italy. locus, i, place (L.P. § 25, 6). longus, long. loquax, acis, talkative. loquor, loqui, locutus (S.), speak, talk. lorica, breastplate, cuirass. lucerna, lamp, candle. luctus, us, grief, sorroio. ludibrium, a laughing-stock . ludo, ere, lusi, lusum, play. Indus, i, play, sport. lupus, i, wolf. lux, lucis, light. Lycurgus, a famous lawgiver. maestus, sad, mournful. magis (S.), more. magister (S.), a master. inagistra, mistress. magni, at a great price (226). magnitudo, dinis, greatness, size. magnus, great , large. major, compar. of magnus. male, badly (pejus, pessime). male-dico, ere, dixi, revile. male-dicus, abusive , spiteful, scur- rilous. malo, malle, malui, I wish rather, prefer (App. XX, B). malus, bad (pejor, pessimus). Mala (n. pi. ), evils, misfortunes. maneo, ere, mansi, remain. manifestus, clear, manifest. manus, us, hand, band (of men, etc.). mare, is, sea. margo, gmis, brink, brim. marinus, of the sea. mater, tris, mother. mathematicus, a mathematician, astronomer. Mausolus, a king of Caria. The monument erected by his wife was .called the Mausoleum. maxime, very greatly , chiefly . maximus, superl. of magnus. medeor, eri, heal, cure (dat.). medicus, physician , doctor. medius, middle, midst, midmost Medus, Mcde, Median. mel— neu] Latin-English Vocabulary. 223 melior, compar. of bonus, melius (adv.), better. memini, I remember (196, 233). mendax, acis, lying , a liar. mendacium, falsehood. mens, mentis, mind , intellect. mensis, is, month. mentior, iri, lie , tell falsehoods. mereor, eri, deserve. metior, iri, mensus, measure. metuo, ere, metui (S.), am afraid of, fear. metus, us, fear. meus, my , mine . mi, voc. of meus. miles, itis, soldier. militise, abroad , in the field (loca- tive). mille, a thousand (indecl.). De- clined in pi. millia (App. XX). minimus, smallest , least. Superl. of parvus. minister, tri, attendant. minor, less. Qompar. of parvus, j minor, ari, threaten (dep.). minus (adv.), less, in a less de - 1 gree. mirabilis, wonderful. miror, ari, wonder, wonder at. miser, era, erum, wretched. misereor, eri, pity (gen.), miseret (234). mitis, mild, gentle. mitto, ere, misi, missum, send. modo, only. Non modo — sed etiam, not only — but also. modus, i, manner, means, way. ! molestus, offensive, troublesome, j molior, iri, contrive. moneo, ere, advise , warn. mons, tis, mountain. monstro, are, point out, show. ’ ! morbus, i, disease. morior, mori, mortuus, die. moror, ari, delay. morosus, ill-humoured. mors, tis, death. mortalis, mortal. mortuus, dead (morior). mos, moris, custom ; pi. habits, ' manners , character . moveo, ere, movi, motum, move, stir. mox, soon. mulcto, are, fine (abb), mulier, eris, woman. multus, much ; pi. many. multitudo, dinis, multitude. mundus, i, world, univdrse. munio, ire, fortify, protect. munitio, onis, fortification, de- fence , outwork. munus, eris (S.), gift, reward, office. murus, i, wall. mus, muris, a mouse. Musa, a Muse. muto, are, change, alter. nactus, part, nanciscor, light upon, find, obtain. nam, namque, for. narro, are, tell, relate, describe. nascor, i, natus, am born. nato, are, stoim. natus, see nascor. navigatio, voyage. navis, is, ship. -ne, interrogative particle, trans- lated by a question, ne, lest , that — not (180, 181). After verbs of fearing, that. ne — quidem (with a word be- tween), not even. nec, neque, nor, neither. neco, are, kill. negligens, careless, careless about. negligo, ere, lexi, lectum, neglect, disregard. nego, are, deny, say — not. negotium, business, trouble. nemo (170), no one, nobody. neque, see nec. nequeo, ire (like eo), am unable, cannot. nequitia, immorality , wicked- ness. nervus, nerve, sinew, muscle. nescio, ire, not know, am uncon- scious. neuter, gen. neutrius, neither (of two). 224 Latin- English Vocabulary, [nev— ora neve, neu, and lest , and that — not , nor (180, 194). nidus, i, nest. niger, gra, gram, black, nihil, nil, nothing. nimis, nimium, too , too much. nimius, too great , excessive. nisi, except, unless. N isus, a king of Megara. niteo, ere, am bright, shine. nitor, oris, brightness, splendour. nitor, niti, nisus or nixns, strive ; lean upon. nix, nivis, snow. no, nare, swim. nobilis, noble, famous. noceo, ere (S.), injure , harm. nolo, nolle, nolui, am unwilling, not wish. nomen, inis, name. non, not. non modo, not only (followed by sed etiam). nondum, not yet. nonne, not (in questions, is not ? does not? etc. The auxiliary will always stand first), nonnulli, some. nosco, ere, novi, notum, know. noster, tra, trum, our, ours. nostri, gen. pi. of ego, p. 184. notitia, knowledge. novus, new. nox, noctis, night. nubes, is, cloud. nubo, ere, nupsi, marry (of a woman), nudus, bare. nullus, gen. lus, no, none. num, interrogative when it is the first word. If not the first word, 'to be translated 1 whether. ’ numero, are, count. numriius, coin, money. nunc, now. nunquam, never. nuntio, are, announce, report, bring word. ob (prep.), over against, on ac- count of (acc.). obdormisco, ere, mm, sleep. obedio, ire, obey. obliquus, sidelong. oblitus, see obliviscor. obliviscor, i, oblitus, forget (gen.), obruo, ere, mi, rutum, over- whelm. obscurus, dark, obscure. observo, are, notice, observe. obses, sidis, hostage. obsto, are, stiti, oppose, hinder. obtempero, are, obey (dat.). obtineo, ere, hold , occupy. occasio, opportunity. oculus, i, eye. odi, I hate (L. P. § 74). odium, hatred. Odio esse, to be hateful (243). odor, oris, smell, odour. odorus, balmy, sweet-scented. offero, ferre, tuli, offer. olim, once, formerly, hereafter. olorinus, of a swan. omnino, at all, altogether. omnis, all, every. Omnes, pi., everybody. Omnia, everything. oneraria navis, a merchantman, transport. onus, eris, burden. operam dare, pay attention (dat.). opes, wealth, resources. opinio, onis, opinion. oportet, it behoves, one ought (281). oppidanus, of a town, pi. towns- folk. oppidum, i, town. opprimo, ere, pressi, pressum, surprise. oppugn o, are, attack, besiege. ops,* opis, aid. Summa ope, with all one's might. optimus, very good, best, superl. of bonus. opulentus, wealthy. oratio, onis, speech. Nom, < ops , not in use. ora-pla] Latin-English Vocabulary. 225 orator, oris, orator , ambassador . ordo, dinis, order, rank. orior, orlri, ortus, arise, rise , spring. orno, are, adorn. oro, are, beg , beg for. ortus, see orior. ovis, is, sheep. ovum, egg. psenitet, it repents (234). pallesco, ere, grow pale. Pan, is, acc. Pana, a rustic deity. par, equal , even. paratus, ready , prepared (paro). parco, ere, peperci, spare (dat.). parcus, sparing , thrifty. parens, entis, a parent. pareo, ere, obey (dat.). pario, ere, peperi, partum, pro- duce; lay (of a hen), paro, axe, prepare. Parrhasius, a famous painter. pars, partis, apart, size. parum, too little. parvus, small, little. Parvi, at a little price, cheaply. pasco, ere, pavi, pastum , feed. pastor, oris, shepherd. pastus, part . , see pasco. pastus, us, food. patefactus, opened, open (pate- facio). pateo, ere, be open, lie open. pater, tris, father. patientia, power of endurance. patria, country, fatherland. patronus, advocate, patron. pauci, few. Pauca, a few things , a little (n. pi.). paulo, by a little, somewhat (275). pauper, eris, poor. pavo, onis, peacock. pavor, panic, dread. pax, pacis, peace. pecco, are, sin. pecunia, money. pejor, worse. See malus. pellis, is, skin, hide. pello, ere, pepuli, pulsum drive, banish. pendeo, ere, hang. penna, feather, wing. penuria, extreme want. peperci, see parco. per (prep.), through, by means of. Perdiccas, se, a friend of Alex- ander the Great. perdo, ere, didi, ditum (S.), lose, destroy, ruin. pereo, ire, ivi, or ii, perish. pergo, ere, proceed. Pericles, is, an Athenian states- man. perlculum, danger, risk. peritus, skilled, skilled or skilful in (gen.). perjurus, perjured. perniciosus, destructive, fatal , hurtful. perpessus, having suffered. perpetuus, perpetual. Perpetuo (adv.), for ever. In Perpetu- um, always. per-sequor, sequi, secutus, follow up, pursue. per-suadeo, ere, suasi, persuade (dat. ). per-venio, ire, reach , attain, come up with. pes, pedis, a foot. pessimus, worst (malus). peto, ere, petlvi or petii, petltum (S. ), aim at, seek , sue for, ask. petiilans, ntis , forward, saucy. Phaethon, tis, a son of Helios. phaselus, i, yacht. philosophia, philosophy. philosophus, a philosopher. Phosphorus, the day-star, or morn- ing star. pica, a magpie. pictor, oris, a painter. . pictura, painting, art of painting. piget, it irks (207). pila, a ball. pingo, ere, pinxi, pictum, paint. piscator, fisherman. piscis, is, fish. pius, pious, good, holy, dutiful placeo, ere, please (dat.). | planta, plant. 226 L atm- English Vocabulary . [pie— qua plenus, full. plerlque, aeque, aque, most (S.). plerumque, generally. plurimus, very much, very many. plus, more (App. XIV). Pluris, at a greater price , more highly. plus (adv.), more (S.). pluvia, rain. poculum, cup. poena, punishment. Poenas per- solvere, pay the penalty , suffer punishment. poeta, a poet. polliceor, eri, pollicitus, promise. Pompeius, i, Pompey. pomum, apple, fruit. pondus, eris, weight. pono, ere, posui, positum, place , lay down , put off \ populus, i, people. porta, gate. porto, are, carry. portus, us, harbour. possideo, ere, possess. possum, posse, potui, am able , can. post (prep.), after (acc.). postea, afterwards. potens, ntis, powerful , able. potio, onis, draught. potior, iri, gain possession of, en- joy (gen. or abl. ). potus, drunk. pra (prep.), before, owing to, com- pared with (abl.). praceptum, precept, injunction. pracipio, ere, cepi, enjoin , pre- scribe, instruct. pracipito, are, fling , throw head- long. presidium, guard, protection. prasto, are, stiti, afford , excel. prseter (prep.), beside (acc.). pratereo, Ire, pass by, pass. pratentus, past; n. pi. 'the past' (pratereo). prator, Oris, praetor. pratum, meadow. primum (adv.), first, at first. primus, first. Primo vere, in the beginning of spring (211). princeps, chief, leader. principatus, us, chief rule, pristmus, former, original. prius (adv.), before, sooner . pro (prep.), for, instead of, in be- half of (abl.). probo, are, sanction, approve. prodeo, Ire, go forth (eo). proelium, battle. profectus, see proficiscor. proficiscor, i, profectus, set out, start. profundus, deep. prope (prep.), near (acc.). propior, propius, nearer (prope). propter (prep.), on account of (acc.). Proserpina, Proserpine, a heathen deity. prosilio, Ire, silui, leap forth. pro-sum, prodesse, fui, do good to (dat.), p. 100, note, providentia, providence. proximus, nearest, next. Superl of prope. prudentia, prudence, foresight . Ptolemaeus, Ptolemy . pudet, it shames (207). pudor, shame. puella, girl. puer, eri, boy . pugna, a fight, battle . pugno, are, fight. pulcer, era, crum, beautiful. pullus, young (of a bird). punio, Ire, punish. purpureus, a, um, purple. putamen, mis, shell, husk. puteus, i, well, pit. puto, are (S.), suppose , think. quadraginta ^ forty (indecl.). quadringenti, se, a, four hun- dred. quaero, ere, quaes! vi (S.), seek, look for, enquire. qualis, e, such as, as. quam, than, as. Before an adj., 'how,' 'what.' quam maximus, as great as pos- sible* qua— rub] Latin-English Vocabulary. 227 quam plurimi, as many as pos- quando, when . [sible. quanto, followed by a compara- tive (276). quantum, how much . quantus, how great. quare, why , wherefore . quattuor, four (indecl. ). -que (S.), and . quercus, us, an oak. qui, quse, quod, who , which , that ; after idem, ‘ as. 1 qui (interrog.), who? what? (187). quia, because. quid? what? why? quidam, qusedam, quoddam, a certain , some , one, a. quidem, indeed. Ee — quidem, not even . quiesco, ere, quievi, quietus, quiet. quin, but that , without (288). quinque, five (indecl.). quis, quse, quid, what? quis, qua, quid (indef.), any. quispiam, somebody , sowic, any quisquam, anybody. [one. quisque, each. quisquis, whosoever. quo, that. Quo melius, that the better (277). quod, because. quommus (289). quot, how many , as many as. quotannis, every year. quotldie, daily. quum (cum), when , although , since, whereas. If followed by turn, ‘ both , y turn being especially ’ (p. 92, note). radix, Icis, root. ramosus, branching. rana, se, i. frog. rapidus, rapid. ratio, onis, reason, an account. recens, ntis, fresh. recipio, ere, cepi, cep turn, admit, receive. recordor, ari, recollect, remember. recte (adv.), rightly. recuso, are, refuse , object. reddo, ere, didi, ditum, give back, restore, reflect. redeo, ire, return (eo). reduco, ere, duxi, ductum, lead back, draw or carry back. refero, ferre, tuli, bring back. refert, impers. (300). refugio, ere, fugi, fly back. regina, queen. regius, royal. regnum, kingdom, sovereignty. rego, ere, rexi, rectum, rule. relinquo, ere, liqui, lictum, leave. reliquus, remaining, the rest. remedium, remedy, cure. reminiscor, i, remember . removeo, ere, movi, withdraiv, take away. rend vo, are, renew. repente, suddenly. reperio, ire, repperi, repertum (S.), find. reprehendo, ere, prehendi, pre- hensum, find fault with. res, affair, thing, undertaking , circumstance, property. resisto, ere, restiti, resist . respondeo, ere, spondi, answer, reply. res-publica, commonwealth, re- public, state (App. IX). rete, is, net. retineo, keep back, retain. revoco, are, call back, recall. Rhenus, i, the river Rhine. Rhodanus, i, the river Rhone. rideo, ere, risi, risum, laugh, laugh at, smile at. rigeo, ere, rigui, am frozen. ripa, bank. risus, us, smile, laughter. rivus, i (S.), brook, sluice. rogo, are, ask . Roma, Rome. Romanus, Roman. Romulus, Romulus, the founder of Rome. rosa, a rose. rostrum, beak. ruber, bra, brum, red. 228 L atin-English Vocabulary . [rug— sol rugio, Ire, roar. ruo, ere, rush, tumble down. rapes, is, rock . rare, from the country . ruri, in the country (locative), rus (S.), the country ; i into the country 9 (after verb of motion). saCrilegus, sacrilegious. ssepe, often (sajpius, ssepissime). Saguntum, a town in Spain. salto, are, dame. saluber, bris, bre, ivholesome, healthy. salus, utis, safety , health. saluto, are, salute. sanguis, inis, blood , sanus, sound. sapiens, ntis, wise . sapientia, wisdom . sapio, ere, am wise. satio, are, satisfy. satis, enough , sufficient. satisfacio, ere, satisfy , make amends to (dat.). saxum, stone , rock. scientia, knowledge. scio, scire, know. Scipio, onis, a famous Roman general. scriptor, oris, writer. scutum, shield. Scylla, a daughter of Nisus. se, acc. of sui, sese, strengthened form of se (172, 173). secundus, favourable , prosperous. sed (S.), but. sedeo, ere, sedi, sessum, sit. sedulus, busy, industrious . seges, etis (S.), corn-field. semel, once , once for all. semper, always. senatus, us, senate. senecta, se, senectus, tutis, old age. senex, senis, old, an old man. sensus, us, feeling, consciousness. sententia, opinion. sentio, Ire, sensi, sensum (S.), feel, think. | sepelio, Ire, bury. j septem, seven. I septimus, seventh. j sepulcrum, tomb, sepulchre. sequor, sequi, secutus, follow. sermo, onis, talk, conversation. serpo, ere, serpsi, creep, crawl. serus, late, too late. servio, Ire, am a slave to, serve (dat.). servus, i, a slave. severus, strict, stern. seu, see sive. sexcenti, se, a, six hundred. si, if. sic, so, thus. sldus, eris (S.), star. silentium, silence. sileo, ere, am silent, still. silva, wood forest. similis, like * (gen. or dat.), 102. simul, at the same time , together. simiilo, are, pretend. 1 sine (prep.), without (abl.). 1 sino, ere, sivi, suffer , permit. sitiens, thirsty (sitio). sitio, Ire, am thirsty, thirst for , thirst. sive, whether, or (316). socius, i, ally, confederate. Socrates, is, an Athenian philo- sopher. sol, solis, the sun. soleo, ere, solitus, am accustomed (156). sollers, rtis, skilful. Solon, onis, an Athenian law- giver. solum, only. solus, gen. sollus, alone, only. * With gen. likeness in character or disposition is denoted, with dat. likeness in appearance. The genitive is the more common, and is always used with Personal Pronouns. sol— tem] Latin- English Vocabulary. 229 solutus, part . solvo. sol vo, ere, solvi, solution, loose, free , release ; solvere naves, to weigh anchor. somnio, are, dream . somnium, a dream. somnus, i, sleep. sonus, i, sound , noise. Sophocles, is, a famous Greek tragic poet. sordidus, mean. soror, oris, sister. spargo, ere, sparsi, sparsum, scatter . spectatus, tried (specto). specto, are (S.), look, or gaze at, see. ■ speculator, oris, loolcer-out, sp>y, watchman. spelunca, cave, cavern. sperno, ere, sprevi, spretum, despise. spero, are, hope, hope for. spes, spei, hope, expectation. spiceus, of ears of corn. spolio, are, deprive, rob. statim, immediately. statuo, ere, determine. sterilis, barren. sto, stare, steti, stand. studeo, ere, pay attention (dat.), am anxious , ambitious. studiosus, fond , attentive. studium, desire, pursuit, attach- ment to. stulte (adv.), foolishly. stultitia, folly. stultus, foolish ; a fool. suadeo, ere, suasi, advise; hoc suadeo, I give this advice. sub (prep. ) , under (acc. of motion, abl. of rest) , near to. subitus, sudden. submisse (adv.), lowly. submissus, lowered (sub-mitto). sub-m5tus, removed, taken away (submoveo). subter (prep.), under (acc. or abl.). succurro, ere, curri, succour (dat.). sudo, are, am in a perspiration, sweat. sufficio, ere, feci, suffice, am sufficient. sui (172, 173). sum, esse, fui, am, exist (117). summus, highest, topmost, top , chief , greatest (211). super (prep.), over, upon, beyond. superbus, proud. superior, higher. supero, are, overcome. supplicium, punishment. suppono, ere, posui, position, place under. supra (prep.), above , beyond. surdus, deaf. suscipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, un- dertake. sustineo, ere, tinui, tentuin, sustain , endure. suus, his own, her own, its own; his, her, its (173) ; sui (pi.), a man's friends. Syracusae, arum (pi.), Syracuse. taceo, ere, am silent, hold my tongue, am silent about. tsedet, it disgusts; taedet me vitae, lam weary of life (234). talentum, a talent. talis, e, such. tarn, so; with adj., so, such. tamdiu, so long. tamen, yet, nevertheless (344). tandem, at length. tango, ere, tetigi, tactum, touch. tanto, by so much, the (with a comparative), 276. tantum, only; with gen., so much (229). tantus, so great. taurus, i, a bull. tego, ere, texi, tectum, cover, hide, protect. telum, weapon, missile. temere, rashly. temeritas, tatis, rashness. tempestas, tatis, weather, storm. templum, temple. tempus, oris, time. 230 Latin-English Vocabulary. [ten— ver teneOj ere, hold , retain , main- tain, occupy. tener, era, erum, tender . tenuitas, slenderness. terra, earth , fome?. terreo, ere, frighten. territus, frightened (part, of terreo). tertius, third. Thessali, orum, the Thessalians. timeo, ere (S .),fear. timidus, timid , cowardly , a coward. timor, oris, fear , tondeo, ere, totondi, ton sum, clip, crop, shave. tonsor, oris, barber. torques, is, or torquis, is, a chain (for the neck), collar. totus, gen. totius, whole . trabs, trabis, a beam . trageedia, tragedy. trajicio, jeci, cross. trans (prep.), across (acc.). trans-eo, ire, pass over, cross. trans-figo, ere, fixi, run through. trans-mitto, ere, misi, missum, cross. trecenti, se, a, three hundred. tres, tria, three (App. XV). triangulum, a triangle. tristis, sad. Troja, Troy . Tullus Hostilius, the third king of Rome. turn, then. If preceded by quum (cum), ‘ and especially.’ tunica, tunic. turdus, i, thrush. turpis, disgraceful. turns, is, tower , howdah. Tusculum, a town of Latium. tutus, safe. tuus, thy, thine ; your, yours (when one person is addressed), tyrannus, i, tyrant. ubi, where; also interrogative, where ? ubi vis, anywhere, where you will. ullus, gen. ulllus, any. ultimus, last. ultor, oris, avenger. ultra (prep.), beyond (acc.). umbra, shade , shadow. unde, whence, whence? unquam, ever. unus, gen. unius, one (never used for Engl, indef. article ‘a.’), 105. urbs, urbis, city. urgeo, ere, ursi, urge , urge on. urna, pitcher. uro, ere, ussi, ustum, burn, parch. usquam, anywhere. usus, us, use, experience. ut, as, in order that, so that, as to (after ‘ such,’ 4 so * ). uterque, gen. utriusque, each (of two), both. utilis, useful, serviceable, expe- dient, good (with ad), p. 47, note. utinam, would that! (always with subj., 302). utor, i, usus, use, employ, exer- cise, wear (abl.). uxor, oris, wife. vafer, fra, frum, cunning. vagor, ari, wander. valeo, ere, am strong. vapulo, are, am beaten (250). vates, is, bard, poet. vel, or — or; vel — vel, either — or, partly — partly (317). vellus, eris, fleece. velox, ocis, swift. venaticus canis, hound. Venator, oris, hunter, huntsman . vendo, ere, didi, ditum, sell. veneo, ire, ivi, or ii (venibam), am sold (eo), 250. venio, ire, veni, ventum, come. venor, ari, hunt. venturus, fut. part, venio. ventus, i, wind. Venus, eris, Venus, the goddess of Love. ver, veris, n., spring. verbum, word. ver— zeu] Latin-English Vocabulary. 231 vereor, eri, veritus (S .), fear. verisimilis, probable. veritas, tatis, truth. vero, verum, but (344). verus, true. vescor, i, feed-upon , live-upon (abl.). vesperi, in the evening (locative), vester, tra, trum, your , yours (when more than one person is addressed, or if in address- ing one person, others of the same nation or class are in- cluded). vestigium, track, footstep. vestis, is, robe , garment , dress. vetitus, forbidden (veto), veto, are, vetui, vetitum, forbid. vetus, gen. veteris, old. via, way , road. viator, oris, traveller. victor, oris, conqueror. Adjec- tively (in apposition), victo- rious. victoria, victory. victus, us, food , means of life. victus, part of vinco. vicus, i, street. video, ere, vidi, visum (S.), see. videor, eri, seem. vigil, ilis, a watchman. vigilia, watch. viginti, twenty (indecl.). vincio, ire, vinxi, vinctum, bind. vinco, ere, vici, victum, conquer. vindex, icis, champion. vir, viri (S. ), man. virgo, ginis, virgin. virtus, tutis, virtue , merit , val- our. vis, force, violence, might. PI., vires, strength (App. IX). vitium (S.), vice, natural defect , distemper , plague. vlto, are, avoid , shun. vitreus, of -glass, glass . vltupero, are, abuse. vivo, ere, vixi, victum, live. vix, scarcely. voco, are, call. volo, are, fly. volo, velle, volui, wish, am will- ing (App. XX, B). voluptas, tatis, pleasure. volvo, ere, volvi, volutum, roll. vox, vocis, voice. Vulcanus, Vulcan, the god of fire. vulnero, are, wound. vulnus, eris, a wound. vulpes, is, a fox. vultus, us, countenance, expres- sion. Zeuxis, a celebrated Greek painter. G-ENTEKAL INDEX. The numbers refer to sections, except where ‘p.’ indicates a page . Ablative, the, 248-275. Ablative Absolute, 265-267, 341. — of Participles ends in -e, 95. Ablative, signs of, 36. — of Agent, 37, 85, 249. — of Cause, 249. — of Cost, 256. — of Instrument, 249. — of Manner, 249. — of Quality, 249. — of Place, 259, 260. — of Time, 255. — of thing compared, 270. — denoting Measure of Differ- ence, 275. — governed by Prepositions, 37. — of Adjectives of 3rd Decl. ends in - i , 95. — Plural of Nouns of 4th Decl. p. 12. Abundance and Want, words expressing, 233. ac, see atque. acer , declined, 104. Accusative and Infinitive, 160- 162. — double, 216. — cognate, 215. — of the Nearer Object, ib. — of Place* 217. — of Space, 219. — of Time, 218. — with Prepositions, 220. — in -em or -im, 35. Active Voice, 80. Active Sentences may be changed into the Passive, 84, 85. Adjectives, Agreement of, 23, 24. — Comparison of, 9S-103. — Declension of, App. XI-XV. — in - er , - us , 22. Adjectives in ns, rs, x, 95. — position of, 24, 31. — used Adverbially, p. 105, note. — used Substantively, 7 5. — used with Ablative, 254. — used with Supine in •u, 140. Adverbs, comparison of, 277. — position of, p. 44, note. ‘ against ,’ after exhort, warn , etc. , Ex. 69. Agent, Ablative of, 87, 85, 249. — Dative of, 133, 245. alius, 105. alter, 105. ‘am’ not always a sign of the Passive (‘am come’), 93, 155. an, or ‘whether,’ 296, 299. Anomalous Verbs, App. XX. Antecedent, the, 165-168. ‘ any ’ with ne, num , si, 198, 202. Aorist, the, 93. — distinguished from Perf. and Imperf., 94. Appendix, pp. 175-192. Apposition, 209, 210. — Noun, place of, ib. Article, none in Latin, 7. ‘as’ after ‘the same,’ 174. atque (see Synonymes). Attraction, Gerundive, 130. aut (Vocab. 29), p. 81. autem , 344. B belli, 261. C Cases, 3-7. — in English, 6. Index. 233 ceteri, 211. Character , the, 8. Comparison of Adjectives, 98- 108. — of Adverbs, 277. Complement, Dative of, 243. Compounds of qui , quis, App. XVII. — of ‘ sum ,’ 240, 241. Conditional Sentences, 212. Conjugation, p. 14. Conjunctions, 344-346. — which are always found with Subjunctive, 302. Consecution of Tenses, 182. Consecutive ‘ut,’ 185. Contents, Table of, p. vii. Copulative Yerbs, 169. Cost, Ablative of, 256. Crude Form , p. 2. cum (Prep.), 37, 125. — appended to me , te, etc., 125. cum , ‘when,’ 200. cum (quum), ‘since,’ ‘although,’ 358. D Dative, the, 238. — the case of the Remoter Ob- ject, ib. — of the Agent, 133. — (Commodi) the Person ‘/or’ or ‘to whom,’ 239. — Complement, 243. — Purpose, ib. — general rules for, 240. — various signs of, ib. Declensions, how distinguished, 9-11. — rules for Gender in, App. X. — Table of, 13. Defective Verbs, App. XIX. Deponents, 156, 157. — only have Perf. Part, with Active meaning, ib. — must not be used as Passives, ib. Desiderative Yerbs, App. XXII. Differences of Idiom, p. 166. ‘do,’ ‘did; 49, 73. domi, 261 ; domo, 259 ; domum , 217. domus declined, App. VII. Duration of Time, how expressed, 218. E Enclitic , p. 26, note. eo , ‘ I go,’ 141. eo — quo (‘the’ — ‘the’), 276. esse (sum), 117. esse = edere (edo), App. XX, F. extremus , 211. F facilis , 102. Factitive Yerbs, 216. Final ‘ut,’ ‘ne,’ 181. Finite Verb, the, p. 14. fio, 250. Flexion, 2. ‘ for ’ when translated by pro, p. 99, note. for as, 217. for is, 261. Frequentative Yerbs, App. XXII. Fulness and want, words express- ing, 233. I Future after ‘ hope ,’ ‘ promise ,’ ‘ threaten, ’ Diff. of Idiom, 6. Future Imperative, when used. 192. Future-Perfect not a tense of I Subj. Mood, p. 32, note, i — Infinitive Passive, how formed, 150. G Gender, 18-21. — Rhyming Rules for, App. X. Genitive after ‘ remember ,’ ‘ pity ,’ ‘ forget; 233, 234. — of Author or Possessor, 30, 224. — of Quality, 227. — of Thing divided (Partitive), 228. 234 Index. Genitive of Value, 226. — with Adverbs, 229. — of ‘est 1 (‘It is the duty of,’ etc.), 225. — of Neuter Adjectives express- ing Quantity, 229. — of Objective, 232. — of Subjective, 223. — Position of, 32. — variously translated, 235. — Plural in -ium, um, p. 3. Gerund, 120-123. Gerundive, the, 128-134. Gerundive Attraction, 130, 131. — of Verbs governing Dative, 245. H J have ? sign of the Present Per- fect, 93. 6 having, 1 how translated, 157, 200, 266. hie, 126. 6 his 1 (her), translated by ejus; by suus , 173, and p, 45, note. Historic Tenses , 182. 6 humi ? 261. I idem, 174. Idiom, Differences of, pp. 166-8. ille, 126. Imparisyllabic Nouns, p. 3. Imperative Mood, the, 190-195. Imperfect, 50, 74. Impersonal Verbs, 204-206. — regularly conjugated in 3rd Person, 207. imus, 211. Inceptive or Inchoative Verbs, App. XXII. Indefinite Pronoun ‘ quis? 198. Indirect Questions, 296. Infinite, the Verb, 108. Infinitive, the, as Object, 116, 161, 162. — as Subject, ib. — Future Passive, how formed, 150. Infinitive Prolative, 116. — the Verb-noun, 112, 113. — with Accusative, 160-162. Inflexion, 2. ‘ in haste, 1 p. 105, note, interest, 300. Interrogations, 292-299. Interrogative Particles, 201. — Pronouns, 187. Intransitive Verbs, 55. — used Impersonally in the Pas- sive, 206. — used Transitively, 308. . — with Cognate Accusative, 215. ipse, 174. iri, 150. Irregular Comparison, App. XIII. — Nouns, App. IX. — Verbs, App. XX. is, 126. iste, ib. it is, it was, Ex. 79. ‘ it is pleasant to play? 116. L licet, licuit, (‘may, 5 ‘might’), 281. licet, ‘ although, ’ 302 o Locative, the, 261. M ‘may, 1 ‘might? 281. medius , 211. memini, 196, 233. Memorabilia, p. 149. ‘men 1 omitted, 75. -met, added as suffix, App. XVI. militice, 261. miser et, 234. misereor, ) miseror, > 233, note. miseresco, ) moneo, with ut, ne, 181. — with Acc. and Infin., 184, note. N -lie, enclitic, 201 Index . 235 ne, Final Conjunction, 180, 181, 195. — with Verbs of Fearing, 285. nemo, p. 68. ne, non, 285. ne — quidem, 142. ne quis , 199, 202. neve, ncu, 180, 194. nonne , 201. nostri, nostrum, App. XVI. ‘ not — even, ’ 142. nullus, 105. num , 201. num quis, 202. 0 Object, the, 54-56. — Nearer, 215. — Remoter, ib. Objective Genitive, 232-235. Oblique Cases, 5. obliviscor, 233. ‘of; 349, 351. oportet , 281. ‘ ought , ’ ib. P paenitet, 234. Parisyllabic Nouns, p. 3. Participle in -ing, 356. Participial Constructions, 319- 343. Participles, 145-147. — declined like Adjectives, 23, 95. — must agree with Subject, 153. — used like Adjectives, 147. — used like Substantives, ib. Participle Future in - rus , mean- ings of, 147. — Perfect Active, want of, how supplied, 146, 200, 266. Partitive Genitive, 228. Passive Voice, 80. Perfect Tense, 91-94. Periphrastic Conjugation, 148- 150. Personal Pronouns (see Pro- nouns), p. 47. Personal Pronouns generally omitted, 48. piget, 234. Place at which, 260, 261. — whence, 259. — whither, 217. Pluperfect, 91, 94. plus, App. XIV. Possessive Pronouns, omitted un- less emphatic, p. 26, note, possum, 117. potior (Abl. and Gen.), 254. Predicate, 47. Prepositions, use of, 77. — with Ablative, App. XXIII, A. — with Accusative, App. XXI IP B. — omitted, 260. Present Tense, 51. Present Perfect, 93, 94. Price, 226, 256. Primary Tenses, 182. primus, 211. Prohibitions, 190-195. Prolative Infinitive, 116, Pronouns, p. 47. — declined, App. XVI. — Definitive, do. — Demonstrative (p. 47), do. — Emphatic, do. — Indefinite, do. — Interrogative, do. — Personal (p. 47), do. — Possessive, do. — Reflexive, do. — Relative, do. — Unemphatic, do. — used Adjectively, 124. — used Substantively, 75, 187. prosum, p. 100. pudet , 234. Q Quality, Ablative of, 249. — Genitive of, 227. qudm in comparison, 271. — when omitted, ib. quamvis, 302. quanto — tanto, 276. quasi , 302. 236 Index. Quasi-Passive Verbs, 250. Questions on the Syntax, p. 172. qui (quis), compounds of, App. XVII. qui (Relative), various uses of, 314. — with Subjunctive, 305. quin , 288. quis (Indefinite), 198. — (Interrogative), 187. quo (Final), 277. — with Comparatives, ib. qyo — eo, 276. quominus , 289. quum , see cum (Conjunction). quum — turn , p. 92. R - re or -ris in Passive Voice, 82. refert , Impers., 300. Reflexive Pronoun, the, 172, 173. Relative Pronoun, the, 165-168. — omitted in English, 168. — place in Apposition, 213. — position of, p. 69, note. Relative Clause, 168. reliquus , 211. reminiscor , 233. rure , 259. ruri, 261. rus, 217. S scribere ad , p. 53, note. Semi-Deponent Verbs, 156. Sequence of Tenses, 182. 1 shall, 9 ‘will,’ p. 14, 162. ‘should,’ ‘would,’ 162. similis , 102, 242. si quis , 198, 202. sive (seu), 316, 317. soleo, 156. solus, 105. Stem, the, 8. — of a Noun, 16. — of a Verb, 190. sub with Ablative, p. 25. — with Accusative, ib. Subject, the, 47. Subject, the, of a Finite Verb, ib. — of the Verb Infinite, ib. Subjective Genitive, 32, 223. Subjunctive, 177-179. — with ‘ut’ expressing Purpose, 180-182. expressing Consequence, 185. — with Imperative Force, 193. — often translated by English Indicative, 185. ‘such,’ when to be translated by tam, adeo, 350. sui (suus), 172, 173. sum, 117. — takes the same Case after as before it, ib. — Compounds of, 240. with Dative, ib. summus, 211. Superlative, how formed, 100- 102 . Supines, 137. — in u, 140. Synonymes, Table of, p. 169. Syntax, Questions on, p. 172. T tcedet, 234. tamquam (tanquam), 302. Tense, p. 14. Tenses in English, 46, 49. * that ’ followed by ‘ the ’ with a Comparative, 277. ‘that’ after ‘ the same,’ 174. — a sign of the Infinitive, 160. — omitted, ib. ‘ that no one,’ ‘ that nothing,’ 199, 202 . ‘ that of’ (those of) after qudm, 272. ‘ that of’ (those of), 278. ‘ that ’ = ‘in order that ’ {Purpose), 180-182. — expressing & Consequence, 185. the — the, 276. ‘thing,’ ‘things,’ omitted, 75, 76. Time at which, when, 255. — how long, 218. Index. 237 *to’ not always a sign of the Dative, 32. — with Dative omitted in English, 240, 241. — not a part of the Infinitive, 113. — expressing Purpose ( = in order to), 180-182. ‘ to be / uses of compared, 357. ‘ too — to/ 307, b . MUS, 211. Trajective Words, 238. — Verbs, 239. used Impersonally in the Passive, 244. Trajective-Transitive Yerbs, 238. Transitive, meaning of, 55. — Yerbs, 54. used Intransitively, 1 30, 206. — and Intransitive Yerbs in English, 311. turn — quum, p. 92. U ullus, 105. Unipersonal Yerbs, 204, note, unus, 105. ut Consecutive, 185. — Final, 180-182. — with Yerbs of fearing, 285. utinam, 302. ut nemo, ut nullus, etc., 199. Y v dropped in Tenses formed from Perfect Stem, p. 59, note. vapulo, 250. vel — vel, 316, 317. vendo, p. 105, note. veneo, 250. Yerb-Finite, p. 14. — Infinite, 108. Yerb-noun, the, 112. Yerbs of fearing, 285. — hindering, 288, 289. — 3rd Conj. in -io, 66. — which govern Ablative, 253, 254. — which govern Dative, used Impersonally in the Passive, 240-244. Yerb, position of in sentence, 58. vereor ne, vereor ut, 285. vestri, vestrum, App. XYI. volo, 117. W Want and Abundance, words ex- pressing, 233. * was’ not always a sign of the Passive (/was come ’ = 4 had come’), 93, 155. 4 what 1 — 4 that which, ’ 4 those things which,’ 166, 187. 4 what/ when to be translated by quam, 350. 4 whether / 316, 317. 4 whether ’ — 4 or / 299. 4 will / 4 shall/ p. 15; 162. 4 with speed/ 249. 4 without / 288. 4 would / 4 should / 162. EDINBURGH I T. AND A. CONSTABLE, FBINTERS TO THE QUEEN, AND TO the UNIVERSITY. ' . WHITE’S SCHOOL AND COLLEGE LATIN DICTIONARIES. Royal 8vo, 21 s. A LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. (THE PARENT WORK.) By the Rev. J. T. WHITE, D.D. of Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and Rev. J. E. RIDDLE, M.A. of St. Edmund Hall, Oxford. (Founded on the larger Dictionary of Freund, as last revised by the Author ) Royal 8vo, 12 s. A CONCISE LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. For the Use of Advanced Scholars and University Students. Square \2mo , 3s. THE JUNIOR STUDENT’S LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. Abridged for the Use of Schools from White and Riddle’s large Latin- English Dictionary. Square i2mo , 3s. THE JUNIOR STUDENT’S ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY. For the Use of Schools, founded on White and Riddle’s large Latin-English Dictionary. Square i2mo , 3s. THE JUNIOR STUDENT’S COMPLETE LATIN-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY. London: LONGMANS. GREEN & CO. GRAMMAR-SCHOOL TEXTS With English Vocabularies Edited by JOHN T. WHITE, D.D., Oxon. GREEK TEXTS:— FABLES from AESOP and MYTHS from PALAEPHATUS. is. EURIPIDES, Hecuba. 2s. HOMER, Iliad. Book I. is. HOMER, Odyssey!’ Book I. is. LUCIAN, Select Dialogues, is. XENOPHON, Anabasis. Books I. III. IV. V. VI. is. 6d. each. XENOPHON, Anabasis. Bookll. is. XENOPHON, Anabasis. BookVII. 2s. ST. MATTHEW’S GOSPEL. Price 2s. 6d. ST. MARK’S GOSPEL, is. 6d. ST. LUKE’S GOSPEL. 2s. 6d. ST. JOHN’S GOSPEL, is. 6d. The ACTS of the APOSTLES. Price 2s. 6d. ST. PAUL’S EPISTLE to the ROMANS, is. 6d. Text only. 3d. XENOPHON’S ANABASIS, Book I. THE FOUR GOSPELS IN GREEK, with an English-Greek Lexicon. Edited by John T. White, D.D., Oxon. Square 32mo. 5s. LATIN TEXTS:— CAESAR, Gallic War, Books I. II. V. VI. is. each. CAESAR, Gallic War, Books III. and IV. gd. each. CAESAR, Gallic War, Book VII. is.6d. CAESAR, Gallic War, Book I. Text only, 3d. CICERO, Cato Major (Old Age). is.6d. CICERO, Laelius (F riendship). 1 s. 6d . EUTROPIUS, Roman History. Books I. and II. is. EUTROPIUS, Roman History. Books III. and IV. is. HORACE, Odes. Books I. II. & IV. Price is. each. HORACE, Odes. Book III. is. 6d. HORACE,Epodes & Carmen Seculare. Price is. NEPOS, Miltiades, Cimon, Pausanias, and Aristides, gd. OVID, Selections from the Epistles and Fasti, is. OVID, Select Myths from the Metamor- phoses. gd. PHAEDRUS, Select Fables, gd. PHAEDRUS, Fables. Books I. and II. is. SALLU ST, Bellum Catilinarium. Price is. 6d. VIRGIL, Georgies. Book IV. is. VIRGIL, AEneid. Book's I. to VI. Price is. each, VIRGIL, AEneid. Books VII. to XII. Price is. 6d. each. VIRGIL, AEneid. Book I. Text only. 3d. LIVY, BOOKS XXII. and XXIII. The Latin Text with English Explanatory and Grammatical Notes, and a Vocabulary of Proper Names. Edited by John T. White, D.D., Oxon. i2mo, price 2s. 6d. each Book. London : LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO. • s •# j